Description of STM32L0xx HAL drivers

Description of STM32L0xx HAL drivers
UM1749
User Manual
Description of STM32L0xx HAL drivers
Introduction
TM
STMCube is an STMicroelectronics original initiative to ease developers life by reducing development
efforts, time and cost. STM32Cube covers STM32 portfolio.
STM32Cube Version 1.x includes:


The STM32CubeMX, a graphical software configuration tool that allows generating C initialization
code using graphical wizards.
A comprehensive embedded software platform, delivered per series (such as STM32CubeL0 for
STM32L0 series)

The STM32Cube HAL, an STM32 abstraction layer embedded software, ensuring maximized
portability across STM32 portfolio

A consistent set of middleware components such as RTOS, USB...

All embedded software utilities coming with a full set of examples.
The HAL drivers layer provides a generic multi instance simple set of APIs (application programming
interfaces) to interact with the upper layer (application, libraries and stacks). It is composed of generic
and extension APIs. It is directly built around a generic architecture and allows the built-upon layers,
such as the middleware layer, to implement their functions without knowing in-depth how to use the
MCU. This structure improves the library code reusability and guarantees an easy portability on other
devices.
The HAL drivers include a complete set of ready-to-use APIs which simplify the user application
implementation. As an example, the communication peripherals contain APIs to initialize and configure
the peripheral, to manage data transfers based on polling, to handle interrupts or DMA, and to manage
communication errors.
The HAL drivers APIs are split into two categories: generic APIs which provide common and generic
functions for all the STM32 series and extension APIs which include specific and customized functions
for a given family or part number.
The HAL drivers are feature-oriented instead of IP-oriented. As an example, the timer APIs are split into
several categories following the functions offered by the IP: basic timer, capture, pulse width modulation
(PWM), etc..
The drivers source code is developed in Strict ANSI-C which makes it independent from the
TM
development tools. It is checked with CodeSonar static analysis tool. It is fully documented and is
MISRA-C 2004 compliant.
The HAL drivers layer implements run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all
functions. Such dynamic checking contributes to enhance the firmware robustness. Run-time detection
is also suitable for user application development and debugging.
This user manual is structured as follows:


Overview of the HAL drivers
Detailed description of each peripheral driver: configuration structures, functions, and how to use
the given API to build your application.
November 2015
DOCID026232 Rev 3
1/664
www.st.com
Contents
UM1749
Contents
1
Acronyms and definitions............................................................. 37
2
Overview of HAL drivers ............................................................... 39
2.1
2.2
2/664
2.1.1
HAL driver files ................................................................................. 39
2.1.2
User-application files ........................................................................ 40
HAL data structures ........................................................................ 42
2.2.1
Peripheral handle structures ............................................................ 42
2.2.2
Initialization and configuration structure ........................................... 44
2.2.3
Specific process structures .............................................................. 44
2.3
API classification ............................................................................. 44
2.4
Devices supported by HAL drivers .................................................. 45
2.5
HAL drivers rules............................................................................. 50
2.5.1
HAL API naming rules ...................................................................... 50
2.5.2
HAL general naming rules ................................................................ 51
2.5.3
HAL interrupt handler and callback functions ................................... 52
2.6
HAL generic APIs ............................................................................ 53
2.7
HAL extension APIs ........................................................................ 54
2.7.1
HAL extension model overview ........................................................ 54
2.7.2
HAL extension model cases ............................................................. 55
2.8
File inclusion model......................................................................... 57
2.9
HAL common resources .................................................................. 58
2.10
HAL configuration............................................................................ 58
2.11
HAL system peripheral handling ..................................................... 59
2.12
3
HAL and user-application files......................................................... 39
2.11.1
Clock ................................................................................................. 59
2.11.2
GPIOs ............................................................................................... 60
2.11.3
Cortex NVIC and SysTick timer........................................................ 62
2.11.4
PWR ................................................................................................. 62
2.11.5
EXTI .................................................................................................. 62
2.11.6
DMA .................................................................................................. 63
How to use HAL drivers .................................................................. 65
2.12.1
HAL usage models ........................................................................... 65
2.12.2
HAL initialization ............................................................................... 66
2.12.3
HAL IO operation process ................................................................ 69
2.12.4
Timeout and error management ....................................................... 72
HAL System Driver ........................................................................ 76
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
3.1
3.2
HAL Firmware driver API description .............................................. 76
3.1.1
How to use this driver ....................................................................... 76
3.1.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ....................................... 76
3.1.3
HAL Control functions....................................................................... 76
3.1.4
HAL_Init ............................................................................................ 77
3.1.5
HAL_DeInit ....................................................................................... 77
3.1.6
HAL_MspInit ..................................................................................... 78
3.1.7
HAL_MspDeInit ................................................................................ 78
3.1.8
HAL_InitTick ..................................................................................... 78
3.1.9
HAL_IncTick ..................................................................................... 78
3.1.10
HAL_GetTick .................................................................................... 78
3.1.11
HAL_Delay ....................................................................................... 79
3.1.12
HAL_SuspendTick ............................................................................ 79
3.1.13
HAL_ResumeTick............................................................................. 79
3.1.14
HAL_GetHalVersion ......................................................................... 79
3.1.15
HAL_GetREVID ................................................................................ 79
3.1.16
HAL_GetDEVID ................................................................................ 80
3.1.17
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode ......................................... 80
3.1.18
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode ........................................ 80
3.1.19
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode ........................................... 80
3.1.20
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode .......................................... 80
3.1.21
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode ..................................... 80
3.1.22
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode .................................... 80
3.1.23
HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_EnableLowPowerConfig .............................. 80
3.1.24
HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_DisableLowPowerConfig ............................. 81
3.1.25
HAL_SYSCFG_GetBootMode ......................................................... 81
3.1.26
HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFINT ..................................................... 81
3.1.27
HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFINT .................................................... 81
3.1.28
HAL_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OutputSelect ......................................... 82
3.1.29
HAL_SYSCFG_Enable_Lock_VREFINT ......................................... 82
3.1.30
HAL_SYSCFG_Disable_Lock_VREFINT ......................................... 82
HAL Firmware driver defines ........................................................... 82
3.2.1
4
HAL ................................................................................................... 82
HAL ADC Generic Driver ............................................................... 86
4.1
ADC Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 86
4.1.1
ADC_OversamplingTypeDef ............................................................ 86
4.1.2
ADC_InitTypeDef .............................................................................. 86
4.1.3
ADC_HandleTypeDef ....................................................................... 88
DOCID026232 Rev 3
3/664
Contents
4.2
4.3
4.1.4
UM1749
ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef ............................................................. 89
4.1.5
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef ....................................................... 89
ADC Firmware driver API description .............................................. 90
4.2.1
ADC peripheral features ................................................................... 90
4.2.2
How to use this driver ....................................................................... 90
4.2.3
IO operation functions ...................................................................... 93
4.2.4
Peripheral Control functions ............................................................. 93
4.2.5
ADC Peripheral State functions ........................................................ 93
4.2.6
HAL_ADC_Init .................................................................................. 93
4.2.7
HAL_ADC_DeInit .............................................................................. 94
4.2.8
HAL_ADC_MspInit ........................................................................... 94
4.2.9
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 95
4.2.10
HAL_ADC_Start ............................................................................... 95
4.2.11
HAL_ADC_Stop ................................................................................ 95
4.2.12
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion ......................................................... 95
4.2.13
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent .................................................................. 96
4.2.14
HAL_ADC_Start_IT .......................................................................... 96
4.2.15
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT .......................................................................... 96
4.2.16
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA ..................................................................... 96
4.2.17
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA...................................................................... 96
4.2.18
HAL_ADC_GetValue ........................................................................ 97
4.2.19
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler .................................................................... 97
4.2.20
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback .......................................................... 97
4.2.21
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback .................................................... 97
4.2.22
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback .......................................... 97
4.2.23
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 98
4.2.24
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel ............................................................... 98
4.2.25
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig ........................................................ 98
4.2.26
HAL_ADC_GetState ......................................................................... 99
4.2.27
HAL_ADC_GetError ......................................................................... 99
ADC Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 99
4.3.1
5
HAL ADC Extension Driver ......................................................... 112
5.1
4/664
ADC .................................................................................................. 99
ADCEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 112
5.1.1
ADC specific features ..................................................................... 112
5.1.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 112
5.1.3
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start ...................................................... 112
5.1.4
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue .............................................. 112
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
5.2
5.1.5
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue ............................................... 112
5.1.6
HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINT ...................................................... 113
5.1.7
HAL_ADCEx_DisableVREFINT ..................................................... 113
5.1.8
HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINTTempSensor ................................. 113
5.1.9
HAL_ADCEx_DisableVREFINTTempSensor................................. 113
ADCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 114
5.2.1
6
HAL COMP Generic Driver .......................................................... 115
6.1
6.2
6.3
COMP Firmware driver registers structures .................................. 115
6.1.1
COMP_InitTypeDef ........................................................................ 115
6.1.2
COMP_HandleTypeDef .................................................................. 115
COMP Firmware driver API description ........................................ 116
6.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 116
6.2.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 116
6.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 116
6.2.4
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 116
6.2.5
HAL_COMP_Init ............................................................................. 116
6.2.6
HAL_COMP_DeInit ........................................................................ 117
6.2.7
HAL_COMP_MspInit ...................................................................... 117
6.2.8
HAL_COMP_MspDeInit.................................................................. 117
6.2.9
HAL_COMP_Start .......................................................................... 117
6.2.10
HAL_COMP_Stop .......................................................................... 118
6.2.11
HAL_COMP_Start_IT ..................................................................... 118
6.2.12
HAL_COMP_Stop_IT ..................................................................... 118
6.2.13
HAL_COMP_IRQHandler ............................................................... 118
6.2.14
HAL_COMP_Lock .......................................................................... 118
6.2.15
HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel ........................................................ 118
6.2.16
HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback ........................................................ 119
6.2.17
HAL_COMP_GetState.................................................................... 119
COMP Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 119
6.3.1
7
COMP ............................................................................................. 119
HAL COMP Extension Driver ...................................................... 126
7.1
8
ADCEx ............................................................................................ 114
COMPEx Firmware driver API description .................................... 126
7.1.1
COMP peripheral Extended features ............................................. 126
7.1.2
HAL_COMPEx_EnableVREFINT ................................................... 126
7.1.3
HAL_COMPEx_DisableVREFINT .................................................. 126
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver...................................................... 127
DOCID026232 Rev 3
5/664
Contents
UM1749
8.1
CORTEX Firmware driver registers structures .............................. 127
8.1.1
8.2
8.3
CORTEX Firmware driver API description .................................... 128
8.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 128
8.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 128
8.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 129
8.2.4
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority ................................................................... 129
8.2.5
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ .................................................................. 129
8.2.6
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ.................................................................. 130
8.2.7
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset............................................................... 130
8.2.8
HAL_SYSTICK_Config ................................................................... 130
8.2.9
HAL_MPU_Disable......................................................................... 130
8.2.10
HAL_MPU_Enable ......................................................................... 130
8.2.11
HAL_NVIC_GetPriority ................................................................... 131
8.2.12
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ ........................................................... 131
8.2.13
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ .......................................................... 131
8.2.14
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ ........................................................ 131
8.2.15
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig ................................................ 131
8.2.16
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler .......................................................... 132
8.2.17
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback ............................................................... 132
8.2.18
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion ............................................................... 132
CORTEX Firmware driver defines ................................................. 132
8.3.1
9
CORTEX ......................................................................................... 132
HAL CRC Generic Driver ............................................................. 136
9.1
9.2
6/664
MPU_Region_InitTypeDef .............................................................. 127
CRC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 136
9.1.1
CRC_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 136
9.1.2
CRC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 137
CRC Firmware driver API description ........................................... 137
9.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 137
9.2.2
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 138
9.2.3
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 138
9.2.4
HAL_CRC_Init ................................................................................ 138
9.2.5
HAL_CRC_DeInit ........................................................................... 138
9.2.6
HAL_CRC_MspInit ......................................................................... 138
9.2.7
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit..................................................................... 138
9.2.8
HAL_CRC_Accumulate .................................................................. 139
9.2.9
HAL_CRC_Calculate ...................................................................... 139
9.2.10
HAL_CRC_GetState....................................................................... 139
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
9.3
CRC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 140
9.3.1
10
HAL CRC Extension Driver ......................................................... 142
10.1
10.2
CRCEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 142
10.1.1
CRC Extended features functions .................................................. 142
10.1.2
HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set ....................................................... 142
10.1.3
HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse ............................................... 142
10.1.4
HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse ............................................. 143
CRCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 143
10.2.1
11
CRC ................................................................................................ 140
CRCEx ............................................................................................ 143
HAL CRYP Generic Driver........................................................... 145
11.1
11.2
CRYP Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 145
11.1.1
CRYP_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 145
11.1.2
CRYP_HandleTypeDef................................................................... 145
CRYP Firmware driver API description ......................................... 146
11.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 146
11.2.2
AES processing functions .............................................................. 146
11.2.3
CRYP IRQ handler management ................................................... 147
11.2.4
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 147
11.2.5
DMA callback functions .................................................................. 147
11.2.6
HAL_CRYP_Init .............................................................................. 147
11.2.7
HAL_CRYP_DeInit ......................................................................... 147
11.2.8
HAL_CRYP_MspInit ....................................................................... 148
11.2.9
HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit .................................................................. 148
11.2.10
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt ...................................................... 148
11.2.11
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt ..................................................... 148
11.2.12
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt ...................................................... 149
11.2.13
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt ..................................................... 149
11.2.14
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt ..................................................... 149
11.2.15
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt ..................................................... 150
11.2.16
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT ................................................ 150
11.2.17
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT ................................................ 150
11.2.18
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT ................................................ 151
11.2.19
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT ................................................ 151
11.2.20
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT ................................................ 151
11.2.21
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT ................................................ 152
11.2.22
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA ............................................ 152
DOCID026232 Rev 3
7/664
Contents
11.3
11.2.23
UM1749
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA ........................................... 152
11.2.24
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA ............................................ 153
11.2.25
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA ........................................... 153
11.2.26
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA ........................................... 153
11.2.27
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA ........................................... 153
11.2.28
HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler................................................................ 154
11.2.29
HAL_CRYP_GetState .................................................................... 154
11.2.30
HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 154
11.2.31
HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback ........................................................... 154
11.2.32
HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback ........................................................ 155
CRYP Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 155
11.3.1
12
HAL CRYP Extension Driver ....................................................... 159
12.1
13
CRYPEx Firmware driver API description ..................................... 159
12.1.1
Extended features functions ........................................................... 159
12.1.2
HAL_CRYPEx_ComputationCpltCallback...................................... 159
HAL DAC Generic Driver ............................................................. 160
13.1
13.2
8/664
CRYP .............................................................................................. 155
DAC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 160
13.1.1
DAC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 160
13.1.2
DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef ........................................................... 160
DAC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 161
13.2.1
DAC Peripheral features................................................................. 161
13.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 162
13.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 163
13.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 163
13.2.5
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 164
13.2.6
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 164
13.2.7
HAL_DAC_Init ................................................................................ 164
13.2.8
HAL_DAC_DeInit ............................................................................ 164
13.2.9
HAL_DAC_MspInit ......................................................................... 164
13.2.10
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 165
13.2.11
HAL_DAC_Start ............................................................................. 165
13.2.12
HAL_DAC_Stop .............................................................................. 165
13.2.13
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA ................................................................... 165
13.2.14
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA.................................................................... 166
13.2.15
HAL_DAC_GetValue ...................................................................... 166
13.2.16
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler .................................................................. 166
13.2.17
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 .................................................. 166
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
13.3
13.2.18
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 ........................................... 167
13.2.19
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 ........................................................ 167
13.2.20
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 ......................................... 167
13.2.21
HAL_DAC_SetValue ...................................................................... 167
13.2.22
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel ............................................................. 168
13.2.23
HAL_DAC_GetState ....................................................................... 168
13.2.24
HAL_DAC_GetError ....................................................................... 168
13.2.25
HAL_DAC_SetValue ...................................................................... 169
DAC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 169
13.3.1
14
HAL DAC Extension Driver ......................................................... 173
14.1
14.2
DACEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 173
14.1.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 173
14.1.2
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue .......................................................... 173
14.1.3
HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate ........................................... 173
14.1.4
HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate ............................................... 174
14.1.5
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue ........................................................... 174
14.1.6
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 ............................................. 175
14.1.7
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 ....................................... 175
14.1.8
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 .................................................... 175
14.1.9
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 ..................................... 175
14.1.10
HAL_DAC_Start ............................................................................. 176
14.1.11
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA ................................................................... 176
14.1.12
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA.................................................................... 176
14.1.13
HAL_DAC_GetValue ...................................................................... 177
14.1.14
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler .................................................................. 177
14.1.15
HAL_DAC_SetValue ...................................................................... 177
DACEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 178
14.2.1
15
DAC ................................................................................................ 169
DACEx ............................................................................................ 178
HAL DMA Generic Driver ............................................................ 180
15.1
15.2
DMA Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 180
15.1.1
DMA_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 180
15.1.2
DMA_HandleTypeDef..................................................................... 181
DMA Firmware driver API description ........................................... 181
15.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 181
15.2.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 182
15.2.3
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 182
DOCID026232 Rev 3
9/664
Contents
15.3
15.2.4
UM1749
HAL_DMA_Init ................................................................................ 182
15.2.5
HAL_DMA_DeInit ........................................................................... 182
15.2.6
HAL_DMA_Start ............................................................................. 182
15.2.7
HAL_DMA_Start_IT ........................................................................ 183
15.2.8
HAL_DMA_Abort ............................................................................ 183
15.2.9
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer ............................................................ 183
15.2.10
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler.................................................................. 184
15.2.11
HAL_DMA_GetState ...................................................................... 184
15.2.12
HAL_DMA_GetError ....................................................................... 184
DMA Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 184
15.3.1
16
HAL FIREWALL Generic Driver .................................................. 191
16.1
FIREWALL Firmware driver registers structures ........................... 191
16.1.1
16.2
16.3
16.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 192
16.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 192
16.2.3
HAL_FIREWALL_Config ................................................................ 192
16.2.4
HAL_FIREWALL_GetConfig .......................................................... 192
16.2.5
HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall ................................................... 193
16.2.6
HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag ............................................ 193
16.2.7
HAL_FIREWALL_DisablePreArmFlag ........................................... 193
FIREWALL Firmware driver defines .............................................. 194
FIREWALL ...................................................................................... 194
HAL FLASH Generic Driver......................................................... 199
17.1
17.2
10/664
FIREWALL_InitTypeDef ................................................................. 191
FIREWALL Firmware driver API description ................................. 192
16.3.1
17
DMA ................................................................................................ 184
FLASH Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 199
17.1.1
FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef .............................................................. 199
17.1.2
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef ............................................................... 199
FLASH Firmware driver API description ........................................ 200
17.2.1
FLASH peripheral features ............................................................. 200
17.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 200
17.2.3
Programming operation functions .................................................. 201
17.2.4
Option Bytes Programming functions ............................................. 201
17.2.5
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 202
17.2.6
Peripheral Errors functions ............................................................. 202
17.2.7
HAL_FLASH_Program ................................................................... 202
17.2.8
HAL_FLASH_Program_IT .............................................................. 202
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
17.3
17.2.9
HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler .............................................................. 203
17.2.10
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback ......................................... 203
17.2.11
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback ........................................... 203
17.2.12
HAL_FLASH_Unlock ...................................................................... 203
17.2.13
HAL_FLASH_Lock ......................................................................... 203
17.2.14
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock ............................................................... 203
17.2.15
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock .................................................................. 204
17.2.16
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch .............................................................. 204
17.2.17
HAL_FLASH_GetError ................................................................... 204
FLASH Firmware driver defines .................................................... 204
17.3.1
18
FLASH ............................................................................................ 204
HAL FLASH Extension Driver ..................................................... 208
18.1
18.2
18.3
FLASHEx Firmware driver registers structures ............................. 208
18.1.1
FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef .................................................... 208
18.1.2
FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef .............................................. 209
FLASHEx Firmware driver API description.................................... 209
18.2.1
Flash peripheral Extended features ............................................... 209
18.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 209
18.2.3
FLASH Erasing Programming functions ......................................... 210
18.2.4
Option Bytes Programming functions ............................................. 210
18.2.5
DATA EEPROM Programming functions ....................................... 211
18.2.6
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase ................................................................... 211
18.2.7
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT .............................................................. 211
18.2.8
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram .......................................................... 212
18.2.9
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig ....................................................... 212
18.2.10
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram ................................................... 212
18.2.11
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig ................................................. 212
18.2.12
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP ............................................... 212
18.2.13
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP .......................................... 213
18.2.14
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock ...................................... 213
18.2.15
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock .......................................... 213
18.2.16
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Erase ........................................ 213
18.2.17
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Program.................................... 214
18.2.18
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EnableFixedTimeProgram ....... 214
18.2.19
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_DisableFixedTimeProgram....... 214
FLASHEx Firmware driver defines ................................................ 214
18.3.1
FLASHEx ........................................................................................ 214
DOCID026232 Rev 3
11/664
Contents
19
UM1749
HAL FLASH__RAMFUNC Generic Driver ................................... 221
19.1
20
FLASH__RAMFUNC Firmware driver API description .................. 221
19.1.1
HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown ....................................... 221
19.1.2
HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown....................................... 221
19.1.3
HAL_FLASHEx_HalfPageProgram ................................................ 221
19.1.4
HAL_FLASHRAM_GetError ........................................................... 222
19.1.5
HAL_FLASHEx_EraseParallelPage ............................................... 222
19.1.6
HAL_FLASHEx_ProgramParallelHalfPage .................................... 222
HAL GPIO Generic Driver............................................................ 224
20.1
GPIO Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 224
20.1.1
20.2
20.3
GPIO Firmware driver API description .......................................... 224
20.2.1
GPIO Peripheral features ............................................................... 224
20.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 225
20.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 225
20.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 226
20.2.5
HAL_GPIO_Init ............................................................................... 226
20.2.6
HAL_GPIO_DeInit .......................................................................... 226
20.2.7
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin ...................................................................... 226
20.2.8
HAL_GPIO_WritePin ...................................................................... 227
20.2.9
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin ................................................................... 227
20.2.10
HAL_GPIO_LockPin ....................................................................... 227
20.2.11
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler ...................................................... 228
20.2.12
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback ............................................................ 228
GPIO Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 228
20.3.1
21
GPIOEx Firmware driver defines................................................... 232
21.1.1
GPIOEx .......................................................................................... 232
HAL I2C Generic Driver ............................................................... 234
22.1
22.2
12/664
GPIO ............................................................................................... 228
HAL GPIO Extension Driver ........................................................ 232
21.1
22
GPIO_InitTypeDef .......................................................................... 224
I2C Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 234
22.1.1
I2C_InitTypeDef .............................................................................. 234
22.1.2
I2C_HandleTypeDef ....................................................................... 234
I2C Firmware driver API description .............................................. 235
22.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 235
22.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 238
22.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 238
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
22.3
22.2.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 240
22.2.5
HAL_I2C_Init .................................................................................. 240
22.2.6
HAL_I2C_DeInit .............................................................................. 240
22.2.7
HAL_I2C_MspInit ........................................................................... 240
22.2.8
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 240
22.2.9
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit ............................................................ 241
22.2.10
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive ............................................................. 241
22.2.11
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit .............................................................. 241
22.2.12
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive ............................................................... 241
22.2.13
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT ....................................................... 242
22.2.14
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT ........................................................ 242
22.2.15
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT ......................................................... 242
22.2.16
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT .......................................................... 242
22.2.17
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA .................................................. 243
22.2.18
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA ................................................... 243
22.2.19
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA .................................................... 243
22.2.20
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA ..................................................... 244
22.2.21
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write..................................................................... 244
22.2.22
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read .................................................................... 244
22.2.23
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT ............................................................... 245
22.2.24
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT ............................................................... 245
22.2.25
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA .......................................................... 245
22.2.26
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA .......................................................... 246
22.2.27
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady ............................................................... 246
22.2.28
HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler ............................................................. 246
22.2.29
HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler ............................................................. 246
22.2.30
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback .................................................... 247
22.2.31
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback ................................................... 247
22.2.32
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback ...................................................... 247
22.2.33
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback ..................................................... 247
22.2.34
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback ....................................................... 247
22.2.35
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback ...................................................... 248
22.2.36
HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 248
22.2.37
HAL_I2C_GetState ......................................................................... 248
22.2.38
HAL_I2C_GetError ......................................................................... 248
I2C Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 248
22.3.1
23
I2C .................................................................................................. 248
HAL I2C Extension Driver ........................................................... 254
DOCID026232 Rev 3
13/664
Contents
UM1749
23.1
23.2
I2CEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 254
23.1.1
I2C peripheral Extended features ................................................... 254
23.1.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 254
23.1.3
Extended features functions ........................................................... 254
23.1.4
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter ..................................................... 254
23.1.5
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter ...................................................... 254
23.1.6
HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp .......................................................... 255
23.1.7
HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp ......................................................... 255
23.1.8
HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus ................................................ 255
23.1.9
HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus ................................................ 256
I2CEx Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 256
23.2.1
24
HAL I2S Generic Driver ............................................................... 257
24.1
24.2
14/664
I2CEx .............................................................................................. 256
I2S Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 257
24.1.1
I2S_InitTypeDef .............................................................................. 257
24.1.2
I2S_HandleTypeDef ....................................................................... 257
I2S Firmware driver API description .............................................. 258
24.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 258
24.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 260
24.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 260
24.2.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 261
24.2.5
HAL_I2S_Init .................................................................................. 261
24.2.6
HAL_I2S_DeInit .............................................................................. 261
24.2.7
HAL_I2S_MspInit............................................................................ 261
24.2.8
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 262
24.2.9
HAL_I2S_Transmit ......................................................................... 262
24.2.10
HAL_I2S_Receive .......................................................................... 262
24.2.11
HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT .................................................................... 263
24.2.12
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT ..................................................................... 263
24.2.13
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA ............................................................... 264
24.2.14
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA ................................................................ 264
24.2.15
HAL_I2S_DMAPause ..................................................................... 265
24.2.16
HAL_I2S_DMAResume .................................................................. 265
24.2.17
HAL_I2S_DMAStop ........................................................................ 265
24.2.18
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler .................................................................... 265
24.2.19
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 265
24.2.20
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback ............................................................... 266
24.2.21
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 266
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
24.3
24.2.22
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback .............................................................. 266
24.2.23
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 266
24.2.24
HAL_I2S_GetState ......................................................................... 266
24.2.25
HAL_I2S_GetError ......................................................................... 266
I2S Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 267
24.3.1
25
I2S .................................................................................................. 267
HAL IRDA Generic Driver ............................................................ 271
25.1
25.2
25.3
IRDA Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 271
25.1.1
IRDA_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 271
25.1.2
IRDA_HandleTypeDef .................................................................... 271
IRDA Firmware driver API description ........................................... 272
25.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 272
25.2.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 273
25.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 274
25.2.4
HAL_IRDA_Init ............................................................................... 274
25.2.5
HAL_IRDA_DeInit........................................................................... 274
25.2.6
HAL_IRDA_MspInit ........................................................................ 274
25.2.7
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit .................................................................... 274
25.2.8
HAL_IRDA_Transmit ...................................................................... 275
25.2.9
HAL_IRDA_Receive ....................................................................... 275
25.2.10
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT ................................................................. 275
25.2.11
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT .................................................................. 275
25.2.12
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA ............................................................ 276
25.2.13
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA ............................................................. 276
25.2.14
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause .................................................................. 276
25.2.15
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume............................................................... 276
25.2.16
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop..................................................................... 276
25.2.17
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler ................................................................. 277
25.2.18
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback ..................................................... 277
25.2.19
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback ............................................................ 277
25.2.20
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback ..................................................... 277
25.2.21
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback ........................................................... 277
25.2.22
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback .............................................................. 278
25.2.23
HAL_IRDA_GetState ...................................................................... 278
25.2.24
HAL_IRDA_GetError ...................................................................... 278
IRDA Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 278
25.3.1
IRDA ............................................................................................... 278
DOCID026232 Rev 3
15/664
Contents
26
UM1749
HAL IRDA Extension Driver ........................................................ 288
26.1
IRDAEx Firmware driver defines ................................................... 288
26.1.1
27
HAL IWDG Generic Driver ........................................................... 289
27.1
27.2
27.3
IWDG Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 289
27.1.1
IWDG_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 289
27.1.2
IWDG_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 289
IWDG Firmware driver API description ......................................... 290
27.2.1
IWDG Generic features .................................................................. 290
27.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 290
27.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 291
27.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 291
27.2.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 291
27.2.6
HAL_IWDG_Init .............................................................................. 291
27.2.7
HAL_IWDG_MspInit ....................................................................... 291
27.2.8
HAL_IWDG_Start ........................................................................... 292
27.2.9
HAL_IWDG_Refresh ...................................................................... 292
27.2.10
HAL_IWDG_GetState..................................................................... 292
IWDG Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 292
27.3.1
28
IWDG .............................................................................................. 292
HAL LCD Generic Driver ............................................................. 295
28.1
28.2
16/664
IRDAEx ........................................................................................... 288
LCD Firmware driver registers structures ...................................... 295
28.1.1
LCD_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 295
28.1.2
LCD_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 296
LCD Firmware driver API description ............................................ 296
28.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 296
28.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 297
28.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 297
28.2.4
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 297
28.2.5
HAL_LCD_DeInit ............................................................................ 297
28.2.6
HAL_LCD_Init ................................................................................. 298
28.2.7
HAL_LCD_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 298
28.2.8
HAL_LCD_MspInit .......................................................................... 298
28.2.9
HAL_LCD_Write ............................................................................. 298
28.2.10
HAL_LCD_Clear ............................................................................. 299
28.2.11
HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest ................................................ 299
28.2.12
HAL_LCD_GetState ....................................................................... 299
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
28.2.13
28.3
LCD Firmware driver defines......................................................... 300
28.3.1
29
HAL_LCD_GetError ........................................................................ 300
LCD................................................................................................. 300
HAL LPTIM Generic Driver .......................................................... 310
29.1
29.2
LPTIM Firmware driver registers structures .................................. 310
29.1.1
LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef .......................................................... 310
29.1.2
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef ................................................... 310
29.1.3
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef ....................................................... 310
29.1.4
LPTIM_InitTypeDef......................................................................... 311
29.1.5
LPTIM_HandleTypeDef .................................................................. 311
LPTIM Firmware driver API description ......................................... 312
29.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 312
29.2.2
LPTIM Start Stop operation functions ............................................ 312
29.2.3
LPTIM Read operation functions .................................................... 313
29.2.4
LPTIM IRQ handler ......................................................................... 313
29.2.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 313
29.2.6
HAL_LPTIM_Init ............................................................................. 314
29.2.7
HAL_LPTIM_DeInit......................................................................... 314
29.2.8
HAL_LPTIM_MspInit ...................................................................... 314
29.2.9
HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit .................................................................. 314
29.2.10
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start................................................................ 314
29.2.11
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop ................................................................ 315
29.2.12
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT .......................................................... 315
29.2.13
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT .......................................................... 315
29.2.14
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start ........................................................ 315
29.2.15
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop ......................................................... 315
29.2.16
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT ................................................... 316
29.2.17
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT ................................................... 316
29.2.18
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start .......................................................... 316
29.2.19
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop .......................................................... 316
29.2.20
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT ..................................................... 316
29.2.21
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT ..................................................... 317
29.2.22
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start ........................................................... 317
29.2.23
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop ........................................................... 317
29.2.24
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT ...................................................... 317
29.2.25
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT ...................................................... 318
29.2.26
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start .......................................................... 318
29.2.27
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop ........................................................... 318
DOCID026232 Rev 3
17/664
Contents
29.3
29.2.28
UM1749
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT ..................................................... 318
29.2.29
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT ..................................................... 318
29.2.30
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start ........................................................... 319
29.2.31
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop ............................................................ 319
29.2.32
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT ...................................................... 319
29.2.33
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT ...................................................... 319
29.2.34
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter ............................................................ 319
29.2.35
HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload ...................................................... 320
29.2.36
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare .......................................................... 320
29.2.37
HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler ............................................................... 320
29.2.38
HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback ........................................... 320
29.2.39
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback ....................................... 320
29.2.40
HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback ......................................................... 320
29.2.41
HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback ............................................. 321
29.2.42
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback ......................................... 321
29.2.43
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback ................................................. 321
29.2.44
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback ............................................. 321
29.2.45
HAL_LPTIM_GetState .................................................................... 321
LPTIM Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 322
29.3.1
30
HAL LPTIM Extension Driver ...................................................... 328
30.1
LPTIMEx Firmware driver defines ................................................. 328
30.1.1
31
LPTIMEx ......................................................................................... 328
HAL PCD Generic Driver ............................................................. 329
31.1
31.2
18/664
LPTIM ............................................................................................. 322
PCD Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 329
31.1.1
PCD_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 329
31.1.2
PCD_EPTypeDef ............................................................................ 329
31.1.3
PCD_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 330
PCD Firmware driver API description ............................................ 331
31.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 331
31.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 332
31.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 332
31.2.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 332
31.2.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 332
31.2.6
HAL_PCD_Init ................................................................................ 333
31.2.7
HAL_PCD_DeInit ............................................................................ 333
31.2.8
HAL_PCD_MspInit ......................................................................... 333
31.2.9
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 333
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
31.2.10
HAL_PCD_Start ............................................................................. 333
31.2.11 HAL_PCD_Stop .............................................................................. 333
31.3
31.2.12
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler .................................................................. 334
31.2.13
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback ................................................ 334
31.2.14
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback ................................................... 334
31.2.15
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback .................................................... 334
31.2.16
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback ................................................................ 334
31.2.17
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback .............................................................. 334
31.2.18
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback ......................................................... 335
31.2.19
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback .......................................................... 335
31.2.20
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback ........................................ 335
31.2.21
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback ............................................ 335
31.2.22
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback .......................................................... 335
31.2.23
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback ..................................................... 336
31.2.24
HAL_PCD_DevConnect ................................................................. 336
31.2.25
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect ............................................................. 336
31.2.26
HAL_PCD_SetAddress .................................................................. 336
31.2.27
HAL_PCD_EP_Open ..................................................................... 336
31.2.28
HAL_PCD_EP_Close ..................................................................... 337
31.2.29
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive ................................................................. 337
31.2.30
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount .......................................................... 337
31.2.31
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit ................................................................ 337
31.2.32
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall .................................................................. 337
31.2.33
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall................................................................... 338
31.2.34
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush ..................................................................... 338
31.2.35
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup .............................................. 338
31.2.36
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup.......................................... 338
31.2.37
PCD_WritePMA .............................................................................. 338
31.2.38
PCD_ReadPMA .............................................................................. 339
31.2.39
HAL_PCD_GetState ....................................................................... 339
PCD Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 339
31.3.1
32
HAL PCD Extension Driver ......................................................... 348
32.1
33
PCD ................................................................................................ 339
PCDEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 348
32.1.1
Peripheral extended features functions .......................................... 348
32.1.2
HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig .............................................................. 348
HAL PWR Generic Driver ............................................................ 349
DOCID026232 Rev 3
19/664
Contents
UM1749
33.1
PWR Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 349
33.1.1
33.2
33.3
PWR Firmware driver API description ........................................... 349
33.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 349
33.2.2
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 349
33.2.3
HAL_PWR_DeInit ........................................................................... 353
33.2.4
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess .................................................... 353
33.2.5
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess.................................................... 353
33.2.6
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess .................................................... 354
33.2.7
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess.................................................... 354
33.2.8
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD .................................................................. 354
33.2.9
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD.................................................................. 354
33.2.10
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD ................................................................. 354
33.2.11
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin ...................................................... 355
33.2.12
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin ..................................................... 355
33.2.13
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode ....................................................... 355
33.2.14
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode ......................................................... 355
33.2.15
HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode ................................................. 356
33.2.16
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit ..................................................... 356
33.2.17
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit .................................................... 356
33.2.18
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend .................................................... 357
33.2.19
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend .................................................... 357
33.2.20
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler ........................................................ 357
33.2.21
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback ............................................................... 357
PWR Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 357
33.3.1
34
PWREx Firmware driver defines ................................................... 363
34.1.1
PWREx ........................................................................................... 363
HAL RCC Generic Driver ............................................................. 364
35.1
35.2
20/664
PWR ............................................................................................... 357
HAL PWR Extension Driver ........................................................ 363
34.1
35
PWR_PVDTypeDef ........................................................................ 349
RCC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 364
35.1.1
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef ..................................................................... 364
35.1.2
RCC_OscInitTypeDef ..................................................................... 364
35.1.3
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef ...................................................................... 365
RCC Firmware driver API description ........................................... 366
35.2.1
RCC specific features ..................................................................... 366
35.2.2
RCC Limitations .............................................................................. 366
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
35.3
35.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 366
35.2.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 367
35.2.5
HAL_RCC_DeInit ........................................................................... 368
35.2.6
HAL_RCC_OscConfig .................................................................... 368
35.2.7
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig ................................................................. 368
35.2.8
HAL_RCC_MCOConfig .................................................................. 369
35.2.9
HAL_RCC_EnableCSS .................................................................. 369
35.2.10
HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq ........................................................ 370
35.2.11
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq .............................................................. 370
35.2.12
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq ............................................................ 371
35.2.13
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq ............................................................ 371
35.2.14
HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig .............................................................. 371
35.2.15
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig ........................................................... 371
35.2.16
HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler ......................................................... 371
35.2.17
HAL_RCC_CSSCallback................................................................ 372
RCC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 372
35.3.1
36
RCC ................................................................................................ 372
HAL RCC Extension Driver ......................................................... 392
36.1
36.2
RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 392
36.1.1
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef .......................................................... 392
36.1.2
RCC_CRSInitTypeDef .................................................................... 393
36.1.3
RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef ..................................................... 393
RCCEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 394
36.2.1
Extended Peripheral Control functions ........................................... 394
36.2.2
HAL_RCC_DeInit ........................................................................... 394
36.2.3
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig ..................................................... 395
36.2.4
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig ............................................... 395
36.2.5
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq .................................................. 395
36.2.6
HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS ....................................................... 395
36.2.7
HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS ...................................................... 396
36.2.8
HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT .................................................. 396
36.2.9
HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler ............................................. 396
36.2.10
HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback .................................................. 396
36.2.11
HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig............................................................... 396
36.2.12
HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate .................. 396
36.2.13
HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo ................................... 396
36.2.14
HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization ........................................ 397
36.2.15
HAL_RCCEx_EnableHSI48_VREFINT .......................................... 397
DOCID026232 Rev 3
21/664
Contents
36.2.16
36.3
RCCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 397
36.3.1
37
RNG Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 420
37.1.1
37.2
37.3
RNG_HandleTypeDef..................................................................... 420
RNG Firmware driver API description ........................................... 420
37.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 420
37.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 420
37.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 421
37.2.4
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 421
37.2.5
HAL_RNG_Init ................................................................................ 421
37.2.6
HAL_RNG_DeInit ........................................................................... 421
37.2.7
HAL_RNG_MspInit ......................................................................... 421
37.2.8
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit .................................................................... 422
37.2.9
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber ........................................... 422
37.2.10
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT ...................................... 422
37.2.11
HAL_RNG_IRQHandler.................................................................. 422
37.2.12
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber .................................................... 423
37.2.13
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT ............................................... 423
37.2.14
HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber........................................... 423
37.2.15
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback ..................................................... 423
37.2.16
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback ............................................................... 423
37.2.17
HAL_RNG_GetState ...................................................................... 423
RNG Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 424
37.3.1
RNG ................................................................................................ 424
HAL RTC Generic Driver ............................................................. 427
38.1
38.2
22/664
RCCEx ............................................................................................ 397
HAL RNG Generic Driver............................................................. 420
37.1
38
UM1749
HAL_RCCEx_DisableHSI48_VREFINT ......................................... 397
RTC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 427
38.1.1
RTC_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 427
38.1.2
RTC_TimeTypeDef......................................................................... 427
38.1.3
RTC_DateTypeDef ......................................................................... 428
38.1.4
RTC_AlarmTypeDef ....................................................................... 429
38.1.5
RTC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 429
RTC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 430
38.2.1
Backup Domain Operating Condition ............................................. 430
38.2.2
Backup Domain Reset .................................................................... 430
38.2.3
Backup Domain Access.................................................................. 430
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
38.3
38.2.4
How to use RTC Driver................................................................... 430
38.2.5
RTC and low power modes ............................................................ 431
38.2.6
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 431
38.2.7
RTC Time and Date functions ........................................................ 432
38.2.8
RTC Alarm functions ...................................................................... 432
38.2.9
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 432
38.2.10
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 432
38.2.11
HAL_RTC_Init ................................................................................ 432
38.2.12
HAL_RTC_DeInit ............................................................................ 432
38.2.13
HAL_RTC_MspInit.......................................................................... 433
38.2.14
HAL_RTC_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 433
38.2.15
HAL_RTC_SetTime ........................................................................ 433
38.2.16
HAL_RTC_GetTime ....................................................................... 433
38.2.17
HAL_RTC_SetDate ........................................................................ 434
38.2.18
HAL_RTC_GetDate ........................................................................ 434
38.2.19
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm ...................................................................... 434
38.2.20
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT ................................................................. 435
38.2.21
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm ........................................................... 435
38.2.22
HAL_RTC_GetAlarm ...................................................................... 435
38.2.23
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler ......................................................... 436
38.2.24
HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback .................................................. 436
38.2.25
HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent ..................................................... 436
38.2.26
HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro ........................................................... 436
38.2.27
HAL_RTC_GetState ....................................................................... 437
RTC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 437
38.3.1
39
RTC ................................................................................................ 437
HAL RTC Extension Driver ......................................................... 447
39.1
RTCEx Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 447
39.1.1
39.2
RTC_TamperTypeDef .................................................................... 447
RTCEx Firmware driver API description ........................................ 448
39.2.1
RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions ......................................... 448
39.2.2
RTC Wake-up functions ................................................................. 448
39.2.3
Extended Peripheral Control functions ........................................... 448
39.2.4
Extended features functions ........................................................... 449
39.2.5
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp ......................................................... 449
39.2.6
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT .................................................... 449
39.2.7
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp ............................................. 450
39.2.8
HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp ......................................................... 450
DOCID026232 Rev 3
23/664
Contents
39.2.9
UM1749
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper ............................................................... 450
39.2.10
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT .......................................................... 451
39.2.11
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper ................................................... 451
39.2.12
HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler ............................... 451
39.2.13
HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback ....................................... 451
39.2.14
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback ........................................... 452
39.2.15
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback ........................................... 452
39.2.16
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback ........................................... 452
39.2.17
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent .......................................... 452
39.2.18
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event .............................................. 452
39.2.19
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event .............................................. 452
39.2.20
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event .............................................. 453
39.2.21
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer .................................................... 453
39.2.22
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT ............................................... 453
39.2.23
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer ......................................... 453
39.2.24
HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer .................................................... 453
39.2.25
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler ....................................... 454
39.2.26
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback ................................... 454
39.2.27
HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent ..................................... 454
39.2.28 HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite ............................................................... 454
39.3
39.2.29
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead .............................................................. 454
39.2.30
HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib ....................................................... 455
39.2.31
HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift ....................................................... 455
39.2.32
HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut ............................................... 456
39.2.33
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut ................................... 456
39.2.34
HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock ............................................................. 456
39.2.35
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock ................................................. 456
39.2.36
HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow ............................................. 457
39.2.37
HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow ............................................ 457
39.2.38
HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback .............................................. 457
39.2.39
HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent ................................................ 457
RTCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 457
39.3.1
40
HAL SMARTCARD Generic Driver.............................................. 479
40.1
24/664
RTCEx ............................................................................................ 457
SMARTCARD Firmware driver registers structures ...................... 479
40.1.1
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef ............................................................ 479
40.1.2
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef .......................................... 480
40.1.3
SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef ...................................................... 481
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
40.2
40.3
SMARTCARD Firmware driver API description............................. 482
40.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 482
40.2.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 482
40.2.3
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 483
40.2.4
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init ................................................................. 483
40.2.5
HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit ............................................................ 483
40.2.6
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit .......................................................... 483
40.2.7
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit ..................................................... 483
40.2.8
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit ........................................................ 484
40.2.9
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive ......................................................... 484
40.2.10
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT .................................................. 484
40.2.11
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT ................................................... 484
40.2.12
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA.............................................. 485
40.2.13
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA ............................................... 485
40.2.14
HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler ................................................... 485
40.2.15
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback ............................................. 485
40.2.16
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback ............................................. 485
40.2.17
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback ................................................ 486
40.2.18
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState ....................................................... 486
40.2.19
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError ........................................................ 486
SMARTCARD Firmware driver defines ......................................... 486
40.3.1
41
HAL SMARTCARD Extension Driver .......................................... 499
41.1
41.2
SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver API description ........................ 499
41.1.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 499
41.1.2
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 499
41.1.3
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config ................................. 499
41.1.4
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config ....................................... 499
41.1.5
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut .......................... 500
41.1.6
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut ......................... 500
SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver defines ..................................... 500
41.2.1
42
SMARTCARD ................................................................................. 486
SMARTCARDEx ............................................................................. 500
HAL SMBUS Generic Driver ........................................................ 501
42.1
42.2
SMBUS Firmware driver registers structures ................................ 501
42.1.1
SMBUS_InitTypeDef ...................................................................... 501
42.1.2
SMBUS_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 502
SMBUS Firmware driver API description ...................................... 503
DOCID026232 Rev 3
25/664
Contents
42.3
42.2.1
UM1749
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 503
42.2.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 503
42.2.3
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 504
42.2.4
HAL_SMBUS_Init ........................................................................... 504
42.2.5
HAL_SMBUS_DeInit ...................................................................... 504
42.2.6
HAL_SMBUS_MspInit .................................................................... 505
42.2.7
HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit................................................................ 505
42.2.8
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT ............................................... 505
42.2.9
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT ................................................ 505
42.2.10
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT ..................................................... 506
42.2.11
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT ................................................. 506
42.2.12
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT .................................................. 506
42.2.13
HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT ...................................................... 507
42.2.14
HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT ..................................................... 507
42.2.15
HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT ........................................................ 507
42.2.16
HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT ....................................................... 507
42.2.17
HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady ....................................................... 508
42.2.18
HAL_SMBUS_EV_IRQHandler ...................................................... 508
42.2.19
HAL_SMBUS_ER_IRQHandler ...................................................... 508
42.2.20
HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback ............................................ 508
42.2.21
HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback ............................................ 508
42.2.22
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback .............................................. 509
42.2.23
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback .............................................. 509
42.2.24
HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback .......................................................... 509
42.2.25
HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback .................................................. 509
42.2.26
HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback .......................................................... 510
42.2.27
HAL_SMBUS_GetState.................................................................. 510
42.2.28
HAL_SMBUS_GetError .................................................................. 510
SMBUS Firmware driver defines ................................................... 510
42.3.1
43
HAL SPI Generic Driver ............................................................... 518
43.1
43.2
26/664
SMBUS ........................................................................................... 510
SPI Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 518
43.1.1
SPI_InitTypeDef ............................................................................. 518
43.1.2
SPI_HandleTypeDef ....................................................................... 519
SPI Firmware driver API description ............................................. 520
43.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 520
43.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 521
43.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 522
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
43.3
43.2.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 523
43.2.5
HAL_SPI_Init .................................................................................. 523
43.2.6
HAL_SPI_DeInit ............................................................................. 523
43.2.7
HAL_SPI_MspInit ........................................................................... 523
43.2.8
HAL_SPI_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 524
43.2.9
HAL_SPI_Transmit ......................................................................... 524
43.2.10
HAL_SPI_Receive .......................................................................... 524
43.2.11
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive ............................................................ 524
43.2.12
HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT.................................................................... 525
43.2.13
HAL_SPI_Receive_IT..................................................................... 525
43.2.14
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT ...................................................... 525
43.2.15
HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA ............................................................... 525
43.2.16
HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA ................................................................ 526
43.2.17
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA .................................................. 526
43.2.18
HAL_SPI_DMAPause..................................................................... 526
43.2.19
HAL_SPI_DMAResume ................................................................. 526
43.2.20
HAL_SPI_DMAStop ....................................................................... 527
43.2.21
HAL_SPI_IRQHandler .................................................................... 527
43.2.22
HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback .............................................................. 527
43.2.23
HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback .............................................................. 527
43.2.24
HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback .......................................................... 527
43.2.25
HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 528
43.2.26
HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 528
43.2.27
HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback .................................................... 528
43.2.28
HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 528
43.2.29
HAL_SPI_GetState......................................................................... 528
43.2.30
HAL_SPI_GetError ......................................................................... 528
SPI Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 529
43.3.1
44
SPI .................................................................................................. 529
HAL TIM Generic Driver .............................................................. 534
44.1
TIM Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 534
44.1.1
TIM_Base_InitTypeDef ................................................................... 534
44.1.2
TIM_OC_InitTypeDef...................................................................... 534
44.1.3
TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef ........................................................... 535
44.1.4
TIM_IC_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 535
44.1.5
TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef ............................................................. 536
44.1.6
TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef .............................................................. 537
44.1.7
TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef ....................................................... 537
DOCID026232 Rev 3
27/664
Contents
44.2
28/664
44.1.8
UM1749
TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef .............................................................. 538
44.1.9
TIM_HandleTypeDef ...................................................................... 538
TIM Firmware driver API description ............................................. 539
44.2.1
TIMER Generic features ................................................................. 539
44.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 539
44.2.3
Timer Base functions ...................................................................... 540
44.2.4
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 540
44.2.5
HAL_TIM_Base_Init ....................................................................... 540
44.2.6
HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit ................................................................... 541
44.2.7
HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit................................................................. 541
44.2.8
HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit ............................................................ 541
44.2.9
HAL_TIM_Base_Start..................................................................... 541
44.2.10
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop ..................................................................... 541
44.2.11
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT ............................................................... 542
44.2.12
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT................................................................ 542
44.2.13
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA .......................................................... 542
44.2.14
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA ........................................................... 542
44.2.15
HAL_TIM_OC_Init .......................................................................... 542
44.2.16
HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit...................................................................... 543
44.2.17
HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit ................................................................... 543
44.2.18
HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit ............................................................... 543
44.2.19
HAL_TIM_OC_Start ....................................................................... 543
44.2.20
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop........................................................................ 543
44.2.21
HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT .................................................................. 544
44.2.22
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT .................................................................. 544
44.2.23
HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA ............................................................. 544
44.2.24
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA ............................................................. 544
44.2.25
HAL_TIM_PWM_Init ....................................................................... 545
44.2.26
HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit .................................................................. 545
44.2.27
HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit ................................................................ 545
44.2.28
HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit ........................................................... 545
44.2.29
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start .................................................................... 545
44.2.30
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop .................................................................... 546
44.2.31
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT ............................................................... 546
44.2.32
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT ............................................................... 546
44.2.33
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA .......................................................... 547
44.2.34
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA .......................................................... 547
44.2.35
HAL_TIM_IC_Init ............................................................................ 547
44.2.36
HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit ....................................................................... 547
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
44.2.37
HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit ..................................................................... 548
44.2.38
HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit................................................................. 548
44.2.39
HAL_TIM_IC_Start ......................................................................... 548
44.2.40
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop ......................................................................... 548
44.2.41
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT .................................................................... 548
44.2.42
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT .................................................................... 549
44.2.43
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA ............................................................... 549
44.2.44
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA ............................................................... 549
44.2.45
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init ................................................................ 550
44.2.46
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit ........................................................... 550
44.2.47
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit ......................................................... 550
44.2.48
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit .................................................... 550
44.2.49
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start ............................................................. 550
44.2.50
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop ............................................................. 551
44.2.51
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT ........................................................ 551
44.2.52
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT ........................................................ 551
44.2.53
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init .................................................................. 551
44.2.54
HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit ............................................................. 552
44.2.55
HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit ........................................................... 552
44.2.56
HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit ....................................................... 552
44.2.57
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start ............................................................... 552
44.2.58
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop ............................................................... 552
44.2.59
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT .......................................................... 553
44.2.60
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT .......................................................... 553
44.2.61
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA ..................................................... 553
44.2.62
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA ..................................................... 554
44.2.63
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler ................................................................... 554
44.2.64
HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel ....................................................... 554
44.2.65
HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel ......................................................... 554
44.2.66
HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel .................................................... 555
44.2.67
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel ............................................. 555
44.2.68
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart .................................................... 555
44.2.69
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop .................................................... 556
44.2.70
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart .................................................... 556
44.2.71
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop .................................................... 557
44.2.72
HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent .............................................................. 557
44.2.73
HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear .......................................................... 558
44.2.74
HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource ....................................................... 558
DOCID026232 Rev 3
29/664
Contents
44.2.75
UM1749
HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input ............................................................... 558
44.2.76
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization ......................................... 559
44.2.77
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT .................................... 559
44.2.78 HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue ...................................................... 559
44.3
44.2.79
HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ................................................. 560
44.2.80
HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback ........................................... 560
44.2.81
HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback ...................................................... 560
44.2.82
HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback ....................................... 560
44.2.83
HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback ............................................................. 560
44.2.84
HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback................................................................. 560
44.2.85
HAL_TIM_Base_GetState .............................................................. 561
44.2.86
HAL_TIM_OC_GetState ................................................................. 561
44.2.87
HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState ............................................................. 561
44.2.88
HAL_TIM_IC_GetState................................................................... 561
44.2.89
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState ...................................................... 561
44.2.90
HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState ......................................................... 561
44.2.91
TIM_DMAError ............................................................................... 562
44.2.92
TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt ............................................................... 562
44.2.93
TIM_DMACaptureCplt .................................................................... 562
TIM Firmware driver defines.......................................................... 562
44.3.1
45
HAL TIM Extension Driver........................................................... 576
45.1
TIMEx Firmware driver registers structures................................... 576
45.1.1
45.2
45.3
45.2.1
TIM specific features integration .................................................... 576
45.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 576
45.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 577
45.2.4
HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization ................................... 577
45.2.5
HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig ............................................................ 577
TIMEx Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 578
TIMEx ............................................................................................. 578
HAL TSC Generic Driver ............................................................. 580
46.1
30/664
TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef ............................................................ 576
TIMEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 576
45.3.1
46
TIM.................................................................................................. 562
TSC Firmware driver registers structures ...................................... 580
46.1.1
TSC_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 580
46.1.2
TSC_IOConfigTypeDef................................................................... 581
46.1.3
TSC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 581
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
46.2
46.3
TSC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 581
46.2.1
TSC specific features ..................................................................... 581
46.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 582
46.2.3
IO Operation functions.................................................................... 582
46.2.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 583
46.2.5
State functions ................................................................................ 583
46.2.6
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 583
46.2.7
HAL_TSC_Init ................................................................................. 583
46.2.8
HAL_TSC_DeInit ............................................................................ 584
46.2.9
HAL_TSC_MspInit .......................................................................... 584
46.2.10
HAL_TSC_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 584
46.2.11
HAL_TSC_Start .............................................................................. 584
46.2.12
HAL_TSC_Start_IT......................................................................... 584
46.2.13
HAL_TSC_Stop .............................................................................. 585
46.2.14
HAL_TSC_Stop_IT ......................................................................... 585
46.2.15
HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus ........................................................... 585
46.2.16
HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue ............................................................ 585
46.2.17
HAL_TSC_IOConfig ....................................................................... 585
46.2.18
HAL_TSC_IODischarge ................................................................. 586
46.2.19
HAL_TSC_GetState ....................................................................... 586
46.2.20
HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition ........................................................ 586
46.2.21
HAL_TSC_IRQHandler .................................................................. 586
46.2.22
HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback ......................................................... 586
46.2.23
HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback................................................................ 587
46.2.24
HAL_TSC_Init ................................................................................. 587
46.2.25
HAL_TSC_DeInit ............................................................................ 587
46.2.26
HAL_TSC_MspInit .......................................................................... 587
46.2.27
HAL_TSC_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 587
TSC Firmware driver defines......................................................... 588
46.3.1
47
TSC................................................................................................. 588
HAL UART Generic Driver........................................................... 597
47.1
47.2
UART Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 597
47.1.1
UART_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 597
47.1.2
UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef ....................................................... 598
47.1.3
UART_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 598
UART Firmware driver API description ......................................... 599
47.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 599
47.2.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 600
DOCID026232 Rev 3
31/664
Contents
47.2.3
UM1749
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 601
47.2.4
HAL_UART_Init .............................................................................. 601
47.2.5
HAL_HalfDuplex_Init ...................................................................... 601
47.2.6
HAL_LIN_Init .................................................................................. 601
47.2.7
HAL_MultiProcessor_Init ................................................................ 602
47.2.8
HAL_UART_DeInit ......................................................................... 602
47.2.9
HAL_UART_MspInit ....................................................................... 602
47.2.10
HAL_UART_MspDeInit................................................................... 603
47.2.11
HAL_UART_Transmit ..................................................................... 603
47.2.12
HAL_UART_Receive ...................................................................... 603
47.2.13
HAL_UART_Transmit_IT................................................................ 603
47.2.14
HAL_UART_Receive_IT................................................................. 603
47.2.15
HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA ........................................................... 604
47.2.16
HAL_UART_Receive_DMA ............................................................ 604
47.2.17
HAL_UART_DMAPause................................................................. 604
47.2.18
HAL_UART_DMAResume ............................................................. 604
47.2.19
HAL_UART_DMAStop ................................................................... 604
47.2.20
HAL_UART_IRQHandler ................................................................ 605
47.2.21
HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback .......................................................... 605
47.2.22
HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback .................................................... 605
47.2.23
HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback .......................................................... 605
47.2.24
HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback .................................................... 605
47.2.25
HAL_UART_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 606
47.2.26
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode ........................................ 606
47.2.27
HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode........................................ 606
47.2.28
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode ........................................... 606
47.2.29
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter ............................................. 606
47.2.30 HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver ................................................. 607
47.3
47.2.31
HAL_LIN_SendBreak ..................................................................... 607
47.2.32
HAL_UART_GetState..................................................................... 607
47.2.33
HAL_UART_GetError ..................................................................... 607
UART Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 607
47.3.1
48
HAL UART Extension Driver ....................................................... 625
48.1
UARTEx Firmware driver registers structures ............................... 625
48.1.1
48.2
UART_WakeUpTypeDef ................................................................ 625
UARTEx Firmware driver API description ..................................... 625
48.2.1
32/664
UART .............................................................................................. 607
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 625
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Contents
48.3
48.2.2
Peripheral Control funtions ............................................................. 625
48.2.3
HAL_RS485Ex_Init......................................................................... 626
48.2.4
HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode ................................................... 626
48.2.5
HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode .......................................... 626
48.2.6
HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode .................................................. 627
48.2.7
HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode ......................................... 627
48.2.8
HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig .......................... 627
48.2.9
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set ................................. 627
48.2.10
HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback ................................................... 627
UARTEx Firmware driver defines .................................................. 628
48.3.1
49
UARTEx .......................................................................................... 628
HAL USART Generic Driver ........................................................ 630
49.1
49.2
USART Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 630
49.1.1
USART_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 630
49.1.2
USART_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 631
USART Firmware driver API description ....................................... 632
49.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 632
49.2.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 632
49.2.3
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 633
49.2.4
HAL_USART_Init ............................................................................ 634
49.2.5
HAL_USART_DeInit ....................................................................... 634
49.2.6
HAL_USART_MspInit ..................................................................... 634
49.2.7
HAL_USART_MspDeInit ................................................................ 634
49.2.8
HAL_USART_Transmit .................................................................. 634
49.2.9
HAL_USART_Receive ................................................................... 635
49.2.10
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive ..................................................... 635
49.2.11
HAL_USART_Transmit_IT ............................................................. 635
49.2.12
HAL_USART_Receive_IT .............................................................. 635
49.2.13
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT ................................................ 636
49.2.14
HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA ........................................................ 636
49.2.15
HAL_USART_Receive_DMA ......................................................... 636
49.2.16
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA ........................................... 637
49.2.17
HAL_USART_DMAPause .............................................................. 637
49.2.18
HAL_USART_DMAResume ........................................................... 637
49.2.19
HAL_USART_DMAStop ................................................................. 637
49.2.20
HAL_USART_IRQHandler ............................................................. 637
49.2.21
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback ........................................................ 638
49.2.22
HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback .................................................. 638
DOCID026232 Rev 3
33/664
Contents
49.3
49.2.23
UM1749
HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback ........................................................ 638
49.2.24
HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback ................................................. 638
49.2.25
HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback .................................................... 638
49.2.26
HAL_USART_ErrorCallback .......................................................... 638
49.2.27
HAL_USART_GetState .................................................................. 639
49.2.28
HAL_USART_GetError................................................................... 639
USART Firmware driver defines.................................................... 639
49.3.1
50
HAL USART Extension Driver .................................................... 649
50.1
USARTEx Firmware driver defines ............................................... 649
50.1.1
51
USART............................................................................................ 639
USARTEx ....................................................................................... 649
HAL WWDG Generic Driver ........................................................ 650
51.1
51.2
51.3
WWDG Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 650
51.1.1
WWDG_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 650
51.1.2
WWDG_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 650
WWDG Firmware driver API description ....................................... 651
51.2.1
WWDG specific features ................................................................ 651
51.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 651
51.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 651
51.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 652
51.2.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 652
51.2.6
HAL_WWDG_Init............................................................................ 652
51.2.7
HAL_WWDG_DeInit ....................................................................... 652
51.2.8
HAL_WWDG_MspInit ..................................................................... 652
51.2.9
HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit ................................................................ 653
51.2.10
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback ..................................................... 653
51.2.11
HAL_WWDG_Start ......................................................................... 653
51.2.12
HAL_WWDG_Start_IT.................................................................... 653
51.2.13
HAL_WWDG_Refresh .................................................................... 653
51.2.14
HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler ............................................................. 654
51.2.15
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback ..................................................... 654
51.2.16
HAL_WWDG_GetState .................................................................. 654
WWDG Firmware driver defines.................................................... 655
51.3.1
WWDG............................................................................................ 655
52
FAQs............................................................................................. 659
53
Revision history .......................................................................... 663
34/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
List of tables
List of tables
Table 1: Acronyms and definitions ............................................................................................................ 37
Table 2: HAL drivers files .......................................................................................................................... 39
Table 3: User-application files .................................................................................................................. 40
Table 4: APis classification ....................................................................................................................... 45
Table 5: List of devices supported by HAL drivers ................................................................................... 46
Table 6: HAL API naming rules ................................................................................................................ 50
Table 7: Macros handling interrupts and specific clock configurations .................................................... 51
Table 8: Callback functions ....................................................................................................................... 52
Table 9: HAL generic APIs ....................................................................................................................... 53
Table 10: HAL extension APIs .................................................................................................................. 54
Table 11: Define statements used for HAL configuration ......................................................................... 58
Table 12: Description of GPIO_InitTypeDef structure .............................................................................. 60
Table 13: Description of EXTI configuration macros ................................................................................ 63
Table 14: MSP functions ........................................................................................................................... 68
Table 15: Timeout values ......................................................................................................................... 72
Table 16: IRDA frame formats ................................................................................................................ 272
Table 17: Number of wait states (WS) vs CPU clock (HCLK) frequency ............................................... 367
Table 18: USART frame formats ............................................................................................................ 482
Table 19: Maximum SPI frequency vs data size (8 bits) ........................................................................ 521
Table 20: Maximum SPI frequency vs data size (16 bits) ...................................................................... 521
Table 21: UART frame formats (2 M bits) ............................................................................................... 600
Table 22: USART frame formats ............................................................................................................ 632
Table 23: Document revision history ...................................................................................................... 663
DOCID026232 Rev 3
35/664
List of figures
UM1749
List of figures
Figure 1: Example of project template ...................................................................................................... 42
Figure 2: Adding device-specific functions ............................................................................................... 55
Figure 3: Adding family-specific functions ................................................................................................ 55
Figure 4: Adding new peripherals ............................................................................................................. 56
Figure 5: Updating existing APIs .............................................................................................................. 56
Figure 6: File inclusion model ................................................................................................................... 57
Figure 7: HAL driver model ....................................................................................................................... 65
36/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
1
Acronyms and definitions
Acronyms and definitions
Table 1: Acronyms and definitions
Acronym
Definition
ADC
Analog-to-digital converter
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
API
Application Programming Interface
BSP
Board Support Package
COMP
Comparator
CMSIS
Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CRYP
Cryptographic processor unit
CRC
CRC calculation unit
DAC
Digital to analog converter
DMA
Direct Memory Access
EXTI
External interrupt/event controller
FLASH
Flash memory
GPIO
General purpose I/Os
HAL
Hardware abstraction layer
I2C
Inter-integrated circuit
I2S
Inter-integrated sound
IRDA
InfraRed Data Association
IWDG
Independent watchdog
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display Controller
LPTIM
Low Power Timer
MSP
MCU Specific Package
NVIC
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller
PCD
USB Peripheral Controller Driver
PWR
Power controller
RCC
Reset and clock controller
RNG
Random Number Generator
RTC
Real-time clock
SD
Secure Digital
SRAM
SRAM external memory
SMARTCARD
Smartcard IC
SPI
Serial Peripheral interface
SysTick
System tick timer
TIM
Advanced-control, general-purpose or basic timer
DOCID026232 Rev 3
37/664
Acronyms and definitions
38/664
UM1749
Acronym
Definition
TSC
Touch Sensing Controller
UART
Universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
USART
Universal synchronous receiver/transmitter
WWDG
Window watchdog
USB
Universal Serial Bus
PPP
STM32 peripheral or block
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
2
Overview of HAL drivers
Overview of HAL drivers
The HAL drivers were designed to offer a rich set of APIs and to interact easily with the
application upper layers.
Each driver consists of a set of functions covering the most common peripheral features.
The development of each driver is driven by a common API which standardizes the driver
structure, the functions and the parameter names.
The HAL drivers consist of a set of driver modules, each module being linked to a
standalone peripheral. However, in some cases, the module is linked to a peripheral
functional mode. As an example, several modules exist for the USART peripheral: UART
driver module, USART driver module, SMARTCARD driver module and IRDA driver
module.
The HAL main features are the following:







Cross-family portable set of APIs covering the common peripheral features as well as
extension APIs in case of specific peripheral features.
Three API programming models: polling, interrupt and DMA.
APIs are RTOS compliant:

Fully re-entrant APIs

Systematic usage of timeouts in polling mode.
Peripheral multi-instance support allowing concurrent API calls for multiple instances
of a given peripheral (USART1, USART2...)
All HAL APIs implement user-callback functions mechanism:

Peripheral Init/DeInit HAL APIs can call user-callback functions to perform
peripheral system level Initialization/De-Initialization (clock, GPIOs, interrupt,
DMA)

Peripherals interrupt events

Error events.
Object locking mechanism: safe hardware access to prevent multiple spurious
accesses to shared resources.
Timeout used for all blocking processes: the timeout can be a simple counter or a
timebase.
2.1
HAL and user-application files
2.1.1
HAL driver files
HAL drivers are composed of the following set of files:
Table 2: HAL drivers files
File
Description
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp.c
Main peripheral/module driver file.
It includes the APIs that are common to all STM32 devices.
Example: stm32l0xx_hal_adc.c, stm32l0xx_hal_irda.c, …
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp.h
Header file of the main driver C file
It includes common data, handle and enumeration structures,
define statements and macros, as well as the exported generic
APIs.
Example: stm32l0xx_hal_adc.h, stm32l0xx_hal_irda.h, …
DOCID026232 Rev 3
39/664
Overview of HAL drivers
2.1.2
UM1749
File
Description
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.c
Extension file of a peripheral/module driver. It includes the specific
APIs for a given part number or family, as well as the newly
defined APIs that overwrite the default generic APIs if the internal
process is implemented in different way.
Example: stm32l0xx_hal_adc_ex.c, stm32l0xx_hal_dma_ex.c, …
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.h
Header file of the extension C file.
It includes the specific data and enumeration structures, define
statements and macros, as well as the exported device part
number specific APIs
Example: stm32l0xx_hal_adc_ex.h, stm32l0xx_hal_dma_ex.h, …
stm32l0xx_hal.c
This file is used for HAL initialization and contains DBGMCU,
Remap and Time Delay based on systick APIs.
stm32l0xx_hal.h
stm32l0xx_hal.c header file
stm32l0xx_hal_msp_template.c
Template file to be copied to the user application folder.
It contains the MSP initialization and de-initialization (main routine
and callbacks) of the peripheral used in the user application.
stm32l0xx_hal_conf_template.h
Template file allowing to customize the drivers for a given
application.
stm32l0xx_hal_def.h
Common HAL resources such as common define statements,
enumerations, structures and macros.
User-application files
The minimum files required to build an application using the HAL are listed in the table
below:
Table 3: User-application files
40/664
File
Description
system_stm32l0xx.c
This file contains SystemInit() which is called at startup just after reset and
before branching to the main program. It does not configure the system
clock at startup (contrary to the standard library). This is to be done using
the HAL APIs in the user files.
It allows to relocate the vector table in internal SRAM.
startup_stm32l0xx.s
Toolchain specific file that contains reset handler and exception vectors.
For some toolchains, it allows adapting the stack/heap size to fit the
application requirements.
stm32l0xx_flash.icf
(optional)
Linker file for EWARM toolchain allowing mainly to adapt the stack/heap
size to fit the application requirements.
stm32l0xx_flash.ld
(optional)
Linker file for SW4STM32 toolchain.
stm32l0xx_hal_msp.c
This file contains the MSP initialization and de-initialization (main routine
and callbacks) of the peripheral used in the user application.
stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h
This file allows the user to customize the HAL drivers for a specific
application.
It is not mandatory to modify this configuration. The application can use the
default configuration without any modification.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Overview of HAL drivers
File
Description
stm32l0xx_it.c/.h
This file contains the exceptions handler and peripherals interrupt service
routine, and calls HAL_IncTick() at regular time intervals to increment a
local variable (declared in stm32l0xx_hal.c) used as HAL timebase. By
default, this function is called each 1ms in Systick ISR. .
The PPP_IRQHandler() routine must call HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() if an
interrupt based process is used within the application.
main.c/.h
This file contains the main program routine, in particular call to HAL_Init(),
assert_failed() implementation, system clock configuration, peripheral HAL
initialization and user application code.
The STM32Cube package comes with ready-to-use project templates, one for each
supported board. Each project contains the files listed above and a preconfigured project
for the supported toolchains.
Each project template provides empty main loop function and can be used as a starting
point to get familiar with project settings for STM32Cube. Their characteristics are the
following:




It contains sources of HAL, CMSIS and BSP drivers which are the minimal
components to develop a code on a given board.
It contains the include paths for all the firmware components.
It defines the STM32 device supported, and allows to configure the CMSIS and HAL
drivers accordingly.
It provides ready to use user files preconfigured as defined below:

HAL is initialized

SysTick ISR implemented for HAL_Delay()

System clock configured with the maximum frequency of the device
If an existing project is copied to another location, then include paths must be
updated.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
41/664
Overview of HAL drivers
UM1749
Figure 1: Example of project template
2.2
HAL data structures
Each HAL driver can contain the following data structures:



2.2.1
Peripheral handle structures
Initialization and configuration structures
Specific process structures.
Peripheral handle structures
The APIs have a modular generic multi-instance architecture that allows working with
several IP instances simultaneously.
PPP_HandleTypeDef *handle is the main structure that is implemented in the HAL
drivers. It handles the peripheral/module configuration and registers and embeds all the
structures and variables needed to follow the peripheral device flow.
The peripheral handle is used for the following purposes:



42/664
Multi instance support: each peripheral/module instance has its own handle. As a
result instance resources are independent.
Peripheral process intercommunication: the handle is used to manage shared data
resources between the process routines.
Example: global pointers, DMA handles, state machine.
Storage: this handle is used also to manage global variables within a given HAL
driver.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Overview of HAL drivers
An example of peripheral structure is shown below:
typedef struct
{
USART_TypeDef *Instance; /* USART registers base address */
USART_InitTypeDef Init; /* Usart communication parameters */
uint8_t *pTxBuffPtr;/* Pointer to Usart Tx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t TxXferSize; /* Usart Tx Transfer size */
__IO uint16_t TxXferCount;/* Usart Tx Transfer Counter */
uint8_t *pRxBuffPtr;/* Pointer to Usart Rx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t RxXferSize; /* Usart Rx Transfer size */
__IO uint16_t RxXferCount; /* Usart Rx Transfer Counter */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmatx; /* Usart Tx DMA Handle parameters */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmarx; /* Usart Rx DMA Handle parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* Locking object */
__IO HAL_USART_StateTypeDef State; /* Usart communication state */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode;/* USART Error code */
}USART_HandleTypeDef;
1) The multi-instance feature implies that all the APIs used in the application are
re-entrant and avoid using global variables because subroutines can fail to be reentrant if they rely on a global variable to remain unchanged but that variable is
modified when the subroutine is recursively invoked. For this reason, the following
rules are respected:


Re-entrant code does not hold any static (or global) non-constant data: reentrant functions can work with global data. For example, a re-entrant
interrupt service routine can grab a piece of hardware status to work with
(e.g. serial port read buffer) which is not only global, but volatile. Still, typical
use of static variables and global data is not advised, in the sense that only
atomic read-modify-write instructions should be used in these variables. It
should not be possible for an interrupt or signal to occur during the execution
of such an instruction.
Reentrant code does not modify its own code.
2) When a peripheral can manage several processes simultaneously using the
DMA (full duplex case), the DMA interface handle for each process is added in the
PPP_HandleTypeDef.
3) For the shared and system peripherals, no handle or instance object is used.
The peripherals concerned by this exception are the following:






GPIO
SYSTICK
NVIC
PWR
RCC
FLASH.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
43/664
Overview of HAL drivers
2.2.2
UM1749
Initialization and configuration structure
These structures are defined in the generic driver header file when it is common to all part
numbers. When they can change from one part number to another, the structures are
defined in the extension header file for each part number.
typedef struct
{
uint32_t BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the UART communication baudrate.*/
uint32_t WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received
in a frame.*/
uint32_t StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.*/
uint32_t Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or
disabled.*/
uint32_t HwFlowCtl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
or disabled.*/
uint32_t OverSampling; /*!< Specifies wether the Over sampling 8 is enabled or
disabled,
to achieve higher speed (up to fPCLK/8).*/
}UART_InitTypeDef;
The config structure is used to initialize the sub-modules or sub-instances. See
below example:
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel (ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef*
sConfig)
2.2.3
Specific process structures
The specific process structures are used for specific process (common APIs). They are
defined in the generic driver header file.
Example:
HAL_PPP_Process (PPP_HandleTypeDef* hadc,PPP_ProcessConfig* sConfig)
2.3
API classification
The HAL APIs are classified into three categories:

Generic APIs: common generic APIs applying to all STM32 devices. These APIs are
consequently present in the generic HAL drivers files of all STM32 microcontrollers.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef*
hadc);

Extension APIs: This set of API is divided into two sub-categories :

Family specific APIs: APIs applying to a given family. They are located in the
extension HAL driver file (see example below related to the ADC).
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t
SingleDiff); uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc,
uint32_t SingleDiff);

44/664
Device part number specific APIs: These APIs are implemented in the
extension file and delimited by specific define statements relative to a given part
number.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Overview of HAL drivers
#if !defined(STM32L051xx) && !defined(STM32L061xx) void
HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit); void
HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void); RCC_CRSStatusTypeDef
HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout); #endif /* !(STM32L051xx) &&
!(STM32L061xx) */ The data structure related to the specific APIs is delimited by
the device part number define statement. It is located in the corresponding
extension header C file.
The following table summarizes the location of the different categories of HAL APIs in the
driver files.
Table 4: APis classification
Generic file
Common APIs
X
Extension file
X
(1)
Family specific APIs
X
Device specific APIs
X
Notes:
(1)
In some cases, the implementation for a specific device part number may change . In this case the generic API
is declared as weak function in the extension file. The API is implemented again to overwrite the default function
Family specific APIs are only related to a given family. This means that if a
specific API is implemented in another family, and the arguments of this latter
family are different, additional structures and arguments might need to be added.
The IRQ handlers are used for common and family specific processes.
2.4
Devices supported by HAL drivers
DOCID026232 Rev 3
45/664
Overview of HAL drivers
UM1749
Table 5: List of devices supported by HAL drivers
IP/Module
STM32L
011xx
STM32L
021xx
STM32L
0"1xx
STM32L
041xx
STM32L
051xx
STM32L
052xx
STM32L
053xx
STM32L
061xx
STM32L
062xx
STM32L
063xx
STM32L
071xx
STM32L
072xx
STM32L
073xx
STM32L
081xx
STM32L
082xx
STM32L
083xx
stm32l0xx_hal.
c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
adc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
adc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
comp.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
cortex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
crc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
crc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
cryp.c
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
cryp_ex.c
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
dac.c
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
dac_ex.c
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
dma.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
firewall.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
flash.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
46/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Overview of HAL drivers
IP/Module
STM32L
011xx
STM32L
021xx
STM32L
0"1xx
STM32L
041xx
STM32L
051xx
STM32L
052xx
STM32L
053xx
STM32L
061xx
STM32L
062xx
STM32L
063xx
STM32L
071xx
STM32L
072xx
STM32L
073xx
STM32L
081xx
STM32L
082xx
STM32L
083xx
stm32l0xx_hal_
flash_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
flash_ramfunc.
c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
gpio.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
i2c.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
i2c_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
i2s.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
irda.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
iwdg.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
lcd.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
lptim.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
pcd.c
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
pcd_ex.c
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
pwr.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
pwr_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
DOCID026232 Rev 3
47/664
Overview of HAL drivers
UM1749
IP/Module
STM32L
011xx
STM32L
021xx
STM32L
0"1xx
STM32L
041xx
STM32L
051xx
STM32L
052xx
STM32L
053xx
STM32L
061xx
STM32L
062xx
STM32L
063xx
STM32L
071xx
STM32L
072xx
STM32L
073xx
STM32L
081xx
STM32L
082xx
STM32L
083xx
stm32l0xx_hal_
rcc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
rcc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
rng.c
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
rtc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
rtc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
smbus.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
smartcard.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
smartcard_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
spi.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
tim.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
tim_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
tsc.c
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
uart.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
uart_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
48/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Overview of HAL drivers
IP/Module
STM32L
011xx
STM32L
021xx
STM32L
0"1xx
STM32L
041xx
STM32L
051xx
STM32L
052xx
STM32L
053xx
STM32L
061xx
STM32L
062xx
STM32L
063xx
STM32L
071xx
STM32L
072xx
STM32L
073xx
STM32L
081xx
STM32L
082xx
STM32L
083xx
stm32l0xx_hal_
usart.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32l0xx_hal_
wwdg.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
DOCID026232 Rev 3
49/664
UM1749
2.5
HAL drivers rules
2.5.1
HAL API naming rules
The following naming rules are used in HAL drivers:
Table 6: HAL API naming rules
File
names
Generic
Family specific
Device specific
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp (c/h)
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex (c/h)
stm32l0xx_ hal_ppp_ex (c/h)
Module
name
Functio
n name
HAL_PPP_Function
HAL_PPP_FeatureFunction_
MODE
HAL_PPPEx_Function
HAL_PPPEx_FeatureFunction_
MODE
HAL_PPPEx_Function
HAL_PPPEx_FeatureFunction_
MODE
Handle
name
PPP_HandleTypedef
NA
NA
Init
structu
re
name
PPP_InitTypeDef
NA
PPP_InitTypeDef
Enum
name
HAL_PPP_StructnameTypeD
ef
NA
NA











50/664
HAL_PPP_ MODULE
The PPP prefix refers to the peripheral functional mode and not to the peripheral itself.
For example, if the USART, PPP can be USART, IRDA, UART or SMARTCARD
depending on the peripheral mode.
The constants used in one file are defined within this file. A constant used in several
files is defined in a header file. All constants are written in uppercase, except for
peripheral driver function parameters.
typedef variable names should be suffixed with _TypeDef.
Registers are considered as constants. In most cases, their name is in uppercase and
uses the same acronyms as in the STM32L0xx reference manuals.
Peripheral registers are declared in the PPP_TypeDef structure (e.g. ADC_TypeDef)
in stm32l0xxx.h header file. stm32l0xxx.h corresponds to stm32l051xx.h,
stm32l052xx.h, stm32l053xx.h, stm32l061xx.h, stm32l062xx.h or stm32l063xx.h.
Peripheral function names are prefixed by HAL_, then the corresponding peripheral
acronym in uppercase followed by an underscore. The first letter of each word is in
uppercase (e.g. HAL_UART_Transmit()). Only one underscore is allowed in a function
name to separate the peripheral acronym from the rest of the function name.
The structure containing the PPP peripheral initialization parameters are named
PPP_InitTypeDef (e.g. ADC_InitTypeDef).
The structure containing the Specific configuration parameters for the PPP peripheral
are named PPP_xxxxConfTypeDef (e.g. ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef).
Peripheral handle structures are named PPP_HandleTypedef (e.g
DMA_HandleTypeDef)
The functions used to initialize the PPP peripheral according to parameters specified
in PPP_InitTypeDef are named HAL_PPP_Init (e.g. HAL_TIM_Init()).
The functions used to reset the PPP peripheral registers to their default values are
named PPP_DeInit, e.g. TIM_DeInit.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


2.5.2
The MODE suffix refers to the process mode, which can be polling, interrupt or DMA.
As an example, when the DMA is used in addition to the native resources, the function
should be called: HAL_PPP_Function_DMA ().
The Feature prefix should refer to the new feature.
Example: HAL_ADC_Start() refers to the injection mode
HAL general naming rules

For the shared and system peripherals, no handle or instance object is used. This rule
applies to the following peripherals:
Example: The HAL_GPIO_Init() requires only the GPIO address and its configuration
parameters.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
/*GPIO Initialization body */
}


GPIO

SYSTICK

NVIC

RCC

FLASH.
The macros that handle interrupts and specific clock configurations are defined in
each peripheral/module driver. These macros are exported in the peripheral driver
header files so that they can be used by the extension file. The list of these macros is
defined below: This list is not exhaustive and other macros related to peripheral
features can be added, so that they can be used in the user application.
Table 7: Macros handling interrupts and specific clock configurations
Macros
Description
__HAL_PPP_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)
Enables a specific peripheral
interrupt
__HAL_PPP_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)
Disables a specific peripheral
interrupt
__HAL_PPP_GET_IT (__HANDLE__, __ INTERRUPT __)
Gets a specific peripheral interrupt
status
__HAL_PPP_CLEAR_IT (__HANDLE__, __ INTERRUPT __)
Clears a specific peripheral
interrupt status
__HAL_PPP_GET_FLAG (__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)
Gets a specific peripheral flag
status
__HAL_PPP_CLEAR_FLAG (__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)
Clears a specific peripheral flag
status
__HAL_PPP_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)
Enables a peripheral
__HAL_PPP_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)
Disables a peripheral
__HAL_PPP_XXXX (__HANDLE__, __PARAM__)
Specific PPP HAL driver macro
__HAL_PPP_GET_ IT_SOURCE (__HANDLE__, __
INTERRUPT __)
Checks the source of specified
interrupt


NVIC and SYSTICK are two ARM Cortex core features. The APIs related to these
features are located in the stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c file.
When a status bit or a flag is read from registers, it is composed of shifted values
depending on the number of read values and of their size. In this case, the returned
DOCID026232 Rev 3
51/664
UM1749
status width is 32 bits. Example: STATUS = XX | (YY << 16) or STATUS = XX | (YY
<< 8) | (YY << 16) | (YY << 24)".
The PPP handles are valid before using the HAL_PPP_Init() API. The init function
performs a check before modifying the handle fields.

HAL_PPP_Init(PPP_HandleTypeDef)
if(hppp == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}

The macros defined below are used:

Conditional macro:
#define ABS(x) (((x) > 0) ? (x) : -(x))

Pseudo-code macro (multiple instructions macro):
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0)
2.5.3
HAL interrupt handler and callback functions
Besides the APIs, HAL peripheral drivers include:


HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() peripheral interrupt handler that should be called from
stm32l0xx_it.c
User callback functions.
The user callback functions are defined as empty functions with “weak” attribute. They
have to be defined in the user code.
There are three types of user callbacks functions:



Peripheral system level initialization/ de-Initialization callbacks: HAL_PPP_MspInit()
and HAL_PPP_MspDeInit
Process complete callbacks : HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback
Error callback: HAL_PPP_ErrorCallback.
Table 8: Callback functions
52/664
Callback functions
Example
HAL_PPP_MspInit() / _DeInit()
Ex: HAL_USART_MspInit()
Called from HAL_PPP_Init() API function to perform peripheral
system level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback
Ex: HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
Called by peripheral or DMA interrupt handler when the process
completes
HAL_PPP_ErrorCallback
Ex: HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
Called by peripheral or DMA interrupt handler when an error
occurs
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
2.6
HAL generic APIs
The generic APIs provide common generic functions applying to all STM32 devices. They
are composed of four APIs groups:




Initialization and de-initialization functions:HAL_PPP_Init(), HAL_PPP_DeInit()
IO operation functions: HAL_PPP_Read(), HAL_PPP_Write(),HAL_PPP_Transmit(),
HAL_PPP_Receive()
Control functions: HAL_PPP_Set (), HAL_PPP_Get ().
State and Errors functions: HAL_PPP_GetState (), HAL_PPP_GetError ().
For some peripheral/module drivers, these groups are modified depending on the
peripheral/module implementation.
Example: in the timer driver, the API grouping is based on timer features (PWM, OC, IC...).
The initialization and de-initialization functions allow initializing a peripheral and configuring
the low-level resources, mainly clocks, GPIO, alternate functions (AF) and possibly DMA
and interrupts. The HAL_DeInit()function restores the peripheral default state, frees the
low-level resources and removes any direct dependency with the hardware.
The IO operation functions perform a row access to the peripheral payload data in write
and read modes.
The control functions are used to change dynamically the peripheral configuration and set
another operating mode.
The peripheral state and errors functions allow retrieving in runtime the peripheral and data
flow states, and identifying the type of errors that occurred. The example below is based on
the ADC peripheral. The list of generic APIs is not exhaustive. It is only given as an
example.
Table 9: HAL generic APIs
Function
Group
Common API Name
Description
HAL_ADC_Init()
This function initializes the peripheral and
configures the low -level resources (clocks,
GPIO, AF..)
HAL_ADC_DeInit()
This function restores the peripheral default state,
frees the low-level resources and removes any
direct dependency with the hardware.
HAL_ADC_Start ()
This function starts ADC conversions when the
polling method is used
HAL_ADC_Stop ()
This function stops ADC conversions when the
polling method is used
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
This function allows waiting for the end of
conversions when the polling method is used. In
this case, a timout value is specified by the user
according to the application.
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
This function starts ADC conversions when the
interrupt method is used
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
This function stops ADC conversions when the
interrupt method is used
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
This function handles ADC interrupt requests
Initialization
group
IO operation
group
DOCID026232 Rev 3
53/664
UM1749
Function
Group
Common API Name
Description
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
Callback function called in the IT subroutine to
indicate the end of the current process or when a
DMA transfer has completed
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
Callback function called in the IT subroutine if a
peripheral error or a DMA transfer error occurred
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
This function configures the selected ADC regular
channel, the corresponding rank in the sequencer
and the sample time
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
This function configures the analog watchdog for
the selected ADC
HAL_ADC_GetState()
This function allows getting in runtime the
peripheral and the data flow states.
HAL_ADC_GetError()
This fuction allows getting in runtime the error
that occurred during IT routine
Control group
State and
Errors group
2.7
HAL extension APIs
2.7.1
HAL extension model overview
The extension APIs provide specific functions or overwrite modified APIs for a specific
family (series) or specific part number within the same family.
The extension model consists of an additional file, stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.c, that includes
all the specific functions and define statements (stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.h) for a given part
number.
Below an example based on the ADC peripheral:
Table 10: HAL extension APIs
54/664
Function Group
Common API Name
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start()
This function is used to start the automatic ADC calibration
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue()
This function is used to get the ADC calibration factor
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue()
This function is used to set the calibration factor to overwrite
automatic conversion result
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
2.7.2
HAL extension model cases
The specific IP features can be handled by the HAL drivers in five different ways. They are
described below.
Case1: Adding a part number-specific function
When a new feature specific to a given device is required, the new APIs are added in the
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.c extension file. They are named HAL_PPPEx_Function().
Figure 2: Adding device-specific functions
Example: stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c/h
#if !defined(STM32L051xx) && !defined(STM32L061xx)
void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit);
void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void);
void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef *pSynchroInfo);
RCC_CRSStatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout);
#endif /* !(STM32L051xx) && !(STM32L061xx) */
Case2: Adding a family-specific function
In this case, the API is added in the extension driver C file and named
HAL_PPPEx_Function ().
Figure 3: Adding family-specific functions
DOCID026232 Rev 3
55/664
UM1749
Case3: Adding a new peripheral (specific to a device belonging to a given
family)
When a peripheral which is available only in a specific device is required, the APIs
corresponding to this new peripheral/module are added in stm32l0xx_hal_newppp.c.
However the inclusion of this file is selected in the stm32lxx_hal_conf.h using the macro:
#define HAL_NEWPPP_MODULE_ENABLED
Figure 4: Adding new peripherals
Example: stm32l0xx_hal_lcd.c/h
Case4: Updating existing common APIs
In this case, the routines are defined with the same names in the stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.c
extension file, while the generic API is defined as weak, so that the compiler will overwrite
the original routine by the new defined function.
Figure 5: Updating existing APIs
Case5 : Updating existing data structures
The data structure for a specific device part number (e.g. PPP_InitTypeDef) can have
different fields. In this case, the data structure is defined in the extension header file and
delimited by the specific part number define statement.
Example:
#if defined (STM32L051xx)
typedef struct
{
(…)
}PPP_InitTypeDef;
#endif /* STM32L051xx */
56/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
2.8
File inclusion model
The header of the common HAL driver file (stm32l0xx_hal.h) includes the common
configurations for the whole HAL library. It is the only header file that is included in the user
sources and the HAL C sources files to be able to use the HAL resources.
Figure 6: File inclusion model
A PPP driver is a standalone module which is used in a project. The user must enable the
corresponding USE_HAL_PPP_MODULE define statement in the configuration file.
/*********************************************************************
* @file stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version VX.Y.Z * @date dd-mm-yyyy
* @brief This file contains the modules to be used
**********************************************************************
(…)
#define USE_HAL_USART_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_IRDA_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_DMA_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_RCC_MODULE
(…)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
57/664
UM1749
2.9
HAL common resources
The common HAL resources, such as common define enumerations, structures and
macros, are defined in stm32l0xx_hal_def.h.The main common define enumeration is
HAL_StatusTypeDef.

HAL Status The HAL status is used by almost all HAL APIs, except for boolean
functions and IRQ handler. It returns the status of the current API operations. It has
four possible values as described below:
Typedef enum
{
HAL_OK = 0x00,
HAL_ERROR = 0x01,
HAL_BUSY = 0x02,
HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03
} HAL_StatusTypeDef;

HAL Locked The HAL lock is used by all HAL APIs to prevent accessing by accident
shared resources.
typedef enum
{
HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00, /*!<Resources unlocked */
HAL_LOCKED = 0x01 /*!< Resources locked */
} HAL_LockTypeDef;
In addition to common resources, the stm32l0xx_hal_def.h file calls the stm32l0xx.h file in
CMSIS library to get the data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals:



Declarations of peripheral registers and bits definition.
Macros to access peripheral registers hardware (Write register, Read
register…etc.).
Common macros

Macro defining HAL_MAX_DELAY
#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFF

Macro linking a PPP peripheral to a DMA structure pointer:__HAL_LINKDMA();
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0)
2.10
HAL configuration
The configuration file, stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h, allows customizing the drivers for the user
application. Modifying this configuration is not mandatory: the application can use the
default configuration without any modification.
To configure these parameters, the user should enable, disable or modify some options by
uncommenting, commenting or modifying the values of the related define statements as
described in the table below:
Table 11: Define statements used for HAL configuration
58/664
Configuration item
Description
Default
Value
HSE_VALUE
Defines the value of the external oscillator (HSE)
expressed in Hz. The user must adjust this define
statement when using a different crystal value.
8 000 000
(Hz)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Configuration item
Description
Default
Value
HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
Timeout for HSE start up, expressed in ms
5000
HSI_VALUE
Defines the value of the internal oscillator (HSI)
expressed in Hz.
16 000 000
(Hz)
MSI_VALUE
Defines the Internal Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI)
value expressed in Hz.
2 000 000
(Hz)
VDD_VALUE
VDD value
3300 (mV)
USE_RTOS
Enables the use of RTOS
FALSE (for
future use)
PREFETCH_ENABLE
Enables prefetch feature
TRUE
Enables buffer cache
FALSE
BUFFER_CACHE_ENABLE
The stm32l0xx_hal_conf_template.h file is located in the HAL drivers Inc folder. It
should be copied to the user folder, renamed and modified as described above.
By default, the values defined in the stm32l0xx_hal_conf_template.h file are the
same as the ones used for the examples and demonstrations. All HAL include
files are enabled so that they can be used in the user code without modifications.
2.11
HAL system peripheral handling
This chapter gives an overview of how the system peripherals are handled by the HAL
drivers. The full API list is provided within each peripheral driver description section.
2.11.1
Clock
Two main functions can be used to configure the system clock:


HAL_RCC_OscConfig (RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct). This function
configures/enables multiple clock sources (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL).
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig (RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t
FLatency). This function

Selects the system clock source

Configures AHB, APB1 and APB2 clock dividers

Configures the number of Flash memory wait states

Updates the SysTick configuration when HCLK clock changes.
Some peripheral clocks are not derived from the system clock (RTC, USB…). In this case,
the clock configuration is performed by an extended API defined in
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.c: HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
*PeriphClkInit).
Additional RCC HAL driver functions are available:

HAL_RCC_DeInit() Clock de-initialization function that returns clock configuration to
reset state
DOCID026232 Rev 3
59/664
UM1749


Get clock functions that allow retreiving various clock configurations (system clock,
HCLK, PCLK1, PCLK2, …)
MCO and CSS configuration functions
A set of macros are defined in stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.h. They allows executing elementary
operations on RCC block registers, such as peripherals clock gating/reset control:



2.11.2
__PPP_CLK_ENABLE/__PPP_CLK_DISABLE to enable/disable the peripheral clock
__PPP_FORCE_RESET/__PPP_RELEASE_RESET to force/release peripheral reset
__PPP_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE/__PPP_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE to enable/disable the
peripheral clock during low power (Sleep) mode.
GPIOs
GPIO HAL APIs are the following:



HAL_GPIO_Init() / HAL_GPIO_DeInit()
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin() / HAL_GPIO_WritePin()
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin ().
In addition to standard GPIO modes (input, output, analog), pin mode can be configured as
EXTI with interrupt or event generation.
When selecting EXTI mode with interrupt generation, the user must call
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler() from stm32l0xx_it.c and implement
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback()
The table below describes the GPIO_InitTypeDef structure field.
Table 12: Description of GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
Structure
field
Pin
Description
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
Possible values: GPIO_PIN_x or GPIO_PIN_All, where x[0..15]
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins: GPIO mode or EXTI mode.
Possible values are:

Mode


60/664
GPIO mode

GPIO_MODE_INPUT : Input Floating

GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP : Output Push Pull

GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD : Output Open Drain

GPIO_MODE_AF_PP : Alternate Function Push Pull

GPIO_MODE_AF_OD : Alternate Function Open Drain

GPIO_MODE_ANALOG : Analog mode
External Interrupt Mode

GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING : Rising edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING : Falling edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING : Rising/Falling edge trigger
detection
External Event Mode

GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING : Rising edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING : Falling edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING: Rising/Falling edge trigger
detection
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Structure
field
Pull
Speed
Description
Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-down activation for the selected pins.
Possible values are:
GPIO_NOPULL
GPIO_PULLUP
GPIO_PULLDOWN
Specifies the speed for the selected pins
Possible values are:
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH
Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins.
Possible values: GPIO_AFx_PPP, where
AFx: is the alternate function index
PPP: is the peripheral instance
Example: use GPIO_AF1_TIM1 to connect TIM1 IOs on AF1.
These values are defined in the GPIO extended driver, since the AF mapping may
change between product lines.
Alternate
Refer to the “Alternate function mapping” table in the
datasheets for the detailed description of the system and
peripheral I/O alternate functions.
Please find below typical GPIO configuration examples:

Configuring GPIOs as output push-pull to drive external LEDs
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_12 | GPIO_PIN_13 | GPIO_PIN_14 | GPIO_PIN_15;
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_PULLUP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_InitStruct);

Configuring PA0 as external interrupt with falling edge sensitivity:
GPIO_InitStructure.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING;
GPIO_InitStructure.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
GPIO_InitStructure.Pin = GPIO_PIN_0;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);

Configuring USART1 Tx (PA9, mapped on AF4) as alternate function:
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_9;
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_PULLUP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF4_USART1;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct);
DOCID026232 Rev 3
61/664
UM1749
2.11.3
Cortex NVIC and SysTick timer
The Cortex HAL driver, stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c, provides APIs to handle NVIC and Systick.
The supported APIs include:








2.11.4
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()/HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset()
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler()
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ() / HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ () /
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ()
HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig()
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback()
PWR
The PWR HAL driver handles power management. The features shared between all
STM32 Series are listed below:



PVD configuration, enabling/disabling and interrupt handling

HAL_PWR_PVDConfig()

HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() / HAL_PWR_DisablePVD()

HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()

HAL_PWR_PVDCallback()
Wakeup pin configuration

HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin() / HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin()
Low power mode entry

HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode()

HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode()

HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
Depending on the STM32 Series, extension functions are available in
stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex. Here are a few examples (the list is not exhaustive)

2.11.5
Ultra low power mode control

HAL_PWREx_EnableUltraLowPower() / HAL_PWREx_DisableUltraLowPower()

HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() /
HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode()
EXTI
The EXTI is not considered as a standalone peripheral but rather as a service used by
other peripheral. As a result there are no EXTI APIs but each peripheral HAL driver
implements the associated EXTI configuration and EXTI function are implemented as
macros in its header file.
The first 16 EXTI lines connected to the GPIOs are managed within the GPIO driver. The
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure allows configuring an I/O as external interrupt or external
event.
The EXTI lines connected internally to the PVD, RTC, USB, and COMP are configured
within the HAL drivers of these peripheral through the macros given in the table below. The
EXTI internal connections depend on the targeted STM32 microcontroller (refer to the
product datasheet for more details):
62/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Table 13: Description of EXTI configuration macros
Macros
Description
PPP_EXTI_LINE_FUNCTION
Defines the EXTI line connected to the internal peripheral.
Example:
#define PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
/*!<External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI
Line */
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(__EXTI_LINE__)
Enables a given EXTI line
Example:
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(__EXTI_LINE__)
Disables a given EXTI line.
Example:
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__)
Gets a given EXTI line interrupt flag pending bit status.
Example:
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE_
_)
Clears a given EXTI line interrupt flag pending bit.
Example;
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PV
D)
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
(__EXTI_LINE__)
Generates a software interrupt for a given EXTI line.
Example:
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_ GENERATE_SWIT
(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
If the EXTI interrupt mode is selected, the user application must call
HAL_PPP_FUNCTION_IRQHandler() (for example HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()), from
stm32l0xx_it.c file, and implement HAL_PPP_FUNCTIONCallback() callback function (for
example HAL_PWR_PVDCallback().
2.11.6
DMA
The DMA HAL driver allows enabling and configuring the peripheral to be connected to the
DMA Channels (except for internal SRAM/FLASH memory which do not require any
initialization). Refer to the product reference manual for details on the DMA request
corresponding to each peripheral.
For a given stream, HAL_DMA_Init() API allows programming the required configuration
through the following parameters:







Transfer Direction
Source and Destination data formats
Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode
Channels Priority level
Source and Destination Increment mode
FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed)
Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed).
DOCID026232 Rev 3
63/664
UM1749
Two operating modes are available:


Polling mode I/O operation
a. Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer when the source and destination
addresses and the Length of data to be transferred have been configured.
b.
Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer. In this
case a fixed timeout can be configured depending on the user application.
Interrupt mode I/O operation
a.
Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
b.
Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
c.
Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer when the source and destination
addresses and the length of data to be transferred have been confgured. In this
case the DMA interrupt is configured.
d.
Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt
subroutine
e.
When data transfer is complete, HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed
and a user function can be called by customizing XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback function pointer (i.e. a member of DMA handle structure).
Additional functions and macros are available to ensure efficient DMA management:


Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and
HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error detection.
Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
The most used DMA HAL driver macros are the following:







__HAL_DMA_ENABLE: enablse the specified DMA Channels.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE: disables the specified DMA Channels.
__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: gets the DMA Channels pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: clears the DMA Channels pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: enables the specified DMA Channels interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: disables the specified DMA Channels interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: checks whether the specified DMA stream interrupt
has occurred or not.
When a peripheral is used in DMA mode, the DMA initialization should be done in
the HAL_PPP_MspInit() callback. In addition, the user application should
associate the DMA handle to the PPP handle (refer to section “HAL IO operation
functions”).
DMA channel callbacks need to be initialized by the user application only in case
of memory-to-memory transfer. However when peripheral-to-memory transfers
are used, these callbacks are automatically initialized by calling a process API
function that uses the DMA.
64/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
2.12
How to use HAL drivers
2.12.1
HAL usage models
The following figure shows the typical use of the HAL driver and the interaction between
the application user, the HAL driver and the interrupts.
Figure 7: HAL driver model
Basically, the HAL driver APIs are called from user files and optionally from interrupt
handlers file when the APIs based on the DMA or the PPP peripheral dedicated interrupts
are used (see green blocks in the above schematics).
When DMA or PPP peripheral interrupts are used, the PPP process complete callbacks are
called to inform the user about the process completion in real-time event mode (interrupts).
Note that the same process completion callbacks are used for DMA in interrupt mode (see
blue and red blocks in the above schematics).
DOCID026232 Rev 3
65/664
UM1749
2.12.2
HAL initialization
2.12.2.1
HAL global initialization
In addition to the peripheral initialization and de-initialization functions, a set of APIs are
provided to initialize the HAL core implemented in file stm32l0xx_hal.c.

HAL_Init(): this function must be called at application startup to

Initialize data/instruction cache and pre-fetch queue

Set Systick timer to generate an interrupt each 1ms (based on HSI clock) with the
lowest priority

Call HAL_MspInit() user callback function to perform system level initializations
(Clock, GPIOs, DMA, interrupts). HAL_MspInit() is defined as “weak” empty
function in the HAL drivers.
HAL_DeInit()

Resets all peripherals

Calls function HAL_MspDeInit() which a is user callback function to do system
level De-Initalizations.
HAL_GetTick(): this function gets current SysTick counter value (incremented in
SysTick interrupt) used by peripherals drivers to handle timeouts.
HAL_Delay(). this function implements a delay (expressed in milliseconds) using the
SysTick timer.
Care must be taken when using HAL_Delay() since this function provides an accurate
delay (expressed in milliseconds) based on a variable incremented in SysTick ISR.
This means that if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR, then the SysTick
interrupt must have highest priority (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt,
otherwise the caller ISR will be blocked.



2.12.2.2
System clock initialization
The clock configuration is done at the beginning of the user code. However the user can
change the configuration of the clock in the application code. Please find below the typical
Clock configuration sequence:
void SystemClock_Config(void)
{
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct = {0};
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0};
/* Enable MSI Oscillator */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI;
RCC_OscInitStruct.MSIState = RCC_MSI_ON;
RCC_OscInitStruct.MSIClockRange = RCC_MSIRANGE_5;
RCC_OscInitStruct.MSICalibrationValue=0x00;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct)!= HAL_OK)
{
/* Initialization Error */
while(1);
}
66/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
/* Select MSI as system clock source and configure the HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2
clocks dividers */
RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = (RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK |
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2);
RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_MSI;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1;
if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_0)!= HAL_OK)
{
/* Initialization Error */
while(1);
}
/* Enable Power Control clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* The voltage scaling allows optimizing the power consumption when the device is
clocked below the maximum system frequency, to update the voltage scaling value
regarding system frequency refer to product datasheet.
*/
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3);
/* Disable Power Control clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
}
DOCID026232 Rev 3
67/664
UM1749
2.12.2.3
HAL MSP initialization process
The peripheral initialization is done through HAL_PPP_Init() while the hardware resources
initialization used by a peripheral (PPP) is performed during this initialization by calling
MSP callback function HAL_PPP_MspInit().
The MspInit callback performs the low level initialization related to the different additional
hardware resources: RCC, GPIO, NVIC and DMA.
All the HAL drivers with handles include two MSP callbacks for initialization and deinitialization:
/**
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
* @param hppp: PPP handle
* @retval None */
void __weak HAL_PPP_MspInit(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp) {
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PPP_MspInit could be implemented in the user file */
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes PPP MSP.
* @param hppp: PPP handle
* @retval None */
void __weak HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp) {
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PPP_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file */
}
The MSP callbacks are declared empty as weak functions in each peripheral driver. The
user can use them to set the low level initialization code or omit them and use his own
initialization routine.
The HAL MSP callback is implemented inside the stm32l0xx_hal_msp.c file in the user
folders. An stm32l0xx_hal_msp.c file template is located in the HAL folder and should be
copied to the user folder. It can be generated automatically by STM32CubeMX tool and
further modified. Note that all the routines are declared as weak functions and could be
overwritten or removed to use user low level initialization code.
stm32l0xx_hal_msp.c file contains the following functions:
Table 14: MSP functions
Routine
Description
void HAL_MspInit()
Global MSP initialization routine
void HAL_MspDeInit()
Global MSP de-initialization routine
void HAL_PPP_MspInit()
PPP MSP initialization routine
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit()
PPP MSP de-initialization routine
By default, if no peripheral needs to be de-initialized during the program execution, the
whole MSP initialization is done in Hal_MspInit() and MSP De-Initialization in the
Hal_MspDeInit(). In this case the HAL_PPP_MspInit() and HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() are not
implemented.
When one or more peripherals needs to be de-initialized in run time and the low level
resources of a given peripheral need to be released and used by another peripheral,
HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() and HAL_PPP_MspInit() are implemented for the concerned
peripheral and other peripherals initialization and de-Initialization are kept in the global
HAL_MspInit() and the HAL_MspDeInit().
68/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
If there is nothing to be initialized by the global HAL_MspInit() and HAL_MspDeInit(), the
two routines can simply be omitted.
2.12.3
HAL IO operation process
The HAL functions with internal data processing like Transmit, Receive, Write and Read
are generally provided with three data processing modes as follows:



2.12.3.1
Polling mode
Interrupt mode
DMA mode
Polling mode
In polling mode, the HAL functions return the process status when the data processing in
blocking mode is complete. The operation is considered complete when the function
returns the HAL_OK status, otherwise an error status is returned. The user can get more
information through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function. The data processing is handled
internally in a loop. A timeout (expressed in ms) is used to prevent process hanging.
The example below shows the typical polling mode processing sequence :
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Transmit ( PPP_HandleTypeDef * phandle, uint8_t pData,
int16_tSize,uint32_tTimeout)
{
if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
(…) while (data processing is running)
{
if( timeout reached )
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
(…)
return HELIAC; }
2.12.3.2
Interrupt mode
In Interrupt mode, the HAL function returns the process status after starting the data
processing and enabling the appropriate interruption. The end of the operation is indicated
by a callback declared as a weak function. It can be customized by the user to be informed
in real-time about the process completion. The user can also get the process status
through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function.
In interrupt mode, four functions are declared in the driver:




HAL_PPP_Process_IT(): launch the process
HAL_PPP_IRQHandler(): the global PPP peripheral interruption
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback (): the callback relative to the process
completion.
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessErrorCallback(): the callback relative to the process Error.
To use a process in interrupt mode, HAL_PPP_Process_IT() is called in the user file and
HAL_PPP_IRQHandler in stm32l0xx_it.c.
The HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback() function is declared as weak function in the driver.
This means that the user can declare it again in the application. The function in the driver is
not modified.
An example of use is illustrated below:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
69/664
UM1749
main.c file:
UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Parameters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = USART1;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
HAL_UART_SendIT(&UartHandle, TxBuffer, sizeof(TxBuffer));
while (1);
}
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
}
void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
}
stm32l0xx_it.cfile:
extern UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
void USART1_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_UART_IRQHandler(&UartHandle);
}
2.12.3.3
DMA mode
In DMA mode, the HAL function returns the process status after starting the data
processing through the DMA and after enabling the appropriate DMA interruption. The end
of the operation is indicated by a callback declared as a weak function and can be
customized by the user to be informed in real-time about the process completion. The user
can also get the process status through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function. For the DMA
mode, three functions are declared in the driver:




HAL_PPP_Process_DMA(): launch the process
HAL_PPP_DMA_IRQHandler(): the DMA interruption used by the PPP peripheral
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback(): the callback relative to the process
completion.
__weak HAL_PPP_ErrorCpltCallback(): the callback relative to the process Error.
To use a process in DMA mode, HAL_PPP_Process_DMA() is called in the user file and
the HAL_PPP_DMA_IRQHandler() is placed in the stm32l0xx_it.c. When DMA mode is
used, the DMA initialization is done in the HAL_PPP_MspInit() callback. The user should
also associate the DMA handle to the PPP handle. For this purpose, the handles of all the
peripheral drivers that use the DMA must be declared as follows:
typedef struct
{
PPP_TypeDef *Instance; /* Register base address */
PPP_InitTypeDef Init; /* PPP communication parameters */
HAL_StateTypeDef State; /* PPP communication state */
(…)
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma; /* associated DMA handle */
} PPP_HandleTypeDef;
70/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
The initialization is done as follows (UART example):
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Parameters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = UART1;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
(..)
}
void HAL_USART_MspInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
{
static DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_tx;
static DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_rx;
(…)
__HAL_LINKDMA(UartHandle, DMA_Handle_tx, hdma_tx);
__HAL_LINKDMA(UartHandle, DMA_Handle_rx, hdma_rx);
(…)
}
The HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback() function is declared as weak function in the driver
that means, the user can declare it again in the application code. The function in the driver
should not be modified.
An example of use is illustrated below:
main.c file:
UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Paramaters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX; UartHandle.Init.Instance = USART1;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
HAL_UART_Send_DMA(&UartHandle, TxBuffer, sizeof(TxBuffer));
while (1);
}
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *phuart)
{
}
void HAL_UART_TxErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *phuart)
{
}
stm32l0xx_it.c file:
extern UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
void DMAx_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(&UartHandle.DMA_Handle_tx);
}
DOCID026232 Rev 3
71/664
UM1749
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() should be linked in the
HAL_PPP_Process_DMA() function to the DMA transfer complete callback and the DMA
transfer Error callback by using the following statement:
HAL_PPP_Process_DMA (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp, Params….)
{
(…)
hppp->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback ;
hppp->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback ;
(…)
}
2.12.4
Timeout and error management
2.12.4.1
Timeout management
The timeout is often used for the APIs that operate in polling mode. It defines the delay
during which a blocking process should wait till an error is returned. An example is provided
below:
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t
CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
The timeout possible value are the following:
Table 15: Timeout values
Timeout value
Description
0
No poll : Immediate process check and exit
1 ... (HAL_MAX_DELAY -1)
HAL_MAX_DELAY
(1)
Timeout in ms
Infinite poll till process is successful
Notes:
(1)
HAL_MAX_DELAY is defined in the stm32l0xx_hal_def.h as 0xFFFFFFFF
However, in some cases, a fixed timeout is used for system peripherals or internal HAL
driver processes. In these cases, the timeout has the same meaning and is used in the
same way, except when it is defined locally in the drivers and cannot be modified or
introduced as an argument in the user application.
Example of fixed timeout:
#define LOCAL_PROCESS_TIMEOUT 100
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Process(PPP_HandleTypeDef)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
(…)
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
(…)
while(ProcessOngoing)
{
(…)
if((HAL_GetTick()- tickstart)> LOCAL_PROCESS_TIMEOUT)
{
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hppp);
hppp->State= HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
}
}
(…)
}
72/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
The following example shows how to use the timeout inside the polling functions:
HAL_PPP_StateTypeDef HAL_PPP_Poll (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
(…)
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
(…)
while(ProcessOngoing)
{
(…)
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((HAL_GetTick()- tickstart )> Timeout)
{
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hppp);
hppp->State= HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return hppp->State;
}
}
(…)
}
2.12.4.2
Error management
The HAL drivers implement a check for the following items:

Valid parameters: for some process the used parameters should be valid and already
defined, otherwise the system can crash or go into an undefined state. These critical
parameters are checked before they are used (see example below).
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Process(PPP_HandleTypeDef* hppp, uint32_t *pdata, uint32
Size)
{ if ((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
{ return HAL_ERROR; } }

Valid handle: the PPP peripheral handle is the most important argument since it keeps
the PPP driver vital parameters. It is always checked in the beginning of the
HAL_PPP_Init() function.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Init(PPP_HandleTypeDef* hppp)
{ if (hppp == NULL) //the handle should be already allocated
{ return HAL_ERROR; } }

Timeout error: the following statement is used when a timeout error occurs:
while (Process ongoing) { timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
while (data processing is running)
{ if(timeout)
{ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
When an error occurs during a peripheral process, HAL_PPP_Process () returns with a
HAL_ERROR status. The HAL PPP driver implements the HAL_PPP_GetError () to allow
retrieving the origin of the error.
HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef HAL_PPP_GetError (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp);
In all peripheral handles, a HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef is defined and used to store the last
error code.
typedef struct
{
PPP_TypeDef * Instance; /* PPP registers base address */
PPP_InitTypeDef Init; /* PPP initialization parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* PPP locking object */
__IO HAL_PPP_StateTypeDef State; /* PPP state */
__IO HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode; /* PPP Error code */
DOCID026232 Rev 3
73/664
UM1749
(…)
/* PPP specific parameters */
}
PPP_HandleTypeDef;
The error state and the peripheral global state are always updated before returning an
error:
PPP->State = HAL_PPP_READY; /* Set the peripheral ready */
PP->ErrorCode = HAL_ERRORCODE ; /* Set the error code */
_HAL_UNLOCK(PPP) ; /* Unlock the PPP resources */
return HAL_ERROR; /*return with HAL error */
HAL_PPP_GetError () must be used in interrupt mode in the error callback:
void HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
ErrorCode = HAL_PPP_GetError (hppp); /* retreive error code */
}
2.12.4.3
Run-time checking
The HAL implements run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all HAL
drivers functions. The run-time checking is achieved by using an assert_param macro. This
macro is used in all the HAL drivers' functions which have an input parameter. It allows
verifying that the input value lies within the parameter allowed values.
To enable the run-time checking, use the assert_param macro, and leave the define
USE_FULL_ASSERT uncommented in stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h file.
void HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
(..) /* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
(..)
/** @defgroup UART_Word_Length *
@{
*/
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_8B ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_9B ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_M)
#define IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) ||
\ ((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B))
If the expression passed to the assert_param macro is false, theassert_failed function is
called and returns the name of the source file and the source line number of the call that
failed. If the expression is true, no value is returned.
The assert_param macro is implemented in stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h:
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
/**
* @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
* @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
* which reports the name of the source file and the source
* line number of the call that failed.
* If expr is true, it returns no value.
* @retval None */
#define assert_param(expr) ((expr)?(void)0:assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__,
__LINE__))
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------*/
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
74/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
#else
#define assert_param(expr)((void)0)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
The assert_failed function is implemented in the main.c file or in any other user C file:
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT /**
* @brief Reports the name of the source file and the source line number
* where the assert_param error has occurred.
* @param file: pointer to the source file name
* @param line: assert_param error line source number
* @retval None */
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line)
{
/* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number,
ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */
/* Infinite loop */
while (1)
{
}
}
Because of the overhead run-time checking introduces, it is recommended
to use it during application code development and debugging, and to
remove it from the final application to improve code size and speed.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
75/664
UM1749
3
HAL System Driver
3.1
HAL Firmware driver API description
3.1.1
How to use this driver
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be used by
the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
The HAL contains two APIs categories:


3.1.2
Common HAL APIs
Services HAL APIs
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock configuration. It
initializes the source of time base also when timeout is needed and the backup
domain when enabled.
de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated Tick
interrupt priority.

Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user can eventually
implement his proper time base source (a general purpose timer for example or
other time source), keeping in mind that Time base duration should be kept 1ms
since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and handled in milliseconds basis.

Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically at the
beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is
configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().

Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, the
Tick interrupt line must have higher priority (numerically lower) than the
peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.

functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak to make
override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
This section contains the following APIs:





3.1.3
HAL_Init()
HAL_DeInit()
HAL_MspInit()
HAL_MspDeInit()
HAL_InitTick()
HAL Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:






76/664
Provide a tick value in millisecond
Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
Suspend the time base source interrupt
Resume the time base source interrupt
Get the HAL API driver version
Get the device identifier
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



Get the device revision identifier
Configure low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode
Manage the VEREFINT feature (activation, lock, output selection)
This section contains the following APIs:






















3.1.4
HAL_IncTick()
HAL_GetTick()
HAL_Delay()
HAL_SuspendTick()
HAL_ResumeTick()
HAL_GetHalVersion()
HAL_GetREVID()
HAL_GetDEVID()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_EnableLowPowerConfig()
HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_DisableLowPowerConfig()
HAL_SYSCFG_GetBootMode()
HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFINT()
HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFINT()
HAL_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OutputSelect()
HAL_SYSCFG_Enable_Lock_VREFINT()
HAL_SYSCFG_Disable_Lock_VREFINT()
HAL_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init (void )
Function Description
This function configures the Flash prefetch, Flash preread and
Buffer cache, Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level
hardware.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is called at the beginning of program after reset
and before the clock configuration
The time base configuration is based on MSI clock when
exiting from Reset. Once done, time base tick start
incrementing. In the default implementation,Systick is used as
source of time base. the tick variable is incremented each
1ms in its ISR.

3.1.5
HAL_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit (void )
Function Description
This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the
source of time base.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is optional.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
77/664
UM1749
3.1.6
3.1.7
3.1.8
HAL_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_MspInit (void )
Function Description
Initializes the MSP.
Return values

HAL_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_MspDeInit (void )
Function Description
DeInitializes the MSP.
Return values

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
Function Description
This function configures the source of the time base.
Parameters

TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is called automatically at the beginning of
program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is
reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, The the SysTick interrupt must have
higher priority (numerically lower) than the peripheral
interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementation in user file.
HAL_IncTick
Function Name
void HAL_IncTick (void )
Function Description
This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" used
as application time base.
Return values

None:
Notes

In the default implementation, this variable is incremented
each 1ms in Systick ISR.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

3.1.10
78/664
None:
HAL_InitTick

3.1.9
None:
HAL_GetTick
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetTick (void )
Function Description
Provides a tick value in millisecond.
Return values

tick: value
Notes

This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
of other implementations in user file.
3.1.11
HAL_Delay
Function Name
void HAL_Delay (__IO uint32_t Delay)
Function Description
This function provides accurate delay (in ms) based on a variable
incremented.
Parameters

Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
Return values

None:
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals where uwTick is incremented.
ThiS function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

3.1.12
HAL_SuspendTick
Function Name
void HAL_SuspendTick (void )
Function Description
Suspends the Tick increment.
Return values

None:
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() is called, the the SysTick
interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment is suspended.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

3.1.13
HAL_ResumeTick
Function Name
void HAL_ResumeTick (void )
Function Description
Resumes the Tick increment.
Return values

None:
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() is called, the the SysTick
interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment is resumed.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

3.1.14
3.1.15
HAL_GetHalVersion
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion (void )
Function Description
Returns the HAL revision.
Return values

version: 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
HAL_GetREVID
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID (void )
DOCID026232 Rev 3
79/664
UM1749
3.1.16
3.1.17
3.1.18
3.1.19
3.1.20
3.1.21
3.1.22
3.1.23
80/664
Function Description
Returns the device revision identifier.
Return values

Device: revision identifier
HAL_GetDEVID
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID (void )
Function Description
Returns the device identifier.
Return values

Device: identifier
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode (void )
Function Description
Enables the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode (void )
Function Description
Disables the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode (void )
Function Description
Enables the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode (void )
Function Description
Disables the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Function Description
Enables the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Function Description
Disables the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_EnableLowPowerConfig
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
3.1.24
3.1.25
3.1.26
3.1.27
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_EnableLowPowerConfig (uint32_t
Periph)
Function Description
Enable low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug
mode.
Parameters

Periph: specifies the low power mode. This parameter can
be any combination of the following values:
DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP
modeDBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during
STOP modeDBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger
connection during STANDBY mode
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_DisableLowPowerConfig
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_DisableLowPowerConfig (uint32_t
Periph)
Function Description
Disable low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug
mode.
Parameters

Periph: specifies the low power mode. This parameter can
be any combination of the following values:
DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP
modeDBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during
STOP modeDBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger
connection during STANDBY mode
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSCFG_GetBootMode
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SYSCFG_GetBootMode (void )
Function Description
Returns the boot mode as configured by user.
Return values

The: boot mode as configured by user. The returned value
can be one of the following values:0x00000000 : Boot is
configured in Main Flash memory0x00000100 : Boot is
configured in System Flash memory0x00000300 : Boot is
configured in Embedded SRAM memory
HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFINT (void )
Function Description
Enables the VREFINT.
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFINT (void )
Function Description
Disables the VREFINT.
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
81/664
UM1749
3.1.28
3.1.29
3.1.30
HAL_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OutputSelect
Functi
on
Name
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OutputSelect (uint32_t
SYSCFG_Vrefint_OUTPUT)
Functi
on
Descri
ption
Selects the output of internal reference voltage (VREFINT).
Param
eters

SYSCFG_Vrefint_OUTPUT: new state of the Vrefint output. This parameter
can be one of the following values:
SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_NONESYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_PB0SYSCFG_
VREFINT_OUT_PB1SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_PB0_PB1
Return
values

None:
HAL_SYSCFG_Enable_Lock_VREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_SYSCFG_Enable_Lock_VREFINT (void )
Function Description
Lock the SYSCFG VREF register values.
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSCFG_Disable_Lock_VREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_SYSCFG_Disable_Lock_VREFINT (void )
Function Description
Unlock the overall SYSCFG VREF register values.
Return values

None:
3.2
HAL Firmware driver defines
3.2.1
HAL
DBGMCU Low Power Configuration
DBGMCU_SLEEP
DBGMCU_STOP
DBGMCU_STANDBY
IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH
HAL Exported Macros
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM2
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM2
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM3
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM3
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM6
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM6
82/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
TIM2 Peripherals Debug mode
UM1749
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM7
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM7
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_RTC
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_RTC
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOU
T_DBGMCU
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT_D
BGMCU
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOU
T_DBGMCU
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOU
T
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_LPTIMER
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_LPTIMER
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM22
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM22
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM21
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM21
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FLASH
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SYSTEMF
LASH
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SRAM
__HAL_SYSCFG_DBG_LP_CONFIG
Description:

Configuration of the DBG Low
Power mode.
Parameters:

__HAL_SYSCFG_GET_BOOT_MODE
Description:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
__DBGLPMODE__: bit field to
indicate in wich Low Power mode
DBG is still active. This parameter
can be a value of

DBGMCU_SLEEP

DBGMCU_STOP

DBGMCU_STANDBY
Returns the boot mode as
83/664
UM1749
configured by user.
Return value:

__HAL_SYSCFG_GET_FLAG
The: boot mode as configured by
user. The returned can be a value
of :

SYSCFG_BOOT_MAINFLAS
H

SYSCFG_BOOT_SYSTEMFL
ASH

SYSCFG_BOOT_SRAM
Description:

Check whether the specified
SYSCFG flag is set or not.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to
check. The only parameter
supported is
SYSCFG_FLAG_VREFINT_READ
Y
Return value:

__HAL_SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_ENABLE
The: new state of __FLAG__
(TRUE or FALSE).
Description:

Fast mode Plus driving capability
enable macro.
Parameters:

__HAL_SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_DISABLE
__FASTMODEPLUS__: This
parameter can be a value of :

SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
_PB6

SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
_PB7

SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
_PB8

SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
_PB9
Description:

Fast mode Plus driving capability
disable macro.
Parameters:

84/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
__FASTMODEPLUS__: This
parameter can be a value of :

SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
_PB6

SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
_PB7
UM1749


SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
_PB8
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
_PB9
HAL Version
__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN
[31:24] main version
__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1
[23:16] sub1 version
__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2
[15:8] sub2 version
__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC
[7:0] release candidate
__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION
IDCODE_DEVID_MASK
Boot Mode
SYSCFG_BOOT_MAINFLASH
SYSCFG_BOOT_SYSTEMFLASH
SYSCFG_BOOT_SRAM
Fast Mode Plus on GPIO
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9
IS_SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS
SYSCFG Flags Definition
SYSCFG_FLAG_VREFINT_READY
IS_SYSCFG_FLAG
SYSCFG LCD External Capacitors
SYSCFG_LCD_EXT_CAPA
Connection of internal Vlcd rail to external
capacitors
SYSCFG_VLCD_PB2_EXT_CAPA_ON
Connection on PB2
SYSCFG_VLCD_PB12_EXT_CAPA_ON
Connection on PB12
SYSCFG_VLCD_PE11_EXT_CAPA_ON
Connection on PB0
SYSCFG_VLCD_PB0_EXT_CAPA_ON
Connection on PE11
SYSCFG_VLCD_PE12_EXT_CAPA_ON
Connection on PE12
SYSCFG VREFINT Out Selection
SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_NONE
SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_PB0
SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_PB1
SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_PB0_PB1
IS_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_SELECT
DOCID026232 Rev 3
85/664
UM1749
4
HAL ADC Generic Driver
4.1
ADC Firmware driver registers structures
4.1.1
ADC_OversamplingTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Ratio
uint32_t RightBitShift
uint32_t TriggeredMode
Field Documentation



4.1.2
uint32_t ADC_OversamplingTypeDef::Ratio
Configures the oversampling ratio. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_Oversampling_Ratio
uint32_t ADC_OversamplingTypeDef::RightBitShift
Configures the division coefficient for the Oversampler. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_Right_Bit_Shift
uint32_t ADC_OversamplingTypeDef::TriggeredMode
Selects the regular triggered oversampling mode This parameter can be a value of
ADC_Triggered_Oversampling_Mode
ADC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields

















uint32_t OversamplingMode
ADC_OversamplingTypeDef Oversample
uint32_t ClockPrescaler
uint32_t Resolution
uint32_t SamplingTime
uint32_t ScanConvMode
uint32_t DataAlign
uint32_t ContinuousConvMode
uint32_t DiscontinuousConvMode
uint32_t ExternalTrigConv
uint32_t ExternalTrigConvEdge
uint32_t DMAContinuousRequests
uint32_t EOCSelection
uint32_t Overrun
uint32_t LowPowerAutoWait
uint32_t LowPowerFrequencyMode
uint32_t LowPowerAutoPowerOff
Field Documentation
86/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749












uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::OversamplingMode
Specifies whether the oversampling feature is enabled or disabled This parameter
can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: This parameter can be modified only if
there is no conversion is ongoing.
ADC_OversamplingTypeDef ADC_InitTypeDef::Oversample
Specifies the Oversampling parameters Note: This parameter can be modified only if
there is no conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ClockPrescaler
Selects the ADC clock frequency. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_ClockPrescaler Note: This parameter can be modified only if ADC is disabled.
Note: In case of Synchronous clock mode divided by 1, this configuration must be
enabled only if PCLK has a 50% duty clock cycle (APB prescaler configured inside the
RCC must be bypassed and the system clock must by 50% duty cycle). Refer to
reference manual for details
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::Resolution
Configures the ADC resolution mode. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_Resolution Note: This parameter can be modified only if ADC is disabled.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::SamplingTime
The sample time value to be set for all channels. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_sampling_times Note: This parameter can be modified only if there is no
conversion ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ScanConvMode
The scan sequence direction. If several channels are set: Conversions are performed
in sequence mode (ranks defined by each channel number: channel 0 fixed on rank 0,
channel 1 fixed on rank1, ...). This parameter can be a value of ADC_Scan_mode
Note: This parameter can be modified only if there is no conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DataAlign
Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_data_align Note: This parameter can be modified only if there is no
conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ContinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversion is performed in Continuous or Single mode. This
parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: This parameter can be modified
only if there is no conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DiscontinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversion is performed in Complete-sequence/Discontinuoussequence. Discontinuous mode can be enabled only if continuous mode is disabled.
This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: This parameter can be
modified only if there is no conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ExternalTrigConv
Select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion. If set to
ADC_SOFTWARE_START, external triggers are disabled. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_External_trigger_Source Note: This parameter can be modified only if
there is no conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ExternalTrigConvEdge
Select the external trigger edge and enable the trigger. If trigger is set to
ADC_SOFTWARE_START, this parameter is discarded. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_Regular_External_Trigger_Source_Edge Note: This parameter can
be modified only if there is no conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DMAContinuousRequests
Specifies whether the DMA requests are performed in one shot mode (DMA transfer
stop when number of conversions is reached) or in Continuous mode (DMA transfer
unlimited, whatever number of conversions). Note: In continuous mode, DMA must be
configured in circular mode. Otherwise an overrun will be triggered when DMA buffer
DOCID026232 Rev 3
87/664





4.1.3
UM1749
max pointer is reached. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note:
This parameter can be modified only if there is no conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::EOCSelection
Specifies what EOC (End Of Conversion) flag is used for conversion polling and
interruption: end of single channel conversion or end of channels conversions
sequence. This parameter can be a value of ADC_EOCSelection
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::Overrun
Select the behaviour in case of overrun: data preserved or overwritten This parameter
has an effect on regular channels only, including in DMA mode. This parameter can
be a value of ADC_Overrun Note: This parameter can be modified only if there is no
conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::LowPowerAutoWait
Specifies the usage of dynamic low power Auto Delay: new conversion start only
when the previous conversion (for regular channel) is completed. This avoids risk of
overrun for low frequency application. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE. Note: This parameter can be modified only if there is no conversion is
ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::LowPowerFrequencyMode
When selecting an analog ADC clock frequency lower than 2.8MHz, it is mandatory to
first enable the Low Frequency Mode. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE. Note: This parameter can be modified only if there is no conversion is
ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::LowPowerAutoPowerOff
When setting the AutoOff feature, the ADC is always powered off when not converting
and automatically wakes-up when a conversion is started (by software or hardware
trigger). This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: This parameter can
be modified only if there is no conversion is ongoing.
ADC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields






ADC_TypeDef * Instance
ADC_InitTypeDef Init
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO uint32_t State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation





88/664
ADC_TypeDef* ADC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
ADC_InitTypeDef ADC_HandleTypeDef::Init
ADC required parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* ADC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle
Pointer DMA Handler
HAL_LockTypeDef ADC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
ADC locking object
__IO uint32_t ADC_HandleTypeDef::State
ADC communication state (bitmap of ADC states)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

4.1.4
__IO uint32_t ADC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
ADC Error code
ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t Channel
uint32_t Rank
Field Documentation


4.1.5
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Channel
the ADC channel to configure This parameter can be a value of ADC_channels
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Rank
Add or remove the channel from ADC regular group sequencer. On STM32L0
devices, number of ranks in the sequence is defined by number of channels enabled,
rank of each channel is defined by channel number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0,
channel 1 fixed on rank1, ...). Despite the channel rank is fixed, this parameter allow
an additional possibility: to remove the selected rank (selected channel) from
sequencer. This parameter can be a value of ADC_rank
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t WatchdogMode
uint32_t Channel
uint32_t ITMode
uint32_t HighThreshold
uint32_t LowThreshold
Field Documentation




uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::WatchdogMode
Configures the ADC analog watchdog mode: single/all channels. This parameter can
be a value of ADC_analog_watchdog_mode
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::Channel
Selects which ADC channel to monitor by analog watchdog. This parameter has an
effect only if watchdog mode is configured on single channel (parameter
WatchdogMode) This parameter can be a value of ADC_channels
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::ITMode
Specifies whether the analog watchdog is configured in interrupt or polling mode. This
parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::HighThreshold
Configures the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. Depending of ADC
resolution selected (12, 10, 8 or 6 bits), this parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF, 0x3FF, 0xFF or 0x3F respectively.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
89/664
UM1749

uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::LowThreshold
Configures the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. Depending of ADC
resolution selected (12, 10, 8 or 6 bits), this parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF, 0x3FF, 0xFF or 0x3F respectively.
4.2
ADC Firmware driver API description
4.2.1
ADC peripheral features













4.2.2
12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution
A built-in hardware oversampler can handle multiple conversions and average them
into a single data with increased data width, up to 16-bit.
Interrupt generation at the end of regular conversion and in case of analog watchdog
or overrun events.
Single and continuous conversion modes.
Scan mode for conversion of several channels sequentially.
Data alignment with in-built data coherency.
Programmable sampling time (common for all channels)
ADC conversion of regular group.
External trigger (timer or EXTI) with configurable polarity
DMA request generation for transfer of conversions data of regular group.
ADC calibration
ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at slower
speed.
ADC input range: from Vref- (connected to Vssa) to Vref+ (connected to Vdda or to
an external voltage reference).
How to use this driver
Configuration of top level parameters related to ADC
1.
90/664
Enable the ADC interface

As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level. Caution: On
STM32L0, ADC clock frequency max is 16MHz (refer to device datasheet).
Therefore, ADC clock prescaler must be configured in function of ADC clock
source frequency to remain below this maximum frequency.

Two clock settings are mandatory:

ADC clock (core clock, also possibly conversion clock).

ADC clock (conversions clock). Two possible clock sources: synchronous
clock derived from APB clock or asynchronous clock derived from ADC
dedicated HSI RC oscillator 16MHz. If asynchronous clock is selected,
parameter "HSIState" must be set either: - to "...HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON"
to maintain the HSI16 oscillator always enabled: can be used to supply the
main system clock.

Example: Into HAL_ADC_MspInit() (recommended code location) or with
other device clock parameters configuration:

__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_ENABLE(); (mandatory) HSI16 enable :
(optional: if asynchronous clock selected)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



2.
3.
4.
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStructure;
RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI;
RCC_OscInitStructure.HSI16CalibrationValue =
RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT;

RCC_OscInitStructure.HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;

RCC_OscInitStructure.PLL... (optional if used for system clock)

HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);

ADC clock source and clock prescaler are configured at ADC level with
parameter "ClockPrescaler" using function HAL_ADC_Init().
ADC pins configuration

Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using function HAL_GPIO_Init()
Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:

Configure the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)

Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() into the
function of corresponding ADC interruption vector ADCx_IRQHandler().
Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:

Configure the DMA (DMA channel, mode normal or circular, ...) using function
HAL_DMA_Init().

Configure the NVIC for DMA using function
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)

Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() into the
function of corresponding DMA interruption vector
DMAx_Channelx_IRQHandler().
Configuration of ADC, group regular, channels parameters
1.
2.
3.
4.
Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, oversampler, continuous
mode, ...) and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...) using
function HAL_ADC_Init().
Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, channel rank
into sequencer, ..., into regular group) using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel().
Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels monitored,
thresholds, ...) using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig().
When device is in mode low-power (low-power run, low-power sleep or stop mode),
function "HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINT()" must be called before function
HAL_ADC_Init(). In case of internal temperature sensor to be measured: function
"HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINTTempSensor()" must be called similarilly
Execution of ADC conversions
1.
2.
Optionally, perform an automatic ADC calibration to improve the conversion accuracy
using function HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start().
ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, transfer by DMA.

ADC conversion by polling:

Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions using function
HAL_ADC_Start()

Wait for ADC conversion completion using function
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()

Retrieve conversion results using function HAL_ADC_GetValue()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
91/664
UM1749



Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral using function
HAL_ADC_Stop()
ADC conversion by interruption:

Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions using function
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()

Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() (this function must be implemented in user
program)

Retrieve conversion results using function HAL_ADC_GetValue()

Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral using function
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
ADC conversion with transfer by DMA:

Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions using function
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()

Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() or HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback() (these
functions must be implemented in user program)

Conversion results are automatically transferred by DMA into destination
variable address.

Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral using function
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
Callback functions must be implemented in user program:




HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback() (callback of analog watchdog)
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
Deinitialization of ADC
1.
2.
3.
4.
92/664
Disable the ADC interface

ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level.

Hard reset of ADC peripherals using macro __ADCx_FORCE_RESET(),
__ADCx_RELEASE_RESET().

ADC clock disable using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step.

Example: Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with
other device clock parameters configuration:

RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI;

RCC_OscInitStructure.HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; (if not used for system
clock)

HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
ADC pins configuration

Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE()
Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:

Disable the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)
Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:

Deinitialize the DMA using function HAL_DMA_Init().

Disable the NVIC for DMA using function
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
4.2.3
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:










Start conversion of regular group.
Stop conversion of regular group.
Poll for conversion complete on regular group.
poll for conversion event.
Get result of regular channel conversion.
Start conversion of regular group and enable interruptions.
Stop conversion of regular group and disable interruptions.
Handle ADC interrupt request
Start conversion of regular group and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion of regular group and disable ADC DMA transfer.
This section contains the following APIs:














4.2.4
HAL_ADC_Start()
HAL_ADC_Stop()
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent()
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
HAL_ADC_GetValue()
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback()
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Configure channels on regular group
Configure the analog watchdog
This section contains the following APIs:


4.2.5
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig()
ADC Peripheral State functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the ADC state.
handle ADC interrupt request.
This section contains the following APIs:


4.2.6
HAL_ADC_GetState()
HAL_ADC_GetError()
HAL_ADC_Init
DOCID026232 Rev 3
93/664
Function Name
UM1749
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Initializes the ADC peripheral and regular group according to
parameters specified in structure "ADC_InitTypeDef".
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top
level depending on both possible clock sources: APB clock of
HSI clock. See commented example code below that can be
copied and uncommented into HAL_ADC_MspInit().
Possibility to update parameters on the fly: This function
initializes the ADC MSP (HAL_ADC_MspInit()) only when
coming from ADC state reset. Following calls to this function
can be used to reconfigure some parameters of
ADC_InitTypeDef structure on the fly, without modifying MSP
configuration. If ADC MSP has to be modified again,
HAL_ADC_DeInit() must be called before HAL_ADC_Init().
The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state.
For parameters constraints, see comments of structure
"ADC_InitTypeDef".
This function configures the ADC within 2 scopes: scope of
entire ADC and scope of regular group. For parameters
details, see comments of structure "ADC_InitTypeDef".
When device is in mode low-power (low-power run, low-power
sleep or stop mode), function
"HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINT()" must be called before
function HAL_ADC_Init() (in case of previous ADC
operations: function HAL_ADC_DeInit() must be called first).
In case of internal temperature sensor to be measured:
function "HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINTTempSensor()" must
be called similarilly.



4.2.7
4.2.8
94/664
HAL_ADC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Deinitialize the ADC peripheral registers to their default reset
values, with deinitialization of the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

For devices with several ADCs: reset of ADC common
registers is done only if all ADCs sharing the same common
group are disabled. If this is not the case, reset of these
common parameters reset is bypassed without error
reporting: it can be the intended behaviour in case of reset of
a single ADC while the other ADCs sharing the same
common group is still running.
HAL_ADC_MspInit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
4.2.9
4.2.10
4.2.11
4.2.12
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_MspInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Initializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_ADC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable ADC peripheral.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status.
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Wait for regular group conversion to be completed.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

ADC conversion flags EOS (end of sequence) and EOC (end
of conversion) are cleared by this function, with an exception:
if low power feature "LowPowerAutoWait" is enabled, flags
are not cleared to not interfere with this feature until data
register is read using function HAL_ADC_GetValue().
This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC
configured in DMA mode and polling for end of each
conversion (ADC init parameter "EOCSelection" set to
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV). In this case, DMA resets the
flag EOC and polling cannot be performed on each

DOCID026232 Rev 3
95/664
UM1749
conversion. Nevertheless, polling can still be performed on
the complete sequence (ADC init parameter "EOCSelection"
set to ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV).
4.2.13
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Poll for conversion event.
Parameters


Return values
4.2.14
4.2.15
4.2.16
4.2.17
96/664

hadc: ADC handle
EventType: the ADC event type. This parameter can be one
of the following values: ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog
watchdog eventADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event
Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.

HAL: status
HAL_ADC_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef
* hadc)
Function Description
Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group with interruption.
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef
* hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable interruption of endof-conversion, disable ADC peripheral.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status.
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group and transfers
result through DMA.
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable ADC DMA transfer,
disable ADC peripheral.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
4.2.18
HAL_ADC_GetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Get ADC regular group conversion result.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

Converted: value
Notes

Reading DR register automatically clears EOC (end of
conversion of regular group) flag.
This function does not clear ADC flag EOS (ADC group
regular end of sequence conversion). Occurrence of flag EOS
rising: If sequencer is composed of 1 rank, flag EOS is
equivalent to flag EOC.If sequencer is composed of several
ranks, during the scan sequence flag EOC only is raised, at
the end of the scan sequence both flags EOC and EOS are
raised. To clear this flag, either use function: in programming
model IT: HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(), in programming model
polling: HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() or
__HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS).

4.2.19
4.2.20
4.2.21
4.2.22
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Handles ADC interrupt request.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Conversion DMA half-transfer callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
97/664
UM1749
4.2.23
4.2.24
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
ADC error callback in non blocking mode (ADC conversion with
interruption or transfer by DMA)
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef *
sConfig)
Function Description
Configures the the selected channel to be linked to the regular
group.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
sConfig: Structure of ADC channel for regular group.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

In case of usage of internal measurement channels:
VrefInt/Vlcd(STM32L0x3xx only)/TempSensor. Sampling time
constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted
in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time
setting). Refer to device datasheet for timings values,
parameters TS_vrefint, TS_vlcd (STM32L0x3xx only),
TS_temp (values rough order: 5us to 17us). These internal
paths can be be disabled using function HAL_ADC_DeInit().
Possibility to update parameters on the fly: This function
initializes channel into regular group, following calls to this
function can be used to reconfigure some parameters of
structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef" on the fly, without
reseting the ADC. The setting of these parameters is
conditioned to ADC state. For parameters constraints, see
comments of structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef".

4.2.25
98/664
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef *
AnalogWDGConfig)
Function Description
Configures the analog watchdog.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
AnalogWDGConfig: Structure of ADC analog watchdog
configuration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Possibility to update parameters on the fly: This function
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
initializes the selected analog watchdog, following calls to this
function can be used to reconfigure some parameters of
structure "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef" on the fly, without
reseting the ADC. The setting of these parameters is
conditioned to ADC state. For parameters constraints, see
comments of structure "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef".
4.2.26
4.2.27
HAL_ADC_GetState
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetState (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
return the ADC state
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_ADC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Return the ADC error code.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

ADC: Error Code
4.3
ADC Firmware driver defines
4.3.1
ADC
ADC Analog Watchdog Mode
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_NONE
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REG
ADC_Channels
ADC_CHANNEL_0
ADC_CHANNEL_1
ADC_CHANNEL_2
ADC_CHANNEL_3
ADC_CHANNEL_4
ADC_CHANNEL_5
ADC_CHANNEL_6
ADC_CHANNEL_7
ADC_CHANNEL_8
ADC_CHANNEL_9
ADC_CHANNEL_10
ADC_CHANNEL_11
DOCID026232 Rev 3
99/664
UM1749
ADC_CHANNEL_12
ADC_CHANNEL_13
ADC_CHANNEL_14
ADC_CHANNEL_15
ADC_CHANNEL_16
ADC_CHANNEL_17
ADC_CHANNEL_18
ADC_CHANNEL_VLCD
ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT
ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR
ADC Channel Masks
ADC_CHANNEL_MASK
ADC_CHANNEL_AWD_MASK
ADC Clock Prescaler
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV1
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 1
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV2
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV4
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV6
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV8
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV10
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV12
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV16
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV32
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV64
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV128
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV256
ADC Asynchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV1
Synchronous clock mode divided by 1 This
configuration must be enabled only if PCLK has a
50% duty clock cycle (APB prescaler configured
inside the RCC must be bypassed and the system
clock must by 50% duty cycle)
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2
Synchronous clock mode divided by 2
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4
Synchronous clock mode divided by 4
ADC Conversion Group
ADC_REGULAR_GROUP
ADC Data Align
ADC_DATAALIGN_RIGHT
ADC_DATAALIGN_LEFT
100/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
ADC EOC Selection
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV
ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_SEQ_CONV
reserved for future use
ADC Error Code
HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL
ADC IP internal error: if problem of clocking,
enable/disable, erroneous state
HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
ADC Event
ADC_AWD_EVENT
ADC_OVR_EVENT
ADC Exported Macro
__HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset ADC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE

Enable the ADC peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

ADC_ENABLING_CONDITIONS
None
Description:

Verification of hardware
constraints before ADC can be
enabled.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

SET: (ADC can be enabled) or
RESET (ADC cannot be enabled)
Description:
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE

DOCID026232 Rev 3
Disable the ADC peripheral.
101/664
UM1749
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

ADC_DISABLING_CONDITIONS
None
Description:

Verification of hardware
constraints before ADC can be
disabled.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

SET: (ADC can be disabled) or
RESET (ADC cannot be disabled)
Description:
ADC_IS_ENABLE

Verification of ADC state: enabled
or disabled.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

SET: (ADC enabled) or RESET
(ADC disabled)
Description:
ADC_GET_RESOLUTION

Returns resolution bits in CFGR
register: RES[1:0].
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR
None
Description:

Test if conversion trigger of regular
group is software start or external
trigger.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR
Description:

102/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
SET: (software start) or RESET
(external trigger)
Check if no conversion on going
UM1749
on regular group.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

SET: (conversion is on going) or
RESET (no conversion is on
going)
Description:
ADC_CONTINUOUS

Enable ADC continuous
conversion mode.
Parameters:

_CONTINUOUS_MODE_:
Continuous mode.
Return value:

None
Description:
ADC_SCANDIR

Enable ADC scan mode to convert
multiple ranks with sequencer.
Parameters:

_SCAN_MODE_: Scan conversion
mode.
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_CFGR1_DISCONTINUOUS_NUM
None
Description:

Configures the number of
discontinuous conversions for the
regular group channels.
Parameters:

_NBR_DISCONTINUOUS_CONV
_: Number of discontinuous
conversions.
Return value:

None
Description:
ADC_DMACONTREQ

Enable the ADC DMA continuous
request.
Parameters:

_DMAContReq_MODE_: DMA
continuous request mode.
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
103/664
UM1749

__HAL_ADC_CFGR1_AutoDelay
None
Description:

Enable the ADC Auto Delay.
Parameters:

_AutoDelay_: Auto delay bit
enable or disable.
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF
None
Description:

Enable the ADC
LowPowerAutoPowerOff.
Parameters:

_AUTOFF_: AutoOff bit enable or
disable.
Return value:

ADC_TRX_HIGHTHRESHOLD
None
Description:

Configure the analog watchdog
high threshold into registers TR1,
TR2 or TR3.
Parameters:

_Threshold_: Threshold value
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_CCR_LOWFREQUENCY
None
Description:

Enable the ADC Low Frequency
mode.
Parameters:

_LOW_FREQUENCY_MODE_:
Low Frequency mode.
Return value:

ADC_OFFSET_SHIFT_RESOLUTION
None
Description:

Shift the offset in function of the
selected ADC resolution.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle.
_Offset_: Value to be shifted
Return value:
104/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

ADC_AWD1THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTIO
N
None
Description:

Shift the AWD1 threshold in
function of the selected ADC
resolution.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle.
_Threshold_: Value to be shifted
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_Value_Shift_left
None
Description:

Shift the value on the left, less
significant are set to 0.
Parameters:


_Value_: Value to be shifted
_Shift_: Number of shift to be done
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT

Enable the ADC end of conversion
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle.
__INTERRUPT__: ADC Interrupt.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT

Disable the ADC end of
conversion interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle.
__INTERRUPT__: ADC interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks if the specified ADC
interrupt source is enabled or
disabled.
Parameters:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: ADC handle
105/664
UM1749

__INTERRUPT__: ADC interrupt
source to check

...

...
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG
State: of interruption (TRUE or
FALSE)
Description:

Clear the ADC's pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle.
__FLAG__: ADC flag.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG

Get the selected ADC's flag
status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle.
__FLAG__: ADC flag.
Return value:

None
Description:
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET

Simultaneously clears and sets
specific bits of the handle State.
Return value:

None
Notes:

ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE
: ADC_STATE_CLR_SET() macro
is merely aliased to generic macro
MODIFY_REG(), the first
parameter is the ADC handle
State, the second parameter is the
bit field to clear, the third and last
parameter is the bit field to set.
Description:

Clear ADC error code (set it to
error code: "no error")
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:
106/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_CLOCK_PRESCALER

Configuration of ADC clock &
prescaler: clock source PCLK or
Asynchronous with selectable
prescaler.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER
IS_ADC_RESOLUTION
IS_ADC_RESOLUTION_8_6_BITS
IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN
IS_ADC_EXTTRIG_EDGE
IS_ADC_EOC_SELECTION
IS_ADC_OVERRUN
IS_ADC_RANK
IS_ADC_CHANNEL
IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME
IS_ADC_SCAN_MODE
IS_ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO
IS_ADC_RIGHT_BIT_SHIFT
IS_ADC_TRIGGERED_OVERSAMPLING_MOD
E
IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG_MODE
IS_ADC_CONVERSION_GROUP
IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE
ADC Exported Types
HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET
ADC not yet initialized or disabled
HAL_ADC_STATE_READY
ADC peripheral ready for use
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL
ADC is busy to internal process (initialization,
calibration)
HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT
TimeOut occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL
Internal error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG
Configuration error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA
DMA error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY
A conversion on group regular is ongoing or
can occur (either by continuous mode,
DOCID026232 Rev 3
107/664
UM1749
external trigger, low power auto power-on,
multimode ADC master control)
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC
Conversion data available on group regular
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR
Overrun occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP
Not available on STM32F0 device: End Of
Sampling flag raised
HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY
Not available on STM32F0 device: A
conversion on group injected is ongoing or
can occur (either by auto-injection mode,
external trigger, low power auto power-on,
multimode ADC master control)
HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC
Not available on STM32F0 device:
Conversion data available on group injected
HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_JQOVF
Not available on STM32F0 device: Not
available on STM32F0 device: Injected queue
overflow occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1
Out-of-window occurrence of analog
watchdog 1
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD2
Not available on STM32F0 device: Out-ofwindow occurrence of analog watchdog 2
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD3
Not available on STM32F0 device: Out-ofwindow occurrence of analog watchdog 3
HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE
Not available on STM32F0 device: ADC in
multimode slave state, controlled by another
ADC master (
ADC External Trigger Source
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T6_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T21_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T22_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T3_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_EXT_IT11
ADC_SOFTWARE_START
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T21_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_CC3
IS_ADC_EXTTRIG
ADC Flags Definition
108/664
ADC_FLAG_RDY
ADC Ready (ADRDY) flag
ADC_FLAG_EOSMP
ADC End of Sampling flag
ADC_FLAG_EOC
ADC End of Regular Conversion flag
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
ADC_FLAG_EOS
ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag
ADC_FLAG_OVR
ADC overrun flag
ADC_FLAG_AWD
ADC Analog watchdog flag
ADC_FLAG_EOCAL
ADC Enf Of Calibration flag
ADC_FLAG_ALL
ADC Interrupts Definition
ADC_IT_RDY
ADC Ready (ADRDY) interrupt source
ADC_IT_EOSMP
ADC End of Sampling interrupt source
ADC_IT_EOC
ADC End of Regular Conversion interrupt source
ADC_IT_EOS
ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions interrupt source
ADC_IT_OVR
ADC overrun interrupt source
ADC_IT_AWD
ADC Analog watchdog 1 interrupt source
ADC_IT_EOCAL
ADC End of Calibration interrupt source
ADC Overrun
ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED
ADC_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN
ADC Oversampling Ratio
ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO_2
ADC Oversampling ratio 2x
ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO_4
ADC Oversampling ratio 4x
ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO_8
ADC Oversampling ratio 8x
ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO_16
ADC Oversampling ratio 16x
ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO_32
ADC Oversampling ratio 32x
ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO_64
ADC Oversampling ratio 64x
ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO_128
ADC Oversampling ratio 128x
ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO_256
ADC Oversampling ratio 256x
ADC Range Verification
IS_ADC_RANGE
ADC rank
ADC_RANK_CHANNEL_NUMBER
Enable the rank of the selected channels. Number of
ranks in the sequence is defined by number of
channels enabled, rank of each channel is defined by
channel number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel
1 fixed on rank1, ...)
ADC_RANK_NONE
Disable the selected rank (selected channel) from
sequencer
ADC External Trigger Source Edge for Regular Group
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_NONE
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_RISING
DOCID026232 Rev 3
109/664
UM1749
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_FALLING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_RISINGFALLING
ADC Regular Nb Conversion Verification
IS_ADC_REGULAR_NB_CONV
ADC Resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_12B
ADC 12-bit resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_10B
ADC 10-bit resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_8B
ADC 8-bit resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_6B
ADC 6-bit resolution
ADC Right Bit Shift
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_NONE
ADC No bit shift for oversampling
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_1
ADC 1 bit shift for oversampling
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_2
ADC 2 bits shift for oversampling
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_3
ADC 3 bits shift for oversampling
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_4
ADC 4 bits shift for oversampling
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_5
ADC 5 bits shift for oversampling
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_6
ADC 6 bits shift for oversampling
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_7
ADC 7 bits shift for oversampling
ADC_RIGHTBITSHIFT_8
ADC 8 bits shift for oversampling
ADC Sampling Cycles
ADC_SAMPLETIME_1CYCLE_5
ADC sampling time 1.5 cycle
ADC_SAMPLETIME_7CYCLES_5
ADC sampling time 7.5 CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_13CYCLES_5
ADC sampling time 13.5 CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_28CYCLES_5
ADC sampling time 28.5 CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_41CYCLES_5
ADC sampling time 41.5 CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_55CYCLES_5
ADC sampling time 55.5 CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_71CYCLES_5
ADC sampling time 71.5 CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_239CYCLES_5
ADC sampling time 239.5 CYCLES
ADC Scan mode
ADC_SCAN_DIRECTION_FORWARD
Scan direction forward: from channel 0 to
channel 18
ADC_SCAN_DIRECTION_BACKWARD
Scan direction backward: from channel 18 to
channel 0
ADC_SCAN_ENABLE
ADC SYSCFG internal paths Flags Definition
ADC_FLAG_SENSOR
ADC_FLAG_VREFINT
110/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
ADC TimeOut Values
ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT
ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT
ADC_STOP_CONVERSION_TIMEOUT
ADC_DELAY_10US_MIN_CPU_CYCLES
ADC Triggered Oversampling Mode
ADC_TRIGGEREDMODE_SINGLE_TRIGGER
ADC No bit shift for oversampling
ADC_TRIGGEREDMODE_MULTI_TRIGGER
ADC No bit shift for oversampling
DOCID026232 Rev 3
111/664
UM1749
5
HAL ADC Extension Driver
5.1
ADCEx Firmware driver API description
5.1.1
ADC specific features
1.
5.1.2
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
5.1.3
Self calibration.
Call HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start() to start calibration
Read the calibration factor using HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue()
User can set a his calibration factor using HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue()
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff)
Function Description
Start an automatic calibration.
Parameters

Return values
5.1.4
5.1.5

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
SingleDiff: Selection of single-ended or differential input This
parameter can be only of the following values:
ADC_SINGLE_ENDED: Channel in mode input single ended

HAL: status
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff)
Function Description
Get the calibration factor.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle.
SingleDiff: This parameter can be only:
ADC_SINGLE_ENDED: Channel in mode input single ended.
Return values

Calibration: value.
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff, uint32_t
CalibrationFactor)
Function Description
Set the calibration factor to overwrite automatic conversion result.
Parameters



112/664
hadc: ADC handle
SingleDiff: This parameter can be only:
ADC_SINGLE_ENDED: Channel in mode input single ended.
CalibrationFactor: Calibration factor (coded on 7 bits
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
maximum)
Return values
5.1.6
5.1.7
5.1.8
5.1.9

HAL: state
HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINT (void )
Function Description
Enables the buffer of Vrefint for the ADC, required when device is
in mode low-power (low-power run, low-power sleep or stop mode)
This function must be called before function HAL_ADC_Init() (in
case of previous ADC operations: function HAL_ADC_DeInit()
must be called first) For more details on procedure and buffer
current consumption, refer to device reference manual.
Return values

None:
Notes

This is functional only if the LOCK is not set.
HAL_ADCEx_DisableVREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_ADCEx_DisableVREFINT (void )
Function Description
Disables the Buffer Vrefint for the ADC.
Return values

None:
Notes

This is functional only if the LOCK is not set.
HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINTTempSensor
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADCEx_EnableVREFINTTempSensor (void )
Function Description
Enables the buffer of temperature sensor for the ADC, required
when device is in mode low-power (low-power run, low-power
sleep or stop mode) This function must be called before function
HAL_ADC_Init() (in case of previous ADC operations: function
HAL_ADC_DeInit() must be called first) For more details on
procedure and buffer current consumption, refer to device
reference manual.
Return values

None:
Notes

This is functional only if the LOCK is not set.
HAL_ADCEx_DisableVREFINTTempSensor
Function Name
void HAL_ADCEx_DisableVREFINTTempSensor (void )
Function Description
Disables the VEREFINT and Sensor for the ADC.
Return values

None:
Notes

This is functional only if the LOCK is not set.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
113/664
UM1749
5.2
ADCEx Firmware driver defines
5.2.1
ADCEx
ADC Calibration Factor Length Verification
IS_ADC_CALFACT
Description:

Calibration factor lenght verification (7 bits maximum)
Parameters:

_Calibration_Factor_: Calibration factor value
Return value:

None
ADC Single Ended
ADC_SINGLE_ENDED
114/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
6
HAL COMP Generic Driver
6.1
COMP Firmware driver registers structures
6.1.1
COMP_InitTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t InvertingInput
uint32_t NonInvertingInput
uint32_t LPTIMConnection
uint32_t OutputPol
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t WindowMode
uint32_t TriggerMode
Field Documentation







6.1.2
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::InvertingInput
Selects the inverting input of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMP_InvertingInput
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::NonInvertingInput
Selects the non inverting input of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMP_NonInvertingInput
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::LPTIMConnection
Selects if the COMP connection to the LPTIM is established or not. This parameter
can be a value of COMP_LPTIMConnection
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::OutputPol
Selects the output polarity of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMP_OutputPolarity
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::Mode
Selects the operating comsumption mode of the comparator to adjust the
speed/consumption. This parameter can be a value of COMP_Mode
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::WindowMode
Selects the window mode of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMP_WindowMode
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::TriggerMode
Selects the trigger mode of the comparator (interrupt mode). This parameter can be a
value of COMP_TriggerMode
COMP_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




COMP_TypeDef * Instance
COMP_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef State
DOCID026232 Rev 3
115/664
UM1749
Field Documentation




COMP_TypeDef* COMP_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
COMP_InitTypeDef COMP_HandleTypeDef::Init
COMP required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef COMP_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
__IO HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef COMP_HandleTypeDef::State
COMP communication state
6.2
COMP Firmware driver API description
6.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions to initialize and de-initialize comparators
This section contains the following APIs:




6.2.2
HAL_COMP_Init()
HAL_COMP_DeInit()
HAL_COMP_MspInit()
HAL_COMP_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the COMP data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:





6.2.3
HAL_COMP_Start()
HAL_COMP_Stop()
HAL_COMP_Start_IT()
HAL_COMP_Stop_IT()
HAL_COMP_IRQHandler()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the COMP data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:



6.2.4
HAL_COMP_Lock()
HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel()
HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:

6.2.5
HAL_COMP_GetState()
HAL_COMP_Init
Function Name
116/664
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init (COMP_HandleTypeDef
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
* hcomp)
Function Description
Initializes the COMP according to the specified parameters in the
COMP_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be
performed. To unlock the configuration, perform a system
reset.
When the LPTIM connection is enabled, the following pins
LPTIM_IN1(PB5, PC0) and LPTIM_IN2(PB7, PC2) should not
be configured in AF.

6.2.6
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.9
HAL_COMP_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
DeInitializes the COMP peripheral.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration
is locked. To unlock the configuration, perform a system
reset.
HAL_COMP_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_COMP_MspInit (COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Initializes the COMP MSP.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

None:
HAL_COMP_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit (COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
DeInitializes COMP MSP.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

None:
HAL_COMP_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Start the comparator.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
117/664
UM1749
6.2.10
6.2.11
6.2.12
6.2.13
6.2.14
6.2.15
118/664
HAL_COMP_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Stop the comparator.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_COMP_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Enables the interrupt and starts the comparator.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status.
HAL_COMP_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Disable the interrupt and Stop the comparator.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_COMP_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler (COMP_HandleTypeDef *
hcomp)
Function Description
Comparator IRQ Handler.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_COMP_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Lock the selected comparator configuration.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel (COMP_HandleTypeDef
* hcomp)
Function Description
Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
6.2.16
6.2.17
HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback
Function Name
void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback (COMP_HandleTypeDef *
hcomp)
Function Description
Comparator callback.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

None:
HAL_COMP_GetState
Function Name
HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef HAL_COMP_GetState
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Return the COMP state.
Parameters

hcomp: : COMP handle
Return values

HAL: state
6.3
COMP Firmware driver defines
6.3.1
COMP
COMP Exported Constants
COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK
COMP_LOCK_DISABLE
COMP_LOCK_ENABLE
COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK
COMP Exported Macros
__HAL_COMP_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset the state machine
associated to the handler.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: COMP
handle.
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_COMP_ENABLE

Enables the specified
comparator.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: COMP
handle.
Return value:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
119/664
UM1749
Description:
__HAL_COMP_DISABLE

Disables the specified
comparator.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: COMP
handle.
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_COMP_LOCK

Lock the specified
comparator configuration.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: COMP
handle.
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_COMP_GET_FLAG

Checks whether the
specified COMP flag is
set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: COMP
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the
flag to check. This
parameter can be one of
the following values:

COMP_FLAG_LOC
K: lock flag
Return value:

The: new state of
__FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDG
E
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDG
E
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDG
E
120/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
Description:

Enable the Exti Line
falling edge trigger.
UM1749
Return value:

None.
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDG
E
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_ED
GE
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_ED
GE
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLI
NG_EDGE
Description:

Enable the COMP1 EXTI
line rising & falling edge
trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLI
NG_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the COMP1 EXTI
line rising & falling edge
trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLI
NG_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable the COMP2 EXTI
line rising & falling edge
trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLI
NG_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the COMP2 EXTI
line rising & falling edge
trigger.
Return value:

None.
Description:
COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE

Get the specified EXTI
line for a comparator
instance.
Parameters:

__INSTANCE__:
specifies the COMP
instance.
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
121/664
UM1749

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
value: of
Description:

Enable the COMP Exti
Line.
Return value:

None.
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Description:

Disable the COMP Exti
Line.
Return value:

None.
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:

Generate a software
interrupt on the COMP
EXTI line.
Return value:

None
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Description:

Enable the COMP EXTI
Line in event mode.
Return value:

None
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:

Disable the COMP EXTI
Line in event mode.
Return value:

None
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:

Checks whether the
specified EXTI line flag is
set or not.
Return value:

122/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
The: state of __FLAG__
(SET or RESET).
UM1749
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_GET_FLAG
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

Clear the COMP Exti
flags.
Return value:

None.
__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
COMP EXTI line definition
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2
External interrupt line 22 Connected to COMP2
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1
External interrupt line 21 Connected to COMP1
COMP inverting input definitions
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_VREFINT
VREFINT connected to comparator1 inverting
input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1
I/O1 connected to comparator inverting input
(PA0) for COMP1 and (PA2) for COMP2
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1
DAC1_OUT (PA4) connected to comparator
inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO2
I/O2 (PA5) connected to comparator inverting
input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_4VREFINT
1/4 VREFINT connected to comparator
inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_2VREFINT
1/2 VREFINT connected to comparator
inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_3_4VREFINT
3/4 VREFINT connected to comparator
inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO3
I/O3 (PB3) for COMP2 connected to
comparator inverting input
IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT
COMP Low power timer connection definition
COMP_LPTIMCONNECTION_DISABLED
COMPx signal is gated
COMP_LPTIMCONNECTION_IN1_ENABLED
COMPx signal is connected to LPTIM
input 1
COMP_LPTIMCONNECTION_IN2_ENABLED
COMPx signal is connected to LPTIM
input 2
IS_COMP1_LPTIMCONNECTION
IS_COMP2_LPTIMCONNECTION
IS_COMP2_LPTIMCONNECTION_RESTRICTED
COMP mode definition
COMP_MODE_HIGHSPEED
High Speed
COMP_MODE_LOWSPEED
Low Speed
DOCID026232 Rev 3
123/664
UM1749
IS_COMP_MODE
COMP non inverting input definitions
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO1
I/O1 (PA3) connected to comparator non inverting
input
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO2
I/O2 (PB4) connected to comparator non inverting
input
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO3
I/O3 (PB5) connected to comparator non inverting
input
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO4
I/O1 (PB6) connected to comparator non inverting
input
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO5
I/O3 (PB7) connected to comparator non inverting
input
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO6
I/O3 (PA7) connected to comparator non inverting
input
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO7
Reserved
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO8
Reserved
IS_COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT
COMP output level definition
COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW
COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH
COMP output polarity definitions
COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED
COMP output on GPIO isn't inverted
COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED
COMP output on GPIO is inverted
IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL
COMP trigger mode definition
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_NONE
No External Interrupt trigger
detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising
edge trigger detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with
Falling edge trigger detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with
Rising/Falling edge trigger
detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_EVENT_RISING
Event Mode with Rising edge
trigger detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_EVENT_FALLING
Event Mode with Falling edge
trigger detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING
Event Mode with Rising/Falling
edge trigger detection
COMP window mode definition
124/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLE
Window mode disabled (Plus input of
comparator 1 connected to PA1)
COMP_WINDOWMODE_ENABLE
Window mode enabled: Plus input of
comparator 1 shorted with Plus input of
comparator 2
IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE
IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE_INSTANCE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
125/664
UM1749
7
HAL COMP Extension Driver
7.1
COMPEx Firmware driver API description
7.1.1
COMP peripheral Extended features
Comparing to other previous devices, the COMP interface for STM32L0XX devices
contains the following additional features

7.1.2
7.1.3
126/664
Possibility to enable or disable the VREFINT which is used as input to the
comparator.
HAL_COMPEx_EnableVREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_COMPEx_EnableVREFINT (void )
Function Description
Enables the Buffer Vrefint for the COMP.
Return values

None:
Notes

This is functional only if the LOCK bit is not set
HAL_COMPEx_DisableVREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_COMPEx_DisableVREFINT (void )
Function Description
Disables the Buffer Vrefint for the COMP.
Return values

None:
Notes

This is functional only if the LOCK bit is not set
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
8
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver
8.1
CORTEX Firmware driver registers structures
8.1.1
MPU_Region_InitTypeDef
Data Fields











uint32_t BaseAddress
uint8_t Enable
uint8_t Number
uint8_t Size
uint8_t SubRegionDisable
uint8_t TypeExtField
uint8_t AccessPermission
uint8_t DisableExec
uint8_t IsShareable
uint8_t IsCacheable
uint8_t IsBufferable
Field Documentation










uint32_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::BaseAddress
Specifies the base address of the region to protect.
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Enable
Specifies the status of the region. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Number
Specifies the number of the region to protect. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Size
Specifies the size of the region to protect. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::SubRegionDisable
Specifies the number of the subregion protection to disable. This parameter must be
a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::TypeExtField
This parameter is NOT used but is kept to keep API unified through all families
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::AccessPermission
Specifies the region access permission type. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::DisableExec
Specifies the instruction access status. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsShareable
Specifies the shareability status of the protected region. This parameter can be a
value of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsCacheable
Specifies the cacheable status of the region protected. This parameter can be a value
of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable
DOCID026232 Rev 3
127/664
UM1749

uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsBufferable
Specifies the bufferable status of the protected region. This parameter can be a value
of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable
8.2
CORTEX Firmware driver API description
8.2.1
How to use this driver
How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver
This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). The CortexM0+ exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
1.
2.
3.
Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels. The priority can be
0..3. Lower priority values gives higher priority. Priority Order: Lowest priority. Lowest
hardware priority (IRQn position).
Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver
Setup SysTick Timer for time base




8.2.2
The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which is a
CMSIS function that:

Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.

Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03).

Resets the SysTick Counter register.

Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).

Enables the SysTick Interrupt.

Starts the SysTick Counter.
You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8)
just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined inside the
stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.h file.
You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the
NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: Reload Value = SysTick
Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)

Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
function

Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
This section contains the following APIs:
128/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749







8.2.3
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset()
HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
HAL_MPU_Disable()
HAL_MPU_Enable()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX (NVIC,
SYSTICK) functionalities.
This section contains the following APIs:








8.2.4
HAL_NVIC_GetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ()
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig()
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler()
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback()
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion()
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t
PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
Function Description
Sets the priority of an interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number . This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to
stm32l0xx.h file)
PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn
channel. This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3. A
lower priority value indicates a higher priority
SubPriority: The subpriority level for the IRQ channel. with
stm32l0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is
ignored, because no subpriority supported in Cortex M0+
based products.


Return values
8.2.5

None:
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number . This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to
stm32l0xx.h file)
Return values

None:
Notes

To configure interrupts priority correctly, the
DOCID026232 Rev 3
129/664
UM1749
NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() function should be called before.
8.2.6
8.2.7
8.2.8
8.2.9
8.2.10
130/664
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number . This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to
stm32l0xx.h file)
Return values

None:
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset (void )
Function Description
Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSTICK_Config
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config (uint32_t TicksNumb)
Function Description
Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System
Tick Timer.
Parameters

TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two
interrupts.
Return values

status: - 0 Function succeeded.1 Function failed.
HAL_MPU_Disable
Function Name
__STATIC_INLINE void HAL_MPU_Disable (void )
Function Description
Disable the MPU.
Return values

None:
HAL_MPU_Enable
Functio
n Name
__STATIC_INLINE void HAL_MPU_Enable (uint32_t MPU_Control)
Functio
n
Descript
ion
Enable the MPU.
Parame
ters

MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory This
parameter can be one of the following values:
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONEMPU_HARDFAULT_NMIMPU_PRIVILEGE
D_DEFAULTMPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
Return

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
values
8.2.11
8.2.12
8.2.13
8.2.14
8.2.15
HAL_NVIC_GetPriority
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Gets the priority of an interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number. This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l0xxxx.h))
Return values

None
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to
stm32l0xx.h file)
Return values

None:
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number . This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to
stm32l0xx.h file)
Return values

status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.1 Interrupt status is
pending.
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number . This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to
stm32l0xx.h file)
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig (uint32_t CLKSource)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
131/664
UM1749
8.2.16
8.2.17
8.2.18
Function Description
Configures the SysTick clock source.
Parameters

CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by
8 selected as SysTick clock
source.SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected
as SysTick clock source.
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback (void )
Function Description
SYSTICK callback.
Return values

None:
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion
Function Name
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion (MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *
MPU_Init)
Function Description
Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be
protected.
Parameters

MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure
that contains the initialization and configuration information.
Return values

None:
8.3
CORTEX Firmware driver defines
8.3.1
CORTEX
CORTEx Exported Constants
IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY
IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ
CORTEX Exported Macros
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CON
FIG
Description:

Configures the SysTick clock source.
Parameters:

132/664
__CLKSRC__: : specifies the SysTick clock
source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

AHB clock divided by 8 selected as
SysTick clock source.
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB
clock selected as SysTick clock source.
Return value:

None
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Bufferable
MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Cacheable
MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Shareable
MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE
CORTEX MPU HFNMI and PRIVILEGED Access control
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access
MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE
MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE
CORTEX MPU Region Enable
MPU_REGION_ENABLE
MPU_REGION_DISABLE
CORTEX MPU Region Number
MPU_REGION_NUMBER0
MPU_REGION_NUMBER1
MPU_REGION_NUMBER2
MPU_REGION_NUMBER3
MPU_REGION_NUMBER4
MPU_REGION_NUMBER5
MPU_REGION_NUMBER6
MPU_REGION_NUMBER7
CORTEX MPU Region Permission Attributes
MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS
DOCID026232 Rev 3
133/664
UM1749
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO
MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO
CORTEX MPU Region Size
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB
CORTEX SysTick Clock Source
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8
134/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK
IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
135/664
UM1749
9
HAL CRC Generic Driver
9.1
CRC Firmware driver registers structures
9.1.1
CRC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields







uint8_t DefaultPolynomialUse
uint8_t DefaultInitValueUse
uint32_t GeneratingPolynomial
uint32_t CRCLength
uint32_t InitValue
uint32_t InputDataInversionMode
uint32_t OutputDataInversionMode
Field Documentation






136/664
uint8_t CRC_InitTypeDef::DefaultPolynomialUse
This parameter is a value of CRC_Default_Polynomial and indicates if default
polynomial is used. If set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE, resort to default
X^32 + X^26 + X^23 + X^22 + X^16 + X^12 + X^11 + X^10 +X^8 + X^7 + X^5 + X^4 +
X^2+ X +1. In that case, there is no need to set GeneratingPolynomial field. If
otherwise set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE, GeneratingPolynomial and
CRCLength fields must be set
uint8_t CRC_InitTypeDef::DefaultInitValueUse
This parameter is a value of CRC_Default_InitValue_Use and indicates if default init
value is used. If set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE, resort to default
0xFFFFFFFF value. In that case, there is no need to set InitValue field. If otherwise
set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE, InitValue field must be set
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::GeneratingPolynomial
Set CRC generating polynomial. 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long value for a polynomial degree
respectively equal to 7, 8, 16 or 32. This field is written in normal representation, e.g.,
for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65. No need to
specify it if DefaultPolynomialUse is set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::CRCLength
This parameter is a value of CRC_Polynomial_Sizes and indicates CRC length.
Value can be either one of CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B (32-bit CRC)
CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B (16-bit CRC) CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B (8-bit CRC)
CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B (7-bit CRC)
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::InitValue
Init value to initiate CRC computation. No need to specify it if DefaultInitValueUse is
set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::InputDataInversionMode
This parameter is a value of CRCEx_Input_Data_Inversion and specifies input data
inversion mode. Can be either one of the following values
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no input data inversion
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE byte-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes
0x58D43CB2 CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD halfword-wise inversion,
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

9.1.2
0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xD458B23C CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD wordwise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xB23CD458
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::OutputDataInversionMode
This parameter is a value of CRCEx_Output_Data_Inversion and specifies output
data (i.e. CRC) inversion mode. Can be either
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion, or
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE CRC 0x11223344 is converted into
0x22CC4488
CRC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields





CRC_TypeDef * Instance
CRC_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef State
uint32_t InputDataFormat
Field Documentation





CRC_TypeDef* CRC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
CRC_InitTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::Init
CRC configuration parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CRC Locking object
__IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::State
CRC communication state
uint32_t CRC_HandleTypeDef::InputDataFormat
This parameter is a value of CRC_Input_Buffer_Format and specifies input data
format. Can be either CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES input data is a stream of
bytes (8-bit data) CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS input data is a stream
of half-words (16-bit data) CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS input data is a
stream of words (32-bits data) Note that constant
CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED is defined but an initialization error must occur
if InputBufferFormat is not one of the three values listed above
9.2
CRC Firmware driver API description
9.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and
create the associated handle
DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
Initialize the CRC MSP
DeInitialize CRC MSP
This section contains the following APIs:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
137/664
UM1749




9.2.2
HAL_CRC_Init()
HAL_CRC_DeInit()
HAL_CRC_MspInit()
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
1.
2.
Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer using
combination of the previous CRC value and the new one. or
Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
independently of the previous CRC value.
This section contains the following APIs:


9.2.3
HAL_CRC_Accumulate()
HAL_CRC_Calculate()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

9.2.4
9.2.5
9.2.6
9.2.7
138/664
HAL_CRC_GetState()
HAL_CRC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init (CRC_HandleTypeDef *
hcrc)
Function Description
Initializes the CRC according to the specified parameters in the
CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CRC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef *
hcrc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CRC peripheral.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CRC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CRC_MspInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
Initializes the CRC MSP.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
9.2.8
Function Name
void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CRC MSP.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_CRC_Accumulate
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc,
uint32_t pBuffer, uint32_t BufferLength)
Function Description
Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data
buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization
value.
Parameters



9.2.9
Return values

uint32_t: CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32
bits)
Notes

By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer
parameter. Input buffer pointers with other types simply need
to be cast in uint32_t and the API will internally adjust its input
data processing based on the handle field hcrc>InputDataFormat.
HAL_CRC_Calculate
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc,
uint32_t pBuffer, uint32_t BufferLength)
Function Description
Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data
buffer starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
Parameters



9.2.10
hcrc: CRC handle
pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data
format is provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if
pBuffer type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type
is * uint16_t, number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
hcrc: CRC handle
pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data
format is provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if
pBuffer type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type
is * uint16_t, number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
Return values

uint32_t: CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32
bits)
Notes

By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer
parameter. Input buffer pointers with other types simply need
to be cast in uint32_t and the API will internally adjust its input
data processing based on the handle field hcrc>InputDataFormat.
HAL_CRC_GetState
DOCID026232 Rev 3
139/664
UM1749
Function Name
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
Returns the CRC state.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

HAL: state
9.3
CRC Firmware driver defines
9.3.1
CRC
Default CRC computation initialization value
DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE
Indicates whether or not default init value is used
DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE
DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE
Indicates whether or not default polynomial is used
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE
Default CRC generating polynomial
DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY
CRC Exported Constants
HAL_CRC_Input_Data_Reverse
HAL_CRC_Output_Data_Reverse
CRC Exported Macros
__HAL_CRC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset CRC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET

Reset CRC Data Register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_INITIALCRCVALUE_CONFIG
Description:

140/664
None.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
Set CRC INIT non-default value.
UM1749
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : CRC handle
__INIT__: : 32-bit initial value
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_CRC_SET_IDR

Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent
Data(ID) register.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CRC handle
__VALUE__: 8-bit value to be stored in
the ID register
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CRC_GET_IDR

Returns the 8-bit data stored in the
Independent Data(ID) register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

8-bit: value of the ID register
CRC input buffer format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_UNDEFINED
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS
Polynomial sizes to configure the IP
CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B
CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B
CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B
CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B
CRC polynomial possible sizes actual definitions
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_32B
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B
DOCID026232 Rev 3
141/664
UM1749
10
HAL CRC Extension Driver
10.1
CRCEx Firmware driver API description
10.1.1
CRC Extended features functions
This subsection provides function allowing to:

Set CRC polynomial if different from default one.
This section contains the following APIs:



10.1.2
HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse()
HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse()
HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t
PolyLength)
Function Description
Initializes the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
Parameters



Return values
10.1.3
142/664

hcrc: CRC handle
Pol: CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long) This
parameter is written in normal representation, e.g. for a
polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written
0x65 for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is
written 0x1021
PolyLength: CRC polynomial length This parameter can be
one of the following values: CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit
long CRC (generating polynomial of degree
7)CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating
polynomial of degree 8)CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long
CRC (generating polynomial of degree
16)CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating
polynomial of degree 32)
HAL: status
HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
Function Description
Set the Reverse Input data mode.
Parameters


hcrc: CRC handle
InputReverseMode: Input Data inversion mode This
parameter can be one of the following values:
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE: no change in bit
order (default value)CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE:
Byte-wise bit
reversalCRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD:
HalfWord-wise bit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
reversalCRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise
bit reversal
Return values
10.1.4

HAL: status
HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
Function Description
Set the Reverse Output data mode.
Parameters


hcrc: CRC handle
OutputReverseMode: Output Data inversion mode This
parameter can be one of the following values:
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE: no CRC
inversion (default
value)CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE: bit-level
inversion (e.g for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
Return values

HAL: status
10.2
CRCEx Firmware driver defines
10.2.1
CRCEx
CRCEx Exported Macros
__HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_ENABLE
Description:

Set CRC output reversal.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : CRC handle
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_DISABLE
None.
Description:

Unset CRC output reversal.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : CRC handle
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CONFIG
None.
Description:

Set CRC non-default polynomial.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : CRC handle
__POLYNOMIAL__: 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit
polynomial
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
143/664
UM1749

CRC Extended input data inversion modes
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD
CRC Extended output data inversion modes
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE
144/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
UM1749
11
HAL CRYP Generic Driver
11.1
CRYP Firmware driver registers structures
11.1.1
CRYP_InitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t DataType
uint8_t * pKey
uint8_t * pInitVect
Field Documentation



11.1.2
uint32_t CRYP_InitTypeDef::DataType
32-bit data, 16-bit data, 8-bit data or 1-bit string. This parameter can be a value of
CRYP_Data_Type
uint8_t* CRYP_InitTypeDef::pKey
The key used for encryption/decryption
uint8_t* CRYP_InitTypeDef::pInitVect
The initialization vector used also as initialization counter in CTR mode
CRYP_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields












AES_TypeDef * Instance
CRYP_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pCrypInBuffPtr
uint8_t * pCrypOutBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t CrypInCount
__IO uint16_t CrypOutCount
HAL_StatusTypeDef Status
HAL_PhaseTypeDef Phase
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmain
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaout
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef State
Field Documentation



AES_TypeDef* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
CRYP_InitTypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Init
CRYP required parameters
uint8_t* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::pCrypInBuffPtr
Pointer to CRYP processing (encryption, decryption,...) buffer
DOCID026232 Rev 3
145/664
UM1749









uint8_t* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::pCrypOutBuffPtr
Pointer to CRYP processing (encryption, decryption,...) buffer
__IO uint16_t CRYP_HandleTypeDef::CrypInCount
Counter of inputed data
__IO uint16_t CRYP_HandleTypeDef::CrypOutCount
Counter of outputed data
HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Status
CRYP peripheral status
HAL_PhaseTypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Phase
CRYP peripheral phase
DMA_HandleTypeDef* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::hdmain
CRYP In DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::hdmaout
CRYP Out DMA handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CRYP locking object
__IO HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::State
CRYP peripheral state
11.2
CRYP Firmware driver API description
11.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the CRYP according to the specified parameters in the CRYP_InitTypeDef
and creates the associated handle
DeInitialize the CRYP peripheral
Initialize the CRYP MSP
DeInitialize CRYP MSP
This section contains the following APIs:




11.2.2
HAL_CRYP_Init()
HAL_CRYP_DeInit()
HAL_CRYP_MspInit()
HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit()
AES processing functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Encrypt plaintext using AES algorithm in different chaining modes
Decrypt cyphertext using AES algorithm in different chaining modes
Three processing functions are available:



Polling mode
Interrupt mode
DMA mode
This section contains the following APIs:




146/664
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749














11.2.3
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA()
CRYP IRQ handler management
This section provides CRYP IRQ handler function.
This section contains the following APIs:

11.2.4
HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

11.2.5
HAL_CRYP_GetState()
DMA callback functions
This section provides DMA callback functions:



DMA Input data transfer complete
DMA Output data transfer complete
DMA error
This section contains the following APIs:



11.2.6
11.2.7
HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback()
HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback()
HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback()
HAL_CRYP_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Init (CRYP_HandleTypeDef *
hcryp)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP according to the specified parameters in the
CRYP_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_DeInit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
147/664
UM1749
11.2.8
11.2.9
11.2.10
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DeInit
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CRYP peripheral.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_MspInit (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP MSP.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None:
HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
DeInitializes CRYP MSP.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None:
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode then
encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL: status



Return values
11.2.11
148/664
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode then
encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL: status



Return values
11.2.12
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode then
encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL: status



Return values
11.2.13
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode then
decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL: status

Return values
11.2.14
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode then
decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
DOCID026232 Rev 3
149/664
UM1749

Return values
11.2.15



pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode then
decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL: status

Return values
11.2.16
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters




Return values
11.2.17

HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode
using Interrupt.
Parameters


150/664
hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

Return values
11.2.18

Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)

HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters




Return values
11.2.19

HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)

HAL: status

Return values
11.2.20
hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode
using IT.
Parameters



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
DOCID026232 Rev 3
151/664
UM1749
Return values
11.2.21

pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)

HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)

HAL: status

Return values
11.2.22
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using
DMA.
Parameters




Return values
11.2.23
HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters

Return values
152/664

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
11.2.24
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using
DMA.
Parameters

Return values
11.2.25



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)

HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using
DMA.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)

HAL: status


Return values
11.2.26
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)

HAL: status


Return values
11.2.27
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA
DOCID026232 Rev 3
153/664
Function Name
UM1749
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using
DMA.
Parameters



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer (aligned on
u32)
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer (aligned on u32)

HAL: status

Return values
11.2.28
11.2.29
11.2.30
11.2.31
154/664
HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
This function handles CRYP interrupt request.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None:
HAL_CRYP_GetState
Function Name
HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef HAL_CRYP_GetState
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
Returns the CRYP state.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef *
hcryp)
Function Description
CRYP error callback.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None:
HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef *
hcryp)
Function Description
Input transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values
11.2.32

None:
HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef *
hcryp)
Function Description
Output transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None:
11.3
CRYP Firmware driver defines
11.3.1
CRYP
AES Clear Flags
CRYP_CLEARFLAG_CCF
Computation Complete Flag Clear
CRYP_CLEARFLAG_RDERR
Read Error Clear
CRYP_CLEARFLAG_WRERR
Write Error Clear
AES Flags
CRYP_FLAG_CCF
Computation Complete Flag
CRYP_FLAG_RDERR
Read Error Flag
CRYP_FLAG_WRERR
Write Error Flag
AES Interrupts
CRYP_IT_CC
Computation Complete interrupt
CRYP_IT_ERR
Error interrupt
CRYP Algo Mode Direction
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DIRECTION
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_KEYDERDECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_KEYDERDECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_DECRYPT
CRYP Data Type
CRYP_DATATYPE_32B
CRYP_DATATYPE_16B
CRYP_DATATYPE_8B
CRYP_DATATYPE_1B
IS_CRYP_DATATYPE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
155/664
UM1749
CRYP Exported Macros
__HAL_CRYP_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset CRYP handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable/Disable the CRYP peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
Return value:

None
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE
__HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE
Description:

Set the algorithm mode: AES-ECB, AESCBC, AES-CTR, DES-ECB, DES-CBC,...
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__MODE__: The algorithm mode.
Return value:

__HAL_CRYP_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the specified CRYP flag is
set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

CRYP_FLAG_CCF : Computation
Complete Flag

CRYP_FLAG_RDERR : Read Error
Flag

CRYP_FLAG_WRERR : Write Error
Flag
Return value:

156/664
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
FALSE).
__HAL_CRYP_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

Clear the CRYP pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

CRYP_CLEARFLAG_CCF :
Computation Complete Clear Flag

CRYP_CLEARFLAG_RDERR :
Read Error Clear

CRYP_CLEARFLAG_WRERR :
Write Error Clear
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT

Enable the CRYP interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: CRYP Interrupt.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT

Disable the CRYP interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: CRYP interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks if the specified CRYP interrupt
source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: CRYP interrupt source
to check This parameter can be one of
the following values:

CRYP_IT_CC : Computation
DOCID026232 Rev 3
157/664

UM1749
Complete interrupt
CRYP_IT_ERR : Error interrupt
(used for RDERR and WRERR)
Return value:

__HAL_CRYP_CLEAR_IT
State: of interruption (SET or RESET)
Description:

Clear the CRYP pending IT.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__IT__: specifies the IT to clear. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

CRYP_CLEARFLAG_CCF :
Computation Complete Clear Flag

CRYP_CLEARFLAG_RDERR :
Read Error Clear

CRYP_CLEARFLAG_WRERR :
Write Error Clear
Return value:

158/664
None
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
12
HAL CRYP Extension Driver
12.1
CRYPEx Firmware driver API description
12.1.1
Extended features functions
This section provides callback functions:

Computation completed.
This section contains the following APIs:

12.1.2
HAL_CRYPEx_ComputationCpltCallback()
HAL_CRYPEx_ComputationCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CRYPEx_ComputationCpltCallback
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
Computation completed callbacks.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
159/664
UM1749
13
HAL DAC Generic Driver
13.1
DAC Firmware driver registers structures
13.1.1
DAC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields






DAC_TypeDef * Instance
__IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef State
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle1
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle2
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation






13.1.2
DAC_TypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
__IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef DAC_HandleTypeDef::State
DAC communication state
HAL_LockTypeDef DAC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DAC locking object
DMA_HandleTypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle1
Pointer DMA handler for channel 1
DMA_HandleTypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle2
Pointer DMA handler for channel 2
__IO uint32_t DAC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DAC Error code
DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t DAC_Trigger
uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer
Field Documentation


160/664
uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_Trigger
Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. This parameter can be a
value of DAC_trigger_selection
uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_OutputBuffer
Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of DAC_output_buffer
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
13.2
DAC Firmware driver API description
13.2.1
DAC Peripheral features
DAC Channels
STM32F0 devices integrates no, one or two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters. STM32L05x
& STM32L06x devices have one converter (channel1) STM32L07x & STM32L08x devices
have two converters (i.e. channel1 & channel2) When 2 converters are present (i.e.
channel1 & channel2) they can be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
1.
2.
3.
DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
Channel1 & channel2 can be used independently or simultaneously in dual mode
(STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
DAC Triggers
Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_Trigger_None and
DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
1.
2.
3.
External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9. The
used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
Timers TRGO: STM32L05x/STM32L06x : TIM2, TIM6 and TIM21
STM32L07x/STM32L08x : TIM2, TIM3, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM21
(DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO, DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO...)
Software using DAC_Trigger_Software
DAC Buffer mode feature
Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to reduce the output
impedance, and to drive external loads directly without having to add an external
operational amplifier. To enable, the output buffer use sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer =
DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable;
Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output impedance value with
and without output buffer.
DAC wave generation feature
Both DAC channels can be used to generate
1.
2.
Noise wave using HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate()
Triangle wave using HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate()
DAC data format
The DAC data format can be:
1.
2.
3.
8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
DOCID026232 Rev 3
161/664
UM1749
DAC data value to voltage correspondence
The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined by the following
equation: DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 with DOR is the Data Output Register VEF+
is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to
0.7V, use Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
DMA requests
A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not a software trigger)
occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
1.
2.
13.2.2
DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Request9 channel2 which must be already
configured
DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Request15 channel4 which must be already
configured (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only) For Dual mode (STM32L07x/STM32L08x
only) and specific signal Triangle and noise generation please refer to Extension
Features Driver description
How to use this driver





DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC registers using
HAL_DAC_Init()
Configure DAC_OUT1: PA4 in analog mode.
Configure DAC_OUT2: PA5 in analog mode (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only).
Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
Polling mode IO operation



Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
To read the DAC last data output value value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue()
function.
Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
DMA mode IO operation




162/664
Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify
the length of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
At the middle of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1()or
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 or
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


In case of DMA underrun, DAC interruption triggers and execute internal function
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler. HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1()or
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
or HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 add his own code by customization of
function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
DAC HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.




__HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
13.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the DAC.
De-initialize the DAC.
This section contains the following APIs:




13.2.4
HAL_DAC_Init()
HAL_DAC_DeInit()
HAL_DAC_MspInit()
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:






Start conversion.
Stop conversion.
Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
Get result of conversion.
Get result of dual mode conversion (STM32L07xx/STM32L08xx only)
This section contains the following APIs:









HAL_DAC_Start()
HAL_DAC_Stop()
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
HAL_DAC_GetValue()
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler()
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
163/664
UM1749


13.2.5
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_SetValue()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Configure channels.
Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
This section contains the following APIs:

13.2.6
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the DAC state.
Check the DAC Errors.
This section contains the following APIs:



13.2.7
13.2.8
13.2.9
164/664
HAL_DAC_GetState()
HAL_DAC_GetError()
HAL_DAC_SetValue()
HAL_DAC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the DAC_InitStruct.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DAC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DAC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_MspInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Initializes the DAC MSP.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values
13.2.10
13.2.11

HAL_DAC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
Parameters


Return values
13.2.12

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
Parameters


Return values
13.2.13
None:

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
Function Description
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel using DMA.
Parameters



hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
165/664
UM1749


Return values
13.2.14

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
Parameters

Return values

uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac,
uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters


hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
The: selected DAC channel data output value.
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Handles DAC interrupt request.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1
Function Name
166/664
HAL: status
Function Name
Return values
13.2.17
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
HAL_DAC_GetValue

13.2.16
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA

13.2.15
Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to
DAC peripheral
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment
selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment
selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment
selected
void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
13.2.18
13.2.19
13.2.20
13.2.21
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for
Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Error DAC callback for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_SetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Alignment, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
Parameters



hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. This parameter
can be one of the following values: DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit
right data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left
DOCID026232 Rev 3
167/664

UM1749
data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data
alignment selected
Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. This parameter
can be one of the following values: DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit
right data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left
data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data
alignment selected
Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.


HAL: status
HAL: status




Return values
13.2.22
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *
sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Configures the selected DAC channel.
Parameters



Return values
13.2.23
13.2.24
168/664

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
return the DAC state
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_DAC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Return the DAC error code.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

DAC: Error Code
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
13.2.25
HAL_DAC_SetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Alignment, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
Parameters


hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. This parameter
can be one of the following values: DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit
right data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left
data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data
alignment selected
Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. This parameter
can be one of the following values: DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit
right data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left
data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data
alignment selected
Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.


HAL: status
HAL: status






Return values
13.3
DAC Firmware driver defines
13.3.1
DAC
DAC Channel selection
DAC_CHANNEL_1
DAC_CHANNEL_2
IS_DAC_CHANNEL
DAC data
IS_DAC_DATA
DAC data alignement
DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
DOCID026232 Rev 3
169/664
UM1749
IS_DAC_ALIGN
DAC Error Code
HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1
DAC channel1 DAM underrun error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2
DAC channel2 DAM underrun error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA
DMA error
DAC Exported Macros
__HAL_DAC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset DAC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the DAC channel.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__DAC_CHANNEL__: specifies the DAC
channel
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the DAC channel.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
__DAC_CHANNEL__: specifies the DAC
channel.
Return value:

None
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT
Description:

Disable the DAC interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DAC
interrupt.
Return value:

170/664
None
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Check whether the specified DAC interrupt
source is enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DAC handle
__INTERRUPT__: DAC interrupt source to
check This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DAC_IT_DMAUDR1: DAC channel 1
DMA underrun interrupt

DAC_IT_DMAUDR2: DAC channel 2
DMA underrun interrupt
(STM32L072xx STM32L073xx
STM32L082xx STM32L083xx only)
Return value:

State: of interruption (SET or RESET)
Description:
__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG

Get the selected DAC's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the FLAG.
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the DAC's flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the FLAG.
Return value:

None
DAC flags definition
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2
DAC IT definition
DAC_IT_DMAUDR1
DAC_IT_DMAUDR2
DAC output buffer
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_DISABLE
IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
171/664
UM1749
DAC trigger selection
DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx
register has been loaded, and not by external trigger
DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO
TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T21_TRGO
TIM21 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO
TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9
EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger
for DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO
TIM3 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T3_CH3
TIM3 CH3 selected as external conversion trigger for DAC
channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T7_TRGO
TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
IS_DAC_TRIGGER
172/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
14
HAL DAC Extension Driver
14.1
DACEx Firmware driver API description
14.1.1
How to use this driver



14.1.2
14.1.3
When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used
simultaneously) : Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted
and use HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously
in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

The: selected DAC channel data output value.
HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Amplitude)
Function Description
Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
Parameters



hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude. This parameter
can be one of the following values:
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle
amplitude of 1DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max
triangle amplitude of 3DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7:
Select max triangle amplitude of
7DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle
amplitude of 15DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max
triangle amplitude of 31DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63:
Select max triangle amplitude of
63DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle
amplitude of 127DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select
max triangle amplitude of
255DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle
amplitude of 511DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select
DOCID026232 Rev 3
173/664
UM1749
max triangle amplitude of
1023DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle
amplitude of 2047DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select
max triangle amplitude of 4095
Return values
14.1.4

HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Amplitude)
Function Description
Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
Parameters



Return values
14.1.5
174/664
HAL: status

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave
generation. This parameter can be one of the following
values: DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit0 for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
HAL: status
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t
Data1, uint32_t Data2)
Function Description
Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Parameters




14.1.6
14.1.7
14.1.8
14.1.9
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel
DAC. This parameter can be one of the following values:
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected
data holding register.
Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected
data holding register.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in
both DAC channels at the same time.
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for
Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Error DAC callback for Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
175/664
UM1749
14.1.10
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
Parameters


Return values
14.1.11

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
Function Description
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel using DMA.
Parameters




Return values

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to
DAC peripheral
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment
selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment
selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment
selected
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
Parameters


176/664
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA

14.1.12
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
Return values
14.1.13

HAL_DAC_GetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac,
uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters


Return values
14.1.14
14.1.15
HAL: status

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
The: selected DAC channel data output value.
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Handles DAC interrupt request.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_SetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Alignment, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
Parameters







hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected (STM32L07x/STM32L08x only)
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. This parameter
can be one of the following values: DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit
right data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left
data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data
alignment selected
Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. This parameter
can be one of the following values: DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
177/664
Return values

UM1749
right data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left
data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data
alignment selected
Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.


HAL: status
HAL: status
14.2
DACEx Firmware driver defines
14.2.1
DACEx
DACEx lfsrunmask triangleamplitude
178/664
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0
for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR
bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1
Select max triangle amplitude of 1
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3
Select max triangle amplitude of 3
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7
Select max triangle amplitude of 7
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15
Select max triangle amplitude of 15
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31
Select max triangle amplitude of 31
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63
Select max triangle amplitude of 63
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127
Select max triangle amplitude of
127
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255
Select max triangle amplitude of
255
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511
Select max triangle amplitude of
511
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023
Select max triangle amplitude of
1023
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047
Select max triangle amplitude of
2047
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095
Select max triangle amplitude of
4095
IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
179/664
UM1749
15
HAL DMA Generic Driver
15.1
DMA Firmware driver registers structures
15.1.1
DMA_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t Request
uint32_t Direction
uint32_t PeriphInc
uint32_t MemInc
uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment
uint32_t MemDataAlignment
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Priority
Field Documentation








180/664
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Request
Specifies the request selected for the specified channel. This parameter can be a
value of DMA_request
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Direction
Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral, from memory to
memory or from peripheral to memory. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Data_transfer_direction
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphInc
Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not.
When Memory to Memory transfer is used, this is the Source Increment mode This
parameter can be a value of DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemInc
Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not. When
Memory to Memory transfer is used, this is the Destination Increment mode This
parameter can be a value of DMA_Memory_incremented_mode
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphDataAlignment
Specifies the Peripheral data width. When Memory to Memory transfer is used, this is
the Source Alignment format This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Peripheral_data_size
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemDataAlignment
Specifies the Memory data width. When Memory to Memory transfer is used, this is
the Destination Alignment format This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Memory_data_size
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx (Normal or Circular). This
parameter can be a value of DMA_mode
Note:The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory data transfer
is configured on the selected Channel
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Priority
Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx. This parameter can be a value
of DMA_Priority_level
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
15.1.2
DMA_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields









DMA_Channel_TypeDef * Instance
DMA_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State
void * Parent
void(* XferCpltCallback
void(* XferHalfCpltCallback
void(* XferErrorCallback
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation









DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMA_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
DMA_InitTypeDef DMA_HandleTypeDef::Init
DMA communication parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef DMA_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DMA locking object
__IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef DMA_HandleTypeDef::State
DMA transfer state
void* DMA_HandleTypeDef::Parent
Parent object state
void(* DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferCpltCallback)(struct DMA_HandleTypeDef
*hdma)
DMA transfer complete callback
void(* DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferHalfCpltCallback)(struct DMA_HandleTypeDef
*hdma)
DMA Half transfer complete callback
void(* DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferErrorCallback)(struct DMA_HandleTypeDef
*hdma)
DMA transfer error callback
__IO uint32_t DMA_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DMA Error code
15.2
DMA Firmware driver API description
15.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the DMA
De-Initialize the DMA
This section contains the following APIs:


HAL_DMA_Init()
HAL_DMA_DeInit()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
181/664
UM1749
15.2.2
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:





Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
with interrupt
Abort DMA transfer
Poll for transfer complete
Handle DMA interrupt request
This section contains the following APIs:





15.2.3
HAL_DMA_Start()
HAL_DMA_Start_IT()
HAL_DMA_Abort()
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer()
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the DMA state
Get error code
This section contains the following APIs:


15.2.4
15.2.5
15.2.6
HAL_DMA_GetState()
HAL_DMA_GetError()
HAL_DMA_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
Initializes the DMA according to the specified parameters in the
DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DMA_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
DeInitializes the DMA peripheral.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DMA_Start
Function Name
182/664
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t
DataLength)
Function Description
Starts the DMA Transfer.
Parameters




Return values
15.2.7

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
Function Description
Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters

Return values
15.2.9
HAL: status
HAL_DMA_Start_IT



15.2.8
hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from
source to destination

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from
source to destination
HAL: status
HAL_DMA_Abort
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
Aborts the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Polling for transfer complete.
Parameters



hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
Timeout: Timeout duration.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
183/664
UM1749
Return values
15.2.10
15.2.11
15.2.12

HAL: status
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Handles DMA interrupt request.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

None:
HAL_DMA_GetState
Function Name
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Returns the DMA state.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_DMA_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Return the DMA error code.
Parameters

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

DMA: Error Code
15.3
DMA Firmware driver defines
15.3.1
DMA
DMA Data Buffer Size Check
IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE
DMA Data Transfer directions
DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY
Peripheral to memory direction
DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH
Memory to peripheral direction
DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY
Memory to memory direction
IS_DMA_DIRECTION
DMA Error Codes
184/664
HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE
Transfer error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE
IS_DMA_ALL_CONTROLLER
DMA Exported Macros
__HAL_DMA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset DMA handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE

Enable the specified DMA Channel.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE

Disable the specified DMA Channel.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX
None.
Description:

Returns the current DMA Channel transfer
complete flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX
The: specified transfer complete flag
index.
Description:

Returns the current DMA Channel half
transfer complete flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

The: specified half transfer complete flag
DOCID026232 Rev 3
185/664
UM1749
index.
__HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX
Description:

Returns the current DMA Channel transfer
error flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX
The: specified transfer error flag index.
Description:

Returns the current DMA Channel Global
interrupt flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

The: specified transfer error flag index.
Description:
__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG

Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__FLAG__: Get the specified flag. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer
complete flag

DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer
complete flag

DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error
flag

DMA_ISR_GIFx: Global interrupt flag
Where x can be 0_4, 1_5, 2_6 or 3_7
to select the DMA Channel flag.
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG
The: state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
Description:

Clears the DMA Channel pending flags.
Parameters:


186/664
__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer
complete flag

DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


complete flag
DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error
flag
DMA_ISR_GIFx: Global interrupt flag
Where x can be 0_4, 1_5, 2_6 or 3_7
to select the DMA Channel flag.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT

Enables the specified DMA Channel
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA
interrupt sources to be enabled or
disabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt
mask
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT

Disables the specified DMA Channel
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA
interrupt sources to be enabled or
disabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt
mask
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified DMA
Channel interrupt is enabled or not.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
187/664
UM1749
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt
mask
Return value:

The: state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET).
DMA Flag Definitions
DMA_FLAG_GL1
DMA_FLAG_TC1
DMA_FLAG_HT1
DMA_FLAG_TE1
DMA_FLAG_GL2
DMA_FLAG_TC2
DMA_FLAG_HT2
DMA_FLAG_TE2
DMA_FLAG_GL3
DMA_FLAG_TC3
DMA_FLAG_HT3
DMA_FLAG_TE3
DMA_FLAG_GL4
DMA_FLAG_TC4
DMA_FLAG_HT4
DMA_FLAG_TE4
DMA_FLAG_GL5
DMA_FLAG_TC5
DMA_FLAG_HT5
DMA_FLAG_TE5
DMA_FLAG_GL6
DMA_FLAG_TC6
DMA_FLAG_HT6
DMA_FLAG_TE6
DMA_FLAG_GL7
188/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
DMA_FLAG_TC7
DMA_FLAG_HT7
DMA_FLAG_TE7
DMA handle index
TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE
Index of the DMA handle used for Update DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC1
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 1 DMA
requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC2
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 2 DMA
requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC3
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 3 DMA
requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC4
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 4 DMA
requests
TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER
Index of the DMA handle used for Trigger DMA requests
DMA Interrupt Definitions
DMA_IT_TC
DMA_IT_HT
DMA_IT_TE
DMA Memory Data Size Alignment
DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE
Memory data alignment : Byte
DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Memory data alignment : HalfWord
DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD
Memory data alignment : Word
IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE
DMA Memory Incremented Mode
DMA_MINC_ENABLE
Memory increment mode Enable
DMA_MINC_DISABLE
Memory increment mode Disable
IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE
DMA Mode
DMA_NORMAL
Normal Mode
DMA_CIRCULAR
Circular Mode
IS_DMA_MODE
DMA Peripheral Data Size Alignment
DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE
Peripheral data alignment : Byte
DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Peripheral data alignment : HalfWord
DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD
Peripheral data alignment : Word
IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE
DMA Peripheral Incremented Mode
DMA_PINC_ENABLE
Peripheral increment mode Enable
DOCID026232 Rev 3
189/664
UM1749
DMA_PINC_DISABLE
Peripheral increment mode Disable
IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE
DMA Priority Level
DMA_PRIORITY_LOW
Priority level : Low
DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM
Priority level : Medium
DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH
Priority level : High
DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH
Priority level : Very_High
IS_DMA_PRIORITY
DMA request defintiions
DMA_REQUEST_0
DMA_REQUEST_1
DMA_REQUEST_2
DMA_REQUEST_3
DMA_REQUEST_4
DMA_REQUEST_5
DMA_REQUEST_6
DMA_REQUEST_7
DMA_REQUEST_8
DMA_REQUEST_9
DMA_REQUEST_10
DMA_REQUEST_11
DMA_REQUEST_12
DMA_REQUEST_13
DMA_REQUEST_14
DMA_REQUEST_15
IS_DMA_ALL_REQUEST
190/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
16
HAL FIREWALL Generic Driver
16.1
FIREWALL Firmware driver registers structures
16.1.1
FIREWALL_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t CodeSegmentStartAddress
uint32_t CodeSegmentLength
uint32_t NonVDataSegmentStartAddress
uint32_t NonVDataSegmentLength
uint32_t VDataSegmentStartAddress
uint32_t VDataSegmentLength
uint32_t VolatileDataExecution
uint32_t VolatileDataShared
Field Documentation








uint32_t FIREWALL_InitTypeDef::CodeSegmentStartAddress
Protected code segment start address. This value is 24-bit long, the 8 LSB bits are
reserved and forced to 0 in order to allow a 256-byte granularity.
uint32_t FIREWALL_InitTypeDef::CodeSegmentLength
Protected code segment length in bytes. This value is 22-bit long, the 8 LSB bits are
reserved and forced to 0 for the length to be a multiple of 256 bytes.
uint32_t FIREWALL_InitTypeDef::NonVDataSegmentStartAddress
Protected non-volatile data segment start address. This value is 24-bit long, the 8
LSB bits are reserved and forced to 0 in order to allow a 256-byte granularity.
uint32_t FIREWALL_InitTypeDef::NonVDataSegmentLength
Protected non-volatile data segment length in bytes. This value is 22-bit long, the 8
LSB bits are reserved and forced to 0 for the length to be a multiple of 256 bytes.
uint32_t FIREWALL_InitTypeDef::VDataSegmentStartAddress
Protected volatile data segment start address. This value is 17-bit long, the 6 LSB bits
are reserved and forced to 0 in order to allow a 64-byte granularity.
uint32_t FIREWALL_InitTypeDef::VDataSegmentLength
Protected volatile data segment length in bytes. This value is 17-bit long, the 6 LSB
bits are reserved and forced to 0 for the length to be a multiple of 64 bytes.
uint32_t FIREWALL_InitTypeDef::VolatileDataExecution
Set VDE bit specifying whether or not the volatile data segment can be executed.
When VDS = 1 (set by parameter VolatileDataShared), VDE bit has no meaning. This
parameter can be a value of FIREWALL_VolatileData_Executable
uint32_t FIREWALL_InitTypeDef::VolatileDataShared
Set VDS bit in specifying whether or not the volatile data segment can be shared with
a non-protected application code. This parameter can be a value of
FIREWALL_VolatileData_Shared
DOCID026232 Rev 3
191/664
UM1749
16.2
FIREWALL Firmware driver API description
16.2.1
How to use this driver
The FIREWALL HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
16.2.2
Declare a FIREWALL_InitTypeDef initialization structure.
Resort to HAL_FIREWALL_Config() API to initialize the Firewall
Enable the FIREWALL in calling HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall() API
To ensure that any code executed outside the protected segment closes the
FIREWALL, the user must set the flag FIREWALL_PRE_ARM_SET in calling
__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro if called within a protected code
segment or HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API if called outside of protected
code segment after HAL_FIREWALL_Config() call.
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides the functions allowing to initialize the Firewall. Initialization is
done by HAL_FIREWALL_Config():





Enable the Firewall clock thru __HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
Set the protected code segment address start and length.
Set the protected non-volatile and/or volatile data segments address starts and
lengths if applicable.
Set the volatile data segment execution and sharing status.
Length must be set to 0 for an unprotected segment.
This section contains the following APIs:





16.2.3
16.2.4
192/664
HAL_FIREWALL_Config()
HAL_FIREWALL_GetConfig()
HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall()
HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag()
HAL_FIREWALL_DisablePreArmFlag()
HAL_FIREWALL_Config
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FIREWALL_Config
(FIREWALL_InitTypeDef * fw_init)
Function Description
Initialize the Firewall according to the FIREWALL_InitTypeDef
structure parameters.
Parameters

fw_init: Firewall initialization structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The API returns HAL_ERROR if the Firewall is already
enabled.
HAL_FIREWALL_GetConfig
Function Name
void HAL_FIREWALL_GetConfig (FIREWALL_InitTypeDef *
fw_config)
Function Description
Retrieve the Firewall configuration.
Parameters

fw_config: Firewall configuration, type is same as
initialization structure
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values

None:
Notes

This API can't be executed inside a code area protected by
the Firewall when the Firewall is enabled
If NVDSL register is different from 0, that is, if the non volatile
data segment is defined, this API can't be executed when the
Firewall is enabled.
User should resort to __HAL_FIREWALL_GET_PREARM()
macro to retrieve FPA bit status


16.2.5
16.2.6
HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall
Function Name
void HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall (void )
Function Description
Enable FIREWALL.
Return values

None:
Notes

Firewall is enabled in clearing FWDIS bit of SYSCFG CFGR1
register. Once enabled, the Firewall cannot be disabled by
software. Only a system reset can set again FWDIS bit.
HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag
Function Name
void HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag (void )
Function Description
Enable FIREWALL pre arm.
Return values

None:
Notes

When FPA bit is set, any code executed outside the protected
segment will close the Firewall.
This API provides the same service as
__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro but can't be
executed inside a code area protected by the Firewall.
When the Firewall is disabled, user can resort to
HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API any time.
When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is equal to
0 (that is, when the non volatile data segment is not defined),
** this API can be executed when the Firewall is closed **
when the Firewall is opened, user should resort to
__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro instead
When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is different
from 0 (that is, when the non volatile data segment is defined)
** FW_CR register can be accessed only when the Firewall is
opened: user should resort to
__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro instead.




16.2.7
HAL_FIREWALL_DisablePreArmFlag
Function Name
void HAL_FIREWALL_DisablePreArmFlag (void )
Function Description
Disable FIREWALL pre arm.
Return values

None:
Notes

When FPA bit is reset, any code executed outside the
protected segment when the Firewall is opened will generate
a system reset.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
193/664
UM1749




This API provides the same service as
__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro but can't be
executed inside a code area protected by the Firewall.
When the Firewall is disabled, user can resort to
HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API any time.
When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is equal to
0 (that is, when the non volatile data segment is not defined),
** this API can be executed when the Firewall is closed **
when the Firewall is opened, user should resort to
__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro instead
When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is different
from 0 (that is, when the non volatile data segment is defined)
** FW_CR register can be accessed only when the Firewall is
opened: user should resort to
__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro instead.
16.3
FIREWALL Firmware driver defines
16.3.1
FIREWALL
FIREWALL Exported Macros
__HAL_FIREWALL_IS_ENABLED
Description:

Check whether the
FIREWALL is enabled or not.
Return value:

__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE
Notes:

__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE
194/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
FIREWALL: enabling status
(TRUE or FALSE).
When FPA bit is set, any
code executed outside the
protected segment closes
the Firewall, otherwise it
generates a system reset.
This macro provides the
same service as
HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePre
ArmFlag() API but can be
executed inside a code area
protected by the Firewall.
This macro can be executed
whatever the Firewall state
(opened or closed) when
NVDSL register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
Notes:
UM1749

When FPA bit is set, any
code executed outside the
protected segment closes
the Firewall, otherwise, it
generates a system reset.
This macro provides the
same service as
HAL_FIREWALL_DisablePre
ArmFlag() API but can be
executed inside a code area
protected by the Firewall.
This macro can be executed
whatever the Firewall state
(opened or closed) when
NVDSL register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
__HAL_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SHARED_ENA
BLE
Notes:
__HAL_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SHARED_DIS
ABLE
Notes:
DOCID026232 Rev 3


When VDS bit is set, the
volatile data segment is
shared with non-protected
application code. It can be
accessed whatever the
Firewall state (opened or
closed). This macro can be
executed inside a code area
protected by the Firewall.
This macro can be executed
whatever the Firewall state
(opened or closed) when
NVDSL register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
When VDS bit is reset, the
volatile data segment is not
shared and cannot be hit by
a non protected executable
code when the Firewall is
closed. If it is accessed in
such a condition, a system
reset is generated by the
Firewall. This macro can be
executed inside a code area
protected by the Firewall.
195/664
UM1749
This macro can be executed
whatever the Firewall state
(opened or closed) when
NVDSL register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
196/664
__HAL_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_EXECUTION_
ENABLE
Notes:
__HAL_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_EXECUTION_
DISABLE
Notes:
DOCID026232 Rev 3


VDE bit is ignored when
VDS is set. IF VDS = 1, the
Volatile data segment can be
executed whatever the VDE
bit value. When VDE bit is
set (with VDS = 0), the
volatile data segment is
executable. When the
Firewall call is closed, a "call
gate" entry procedure is
required to open first the
Firewall. This macro can be
executed inside a code area
protected by the Firewall.
This macro can be executed
whatever the Firewall state
(opened or closed) when
NVDSL register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
VDE bit is ignored when
VDS is set. IF VDS = 1, the
Volatile data segment can be
executed whatever the VDE
bit value. When VDE bit is
reset (with VDS = 0), the
volatile data segment cannot
be executed. This macro can
be executed inside a code
area protected by the
Firewall. This macro can be
executed whatever the
Firewall state (opened or
closed) when NVDSL
register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
UM1749
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
__HAL_FIREWALL_GET_VOLATILEDATA_SHARED
Description:

Check whether or not the
volatile data segment is
shared.
Return value:

VDS: bit setting status
(TRUE or FALSE).
Notes:

__HAL_FIREWALL_GET_VOLATILEDATA_EXECUTI
ON
This macro can be executed
inside a code area protected
by the Firewall. This macro
can be executed whatever
the Firewall state (opened or
closed) when NVDSL
register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
Description:

Check whether or not the
volatile data segment is
declared executable.
Return value:

VDE: bit setting status
(TRUE or FALSE).
Notes:

__HAL_FIREWALL_GET_PREARM
Description:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
This macro can be executed
inside a code area protected
by the Firewall. This macro
can be executed whatever
the Firewall state (opened or
closed) when NVDSL
register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
Check whether or not the
197/664
UM1749
Firewall pre arm bit is set.
Return value:

FPA: bit setting status
(TRUE or FALSE).
Notes:

FIREWALL pre arm status
FIREWALL_PRE_ARM_RESET
FIREWALL_PRE_ARM_SET
FIREWALL volatile data segment execution status
FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_NOT_EXECUTABLE
FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_EXECUTABLE
FIREWALL volatile data segment share status
FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_NOT_SHARED
FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SHARED
198/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
This macro can be executed
inside a code area protected
by the Firewall. This macro
can be executed whatever
the Firewall state (opened or
closed) when NVDSL
register is equal to 0.
Otherwise (when NVDSL
register is different from 0,
that is, when the non volatile
data segment is defined), the
macro can be executed only
when the Firewall is opened.
UM1749
17
HAL FLASH Generic Driver
17.1
FLASH Firmware driver registers structures
17.1.1
FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t TypeErase
uint32_t PageAddress
uint32_t NbPages
Field Documentation



17.1.2
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::TypeErase
TypeErase: Page Erase only. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Type_Erase
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::PageAddress
PageAddress : Initial FLASH address to be erased This parameter must be a value
belonging to FLASH Programm address (depending on the devices)
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::NbPages
NbPages: Number of pages to be erased. This parameter must be a value between 1
and (max number of pages - value of Initial page)
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef
Data Fields






__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing
__IO uint32_t NbPagesToErase
__IO uint32_t Page
__IO uint32_t Address
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation






__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::ProcedureOnGoing
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::NbPagesToErase
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Page
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Address
HAL_LockTypeDef FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Lock
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::ErrorCode
DOCID026232 Rev 3
199/664
UM1749
17.2
FLASH Firmware driver API description
17.2.1
FLASH peripheral features
The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses to the
Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations and the
read and write protection mechanisms.
The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch.
The FLASH main features are:





17.2.2
Flash memory read operations
Flash memory program/erase operations
Read / write protections
Prefetch on I-Code
Option Bytes programming
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions to configure and program the Flash memory of all
STM32L0xx devices.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
200/664
FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all needed functions to
erase and program the main memory:

Lock and Unlock the Flash interface.

Erase function: Erase Page.

Program functions: Fast Word and Half Page(should be executed from internal
SRAM).
DATA EEPROM Programming functions: this group includes all needed functions to
erase and program the DATA EEPROM memory:

Lock and Unlock the DATA EEPROM interface.

Erase function: Erase Byte, erase HalfWord, erase Word, erase Double Word
(should be executed from internal SRAM).

Program functions: Fast Program Byte, Fast Program Half-Word,
FastProgramWord, Program Byte, Program Half-Word, Program Word and
Program Double-Word (should be executed from internal SRAM).
FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed functions
to:

Lock and Unlock the Flash Option bytes.

Set/Reset the write protection.

Set the Read protection Level.

Set the BOR level.

Program the user option Bytes.

Launch the Option Bytes loader.

Get the Write protection.

Get the read protection status.

Get the BOR level.

Get the user option bytes.
Interrupts and flags management functions :

Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()

Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status

Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetErrorCode()
FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes the management of
following features:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
6.

Enable/Disable the RUN PowerDown mode.

Enable/Disable the SLEEP PowerDown mode.
FLASH Peripheral State methods: this group includes the management of following
features:

Wait for the FLASH operation

Get the specific FLASH error flag
In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing to handle the
following operations:






17.2.3
Set/Get the latency
Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
Enable/Disable the preread buffer
Enable/Disable the Flash power-down
Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
Monitor the FLASH flags status
=================================================================
==============
Programming operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH program
operations.
The FLASH Memory Programming functions, includes the following functions:




HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void);
HAL_FLASH_Lock(void);
HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
1.
2.
3.
17.2.4
Call the HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and
program memory access.
Call the desired function to erase page or program data.
Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access
(recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
=================================================================
=============
Option Bytes Programming functions
The FLASH_Option Bytes Programming_functions, includes the following functions:





HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
1.
2.
3.
Call the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the Flash option control
register access.
Call the following functions to program the desired option bytes.

HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
Once all needed option bytes to be programmed are correctly written, call the
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) function to launch the Option Bytes programming
process.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
201/664
4.
UM1749
Call the HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the Flash option control register access
(recommended to protect the option Bytes against possible unwanted operations).
Proprietary code Read Out Protection (PcROP):
1.
2.
17.2.5
The PcROP sector is selected by using the same option bytes as the Write protection.
As a result, these 2 options are exclusive each other.
To activate PCROP mode for Flash sectors(s), you need to follow the sequence
below:

Use this function HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram with PCROPState =
OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE. *
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH memory
operations.
This section contains the following APIs:





17.2.6
HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
HAL_FLASH_Lock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch()
Peripheral Errors functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

17.2.7
17.2.8
202/664
HAL_FLASH_GetError()
HAL_FLASH_Program
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program (uint32_t
TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Program word at a specified address.
Parameters



TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified
address. This parameter can be a value of FLASH Type
Program
Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
Data: specifies the data to be programmed
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
Notes

To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
function must be called before. Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock()
to disable the flash memory access (recommended to protect
the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
HAL_FLASH_Program_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT (uint32_t
TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Program word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
Parameters

TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified
address. This parameter can be a value of FLASH Type
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values
17.2.9
17.2.10
17.2.11
17.2.12
17.2.13
17.2.14


Program
Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
Data: specifies the data to be programmed

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
Return values

None:
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback (uint32_t
ReturnValue)
Function Description
FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
Parameters

ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on
the ongoing procedurePages Erase: Sector which has been
erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected sectors
have been erased)Program: Address which was selected for
data program
Return values

none:
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback (uint32_t
ReturnValue)
Function Description
FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
Parameters

ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on
the ongoing procedurePagess Erase: Sector number which
returned an errorProgram: Address which was selected for
data program
Return values

none:
HAL_FLASH_Unlock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock (void )
Function Description
Unlock the FLASH control register access.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock (void )
Function Description
Locks the FLASH control register access.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock
DOCID026232 Rev 3
203/664
UM1749
17.2.15
17.2.16
17.2.17
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock (void )
Function Description
Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock (void )
Function Description
Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch (void )
Function Description
Launch the option byte loading.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError (void )
Function Description
Get the specific FLASH error flag.
Return values

uint32_t: The returned value can be a mixed of :
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag
(PCROP)HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZE: FLASH Programming
Parallelism error flagHAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH
Programming Alignment error
flagHAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected
error flagHAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV: FLASH Option valid
error flagHAL_FLASH_ERROR_FWWERR: FLASH Write or
Errase operation abortedHAL_FLASH_ERROR_NOTZERO:
FLASH Write operation is done in a not-erased region
17.3
FLASH Firmware driver defines
17.3.1
FLASH
Flash Error Code
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZE
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FWWERR
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NOTZERO
FLASH Public Constants
204/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
FLASH_SIZE
FLASH_PAGE_SIZE
FLASH Flags
FLASH_FLAG_BSY
FLASH Busy flag
FLASH_FLAG_EOP
FLASH End of Programming flag
FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV
FLASH End of High Voltage flag
FLASH_FLAG_READY
FLASH Ready flag after low power mode
FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR
FLASH Write protected error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR
FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR
FLASH Size error flag
FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR
FLASH Option Validity error flag (not valid with
STM32L031xx/STM32L041xx)
FLASH_FLAG_RDERR
FLASH Read protected error flag
FLASH_FLAG_FWWERR
FLASH Write or Errase operation aborted
FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR
FLASH Read protected error flag
FLASH Interrupts
FLASH_IT_EOP
End of programming interrupt source
FLASH_IT_ERR
Error interrupt source
FLASH Keys
FLASH_PDKEY1
Flash power down key1
FLASH_PDKEY2
Flash power down key2: used with FLASH_PDKEY1 to unlock the
RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR
FLASH_PEKEY1
Flash program erase key1
FLASH_PEKEY2
Flash program erase key: used with FLASH_PEKEY2 to unlock
the write access to the FLASH_PECR register and data EEPROM
FLASH_PRGKEY1
Flash program memory key1
FLASH_PRGKEY2
Flash program memory key2: used with FLASH_PRGKEY2 to
unlock the program memory
FLASH_OPTKEY1
Flash option key1
FLASH_OPTKEY2
Flash option key2: used with FLASH_OPTKEY1 to unlock the
write access to the option byte block
FLASH Latency
FLASH_LATENCY_0
FLASH Zero Latency cycle
FLASH_LATENCY_1
FLASH One Latency cycle
Macros to handle FLASH interrupts
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
Parameters:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
205/664
UM1749

__INTERRUPT__: : FLASH interrupt This parameter
can be any combination of the following values:

FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation
Interrupt

FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT
none
Description:

Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: : FLASH interrupt This parameter
can be any combination of the following values:

FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation
Interrupt

FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG
none
Description:

Get the specified FLASH flag status.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

FLASH_FLAG_BSY : FLASH Busy flag

FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation
flag

FLASH_FLAG_READY: FLASH Ready flag
after low power mode

FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV: FLASH End of high
voltage flag

FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write
protected error flag

FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH
Programming Alignment error flag (not valid
with STM32L031xx/STM32L041xx)

FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR: FLASH Size error flag

FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR: FLASH Option
validity error flag (not valid with
STM32L031xx/STM32L041xx)

FLASH_FLAG_RDERR: FLASH Read
protected error flag

FLASH_FLAG_FWWERR: FLASH Fetch While
Write Error flag

FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR: Not Zero area
error flag
Return value:

206/664
The: new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

Clear the specified FLASH flag.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the following
values:

FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation
flag

FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write
protected error flag

FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH
Programming Alignment error flag (not valid
with STM32L031xx/STM32L041xx)

FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR: FLASH size error flag

FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR: FLASH Option
validity error flag (not valid with
STM32L031xx/STM32L041xx)

FLASH_FLAG_RDERR: FLASH Read
protected error flag

FLASH_FLAG_FWWERR: FLASH Fetch While
Write Error flag

FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR: Not Zero area
error flag
Return value:

None
FLASH Type Program
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD
Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
207/664
UM1749
18
HAL FLASH Extension Driver
18.1
FLASHEx Firmware driver registers structures
18.1.1
FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t OptionType
uint32_t WRPState
uint32_t WRPSector
uint32_t WRPSector2
uint8_t RDPLevel
uint8_t BORLevel
uint8_t USERConfig
uint8_t BOOTBit1Config
Field Documentation








208/664
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::OptionType
OptionType: Option byte to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Type
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPState
WRPState: Write protection activation or deactivation. This parameter can be a value
of FLASHEx_WRP_State
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPSector
WRPSector: This bitfield specifies the sector (s) which are write protected. This
parameter can be a combination of FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPSector2
WRPSector2 : This bitfield specifies the sector(s) upper Sector31 which are write
protected. This parameter can be a combination of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection2
uint8_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::RDPLevel
RDPLevel: Set the read protection level. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection
uint8_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::BORLevel
BORLevel: Set the BOR Level. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_BOR_Level
uint8_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::USERConfig
USERConfig: Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP /
RST_STDBY. This parameter can be a combination of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_IWatchdog, FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP and
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY
uint8_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::BOOTBit1Config
BOOT1Config: Together with input pad Boot0, this bit selects the boot source, flash,
ram or system memory This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_BOOTBit1
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
18.1.2
FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t OptionType
uint8_t PCROPState
uint32_t PCROPSector
uint32_t PCROPSector2
uint8_t BootConfig
Field Documentation





uint32_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::OptionType
OptionType: Option byte to be configured for extension . This parameter can be a
value of FLASHEx_OptionAdv_Type
uint8_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::PCROPState
PCROPState: PCROP activation or deactivation. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_PCROP_State
uint32_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::PCROPSector
PCROPSector : This bitfield specifies the sector(s) which are read/write protected.
This parameter can be a combination of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection
uint32_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::PCROPSector2
PCROPSector : This bitfield specifies the sector(s) upper Sector31 which are
read/write protected. This parameter can be a combination of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection2
uint8_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::BootConfig
BootConfig: specifies Option bytes for boot config. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_BOOT_BANK
18.2
FLASHEx Firmware driver API description
18.2.1
Flash peripheral Extended features
Comparing to other products, the FLASH interface for STM32L0xx devices contains the
following additional features




18.2.2
Erase functions
DATA_EEPROM memory management
BOOT option bit configuration
PCROP protection for all sectors
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory of all
STM32L0xx. It includes:



Full DATA_EEPROM erase and program management
Boot activation
PCROP protection configuration and control for all sectors
DOCID026232 Rev 3
209/664
UM1749
18.2.3
FLASH Erasing Programming functions
The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions:


HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF
Any operation of erase should follow these steps:
1.
2.
3.
Call the HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and
program memory access.
Call the desired function to erase page.
Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access
(recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
This section contains the following APIs:


18.2.4
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
Option Bytes Programming functions
Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Call the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the Flash option control
register access.
Call following function to program the desired option bytes.

HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram: - To Enable/Disable the desired sector write
protection. - To set the desired read Protection Level. - To configure the user
option Bytes: IWDG, STOP and the Standby. - To Set the BOR level.
Once all needed option bytes to be programmed are correctly written, call the
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) function to launch the Option Bytes programming
process.
Call the HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the Flash option control register access
(recommended to protect the option Bytes against possible unwanted operations).
Proprietary code Read Out Protection (PcROP):
1.
2.
3.
4.
The PcROP sector is selected by using the same option bytes as the Write protection
(nWRPi bits). As a result, these 2 options are exclusive each other.
In order to activate the PcROP (change the function of the nWRPi option bits), the
WPRMOD option bit must be activated.
The active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active, this means:
if WPRMOD = 1 and nWRPi = 1 (default value), then the user sector "i" is read/write
protected.
To activate PCROP mode for Flash sector(s), you need to call the following function:

HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram in selecting sectors to be read/write protected

HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP to enable the read/write protection
This section contains the following APIs:






210/664
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram()
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig()
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram()
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig()
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP()
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
18.2.5
DATA EEPROM Programming functions
The FLASH_DATAEEPROM Programming_Functions, includes the following functions:




HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock(void);
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock(void);
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Erase(uint32_t Address)
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address,
uint32_t Data)
Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
1.
2.
3.
Call the HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock() function to enable the data
EEPROM access and Flash program erase control register access.
Call the desired function to erase or program data.
Call the HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock() to disable the data EEPROM access
and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect the
DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
This section contains the following APIs:






18.2.6
18.2.7
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock()
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock()
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Erase()
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Program()
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EnableFixedTimeProgram()
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_DisableFixedTimeProgram()
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase
(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef * pEraseInit, uint32_t * PageError)
Function Description
Erase the specified FLASH memory Pages.
Parameters


pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the erasing.
PageError: pointer to variable that contains the configuration
information on faulty sector in case of error (0xFFFFFFFF
means that all the sectors have been correctly erased)
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
Notes

To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
function must be called before. Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock()
to disable the flash memory access (recommended to protect
the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT
(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef * pEraseInit)
Function Description
Perform a page erase of the specified FLASH memory pages with
interrupt enabled.
Parameters

pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the erasing.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
211/664
UM1749
Notes
18.2.8
18.2.9
18.2.10
18.2.11
18.2.12
212/664

To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
function must be called before. Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock()
to disable the flash memory access (recommended to protect
the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
End of erase is done when
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback is called with
parameter 0xFFFFFFFF
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram
(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef * pOBInit)
Function Description
Program option bytes.
Parameters

pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
contains the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig
Function Name
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig
(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef * pOBInit)
Function Description
Get the Option byte configuration.
Parameters

pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
contains the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

None:
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram
(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef * pAdvOBInit)
Function Description
Program option bytes.
Parameters

pAdvOBInit: pointer to an
FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig
Function Name
void HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig
(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef * pAdvOBInit)
Function Description
Get the OBEX byte configuration.
Parameters

pAdvOBInit: pointer to an
FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

None:
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP (void )
Function Description
Select the Protection Mode (WPRMOD).
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Once WPRMOD bit is active, unprotection of a protected
sector is not possible
Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a
protected sector will set WRPERR Flag

18.2.13
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP
(void )
Function Description
Deselect the Protection Mode (WPRMOD).
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Once WPRMOD bit is active, unprotection of a protected
sector is not possible
Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a
protected sector will set WRPERR Flag

18.2.14
18.2.15
18.2.16
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock
(void )
Function Description
Unlocks the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock
(void )
Function Description
Locks the Data memory and FLASH_PECR register access.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Erase
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Erase
(uint32_t Address)
Function Description
Erase a word in data memory.
Parameters

Address: specifies the address to be erased.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

To correctly run this function, the
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock() function must be
called before. Call the
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock() to the data EEPROM
access and Flash program erase control register
access(recommended to protect the DATA_EEPROM against
possible unwanted operation).
DOCID026232 Rev 3
213/664
UM1749
18.2.17
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Program
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Program
(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Program word at a specified address.
Parameters

Return values
18.2.18
18.2.19


TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified
address. This parameter can be a value of FLASH Type
Program Data
Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
Data: specifies the data to be programmed

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EnableFixedTimeProgram
Function Name
void
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EnableFixedTimeProgram
(void )
Function Description
Enable DATA EEPROM fixed Time programming (2*Tprog).
Return values

None:
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_DisableFixedTimeProgram
Function Name
void
HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_DisableFixedTimeProgram
(void )
Function Description
Disables DATA EEPROM fixed Time programming (2*Tprog).
Return values

None:
18.3
FLASHEx Firmware driver defines
18.3.1
FLASHEx
FLASHEx Address
FLASH_NBPAGES_MAX
FLASHEx Exported Macros
__HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY
Description:

Set the FLASH Latency.
Parameters:

__LATENCY__: FLASH
Latency This parameter can be
one of the following values:

FLASH_LATENCY_0:
FLASH Zero Latency cycle

FLASH_LATENCY_1:
FLASH One Latency cycle
Return value:
214/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY
none
Description:

Get the FLASH Latency.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE
FLASH: Latency This parameter
can be one of the following
values:

FLASH_LATENCY_0:
FLASH Zero Latency cycle

FLASH_LATENCY_1:
FLASH One Latency cycle
Description:

Enable/Disable the FLASH
prefetch buffer.
Return value:

none
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE
__HAL_FLASH_BUFFER_CACHE_ENABLE
Description:

Enable/Disable the FLASH
Buffer cache.
Return value:

none
__HAL_FLASH_BUFFER_CACHE_DISABLE
__HAL_FLASH_PREREAD_BUFFER_ENABLE
Description:

Enable/Disable the FLASH
preread buffer.
Return value:

none
__HAL_FLASH_PREREAD_BUFFER_DISABLE
__HAL_FLASH_SLEEP_POWERDOWN_ENABLE
Description:

Enable/Disable the FLASH
power down during Sleep
mode.
Return value:

none
__HAL_FLASH_SLEEP_POWERDOWN_DISABLE
__HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE
Notes:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
Writing this bit to 0 this bit,
automatically the keys are loss
and a new unlock sequence is
necessary to re-write it to 1.
215/664
UM1749
__HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE
Notes:

Writing this bit to 0 this bit,
automatically the keys are loss
and a new unlock sequence is
necessary to re-write it to 1.
FLASH Option Byte
OPTIONBYTE_PCROP
PCROP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG
BOOTConfig option byte configuration, boot from bank 2
FLASH Option Bytes BOOT Bit1 Setup
OB_BOOT_BIT1_RESET
BOOT Bit 1 Reset
OB_BOOT_BIT1_SET
BOOT Bit 1 Set
FLASH Option Bytes BOOT BANK
OB_BOOT_BANK1
At startup, if boot pin 0 and BOOT1 bit are set in boot from user
Flash position and this parameter is selected the device will boot
from Bank 1 (Default)
OB_BOOT_BANK2
At startup, if boot pin 0 and BOOT1 bit are set in boot from user
Flash position and this parameter is selected the device will boot
from Bank 2
FLASH Option Bytes BOR Level
OB_BOR_OFF
BOR is disabled at power down, the reset is asserted when the
VDD power supply reaches the PDR(Power Down Reset)
threshold (1.5V)
OB_BOR_LEVEL1
BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.7V - 1.8V VDD power supply
OB_BOR_LEVEL2
BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.9V - 2.0V VDD power supply
OB_BOR_LEVEL3
BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.3V - 2.4V VDD power supply
OB_BOR_LEVEL4
BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.55V - 2.65V VDD power supply
OB_BOR_LEVEL5
BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.8V - 2.9V VDD power supply
FLASH Option Bytes IWatchdog
OB_IWDG_SW
Software WDG selected
OB_IWDG_HW
Hardware WDG selected
FLASH Option Bytes nRST_STDBY
OB_STDBY_NORST
No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
OB_STDBY_RST
Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
FLASHEx Option Bytes nRST_STOP
OB_STOP_NORST
No reset generated when entering in STOP
OB_STOP_RST
Reset generated when entering in STOP
FLASH Option Bytes PC Read/Write Protection
OB_PCROP_Pages0to31
OB_PCROP_Pages32to63
216/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
OB_PCROP_Pages64to95
OB_PCROP_Pages96to127
OB_PCROP_Pages128to159
OB_PCROP_Pages160to191
OB_PCROP_Pages192to223
OB_PCROP_Pages224to255
OB_PCROP_Pages256to287
OB_PCROP_Pages288to319
OB_PCROP_Pages320to351
OB_PCROP_Pages352to383
OB_PCROP_Pages384to415
OB_PCROP_Pages416to447
OB_PCROP_Pages448to479
OB_PCROP_Pages480to511
OB_PCROP_Pages512to543
OB_PCROP_Pages544to575
OB_PCROP_Pages576to607
OB_PCROP_Pages608to639
OB_PCROP_Pages640to671
OB_PCROP_Pages672to703
OB_PCROP_Pages704to735
OB_PCROP_Pages736to767
OB_PCROP_Pages768to799
OB_PCROP_Pages800to831
OB_PCROP_Pages832to863
OB_PCROP_Pages864to895
OB_PCROP_Pages896to927
OB_PCROP_Pages928to959
OB_PCROP_Pages960to991
OB_PCROP_Pages992to1023
OB_PCROP_AllPages
PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors
FLASH Option Bytes PC Read/Write Protection (Sector 2)
OB_PCROP2_Pages1024to1055
OB_PCROP2_Pages1056to1087
OB_PCROP2_Pages1088to1119
OB_PCROP2_Pages1120to1151
DOCID026232 Rev 3
217/664
UM1749
OB_PCROP2_Pages1152to1183
OB_PCROP2_Pages1184to1215
OB_PCROP2_Pages1216to1247
OB_PCROP2_Pages1248to1279
OB_PCROP2_Pages1280to1311
OB_PCROP2_Pages1312to1343
OB_PCROP2_Pages1344to1375
OB_PCROP2_Pages1376to1407
OB_PCROP2_Pages1408to1439
OB_PCROP2_Pages1440to1471
OB_PCROP2_Pages1472to1503
OB_PCROP2_Pages1504to1535
OB_PCROP2_AllPages
PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors PCROP2
FLASH Option Bytes Write Mask
WRP_MASK_LOW
WRP_MASK_HIGH
FLASH Option Bytes Read Protection
OB_RDP_LEVEL_0
OB_RDP_LEVEL_1
OB_RDP_LEVEL_2
FLASH Option Bytes Write ProtectionP
OB_WRP_Pages0to31
OB_WRP_Pages32to63
OB_WRP_Pages64to95
OB_WRP_Pages96to127
OB_WRP_Pages128to159
OB_WRP_Pages160to191
OB_WRP_Pages192to223
OB_WRP_Pages224to255
OB_WRP_Pages256to287
OB_WRP_Pages288to319
OB_WRP_Pages320to351
OB_WRP_Pages352to383
OB_WRP_Pages384to415
OB_WRP_Pages416to447
OB_WRP_Pages448to479
218/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
OB_WRP_Pages480to511
OB_WRP_Pages512to543
OB_WRP_Pages544to575
OB_WRP_Pages576to607
OB_WRP_Pages608to639
OB_WRP_Pages640to671
OB_WRP_Pages672to703
OB_WRP_Pages704to735
OB_WRP_Pages736to767
OB_WRP_Pages768to799
OB_WRP_Pages800to831
OB_WRP_Pages832to863
OB_WRP_Pages864to895
OB_WRP_Pages896to927
OB_WRP_Pages928to959
OB_WRP_Pages960to991
OB_WRP_Pages992to1023
OB_WRP_AllPages
Write protection of all Sectors
FLASH Option Bytes Write Protection
OB_WRP2_Pages1024to1055
OB_WRP2_Pages1056to1087
OB_WRP2_Pages1088to1119
OB_WRP2_Pages1120to1151
OB_WRP2_Pages1152to1183
OB_WRP2_Pages1184to1215
OB_WRP2_Pages1216to1247
OB_WRP2_Pages1248to1279
OB_WRP2_Pages1280to1311
OB_WRP2_Pages1312to1343
OB_WRP2_Pages1344to1375
OB_WRP2_Pages1376to1407
OB_WRP2_Pages1408to1439
OB_WRP2_Pages1440to1471
OB_WRP2_Pages1472to1503
OB_WRP2_Pages1504to1535
OB_WRP2_AllPages
Write protection of all Sectors WRP2
FLASH Option Type
DOCID026232 Rev 3
219/664
UM1749
OPTIONBYTE_WRP
WRP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_RDP
RDP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_USER
USER option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_BOR
BOR option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_BOOT_BIT1
BOOT PIN1 option byte configuration
FLASH PCROP State
OB_PCROP_STATE_DISABLE
Disable PCROP
OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE
Enable PCROP
FLASH Type Erase
FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES
Page erase only
FLASH Type Program Data
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_BYTE
Program byte (8-bit) at a specified
address.
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_HALFWORD
Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified
address.
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_WORD
Program a word (32-bit) at a specified
address.
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD
FLASH WRP State
220/664
OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE
Disable the write protection of the desired sectors
OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE
Enable the write protection of the desired sectors
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
19
HAL FLASH__RAMFUNC Generic Driver
19.1
FLASH__RAMFUNC Firmware driver API description
19.1.1
HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown
19.1.2
19.1.3
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown (void )
Function Description
Enable the power down mode during RUN mode.
Return values

HAL: Status
Notes

This function can be used only when the user code is running
from Internal SRAM.
HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown (void )
Function Description
Disable the power down mode during RUN mode.
Return values

HAL: Status
Notes

This function can be used only when the user code is running
from Internal SRAM.
HAL_FLASHEx_HalfPageProgram
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_HalfPageProgram (uint32_t
Address, uint32_t * pBuffer)
Function Description
Program a half page in program memory.
Parameters


Address: specifies the address to be written.
pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be
written to the half page.
Return values

HAL: Status: The returned value can be: HAL_ERROR,
HAL_OK or HAL_TIMEOUT.
Notes

To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
function must be called before. Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock()
to disable the flash memory access (recommended to protect
the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
Half page write is possible only from SRAM.
A half page is written to the program memory only if the first
address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of
64 bytes) and the 15 remaining words to load are in the same
half page.
During the Program memory half page write all read
operations are forbidden (this includes DMA read operations
and debugger read operations such as breakpoints, periodic
updates, etc.).
If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write,
the complete write operation is aborted. Software should then
reset the FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write




DOCID026232 Rev 3
221/664
UM1749
operation from the beginning.
19.1.4
19.1.5
HAL_FLASHRAM_GetError
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHRAM_GetError (uint32_t * error)
Function Description
Get the specific FLASH errors flag.
Parameters

error: pointer is the error value. It can be a mixed of :
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag
(PCROP)HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZE: FLASH Programming
Parallelism error flagHAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH
Programming Alignment error
flagHAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected
error flagHAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV: FLASH Option valid
error flagHAL_FLASH_ERROR_FWWERR: FLASH Write or
Errase operation abortedHAL_FLASH_ERROR_NOTZERO:
FLASH Write operation is done in a not-erased region
Return values

HAL: Status
HAL_FLASHEx_EraseParallelPage
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EraseParallelPage (uint32_t
Page_Address1, uint32_t Page_Address2)
Function Description
Erases a specified 2 pages in program memory in parallel.
Parameters


Return values

HAL: Status: The returned value can be: HAL_ERROR,
HAL_OK or HAL_TIMEOUT.
Notes

This function can be used only for
STM32L07xxx/STM32L08xxx devices. To correctly run this
function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function must be called
before. Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash
memory access (recommended to protect the FLASH
memory against possible unwanted operation).
A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address
to load is the start address of a page (multiple of 128 bytes).

19.1.6
222/664
Page_Address1: The page address in program memory to
be erased in the first Bank (BANK1). This parameter should
be between FLASH_BASE and FLASH_BANK1_END.
Page_Address2: The page address in program memory to
be erased in the second Bank (BANK2). This parameter
should be between FLASH_BANK2_BASE and
FLASH_BANK2_END.
HAL_FLASHEx_ProgramParallelHalfPage
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_ProgramParallelHalfPage
(uint32_t Address1, uint32_t * pBuffer1, uint32_t Address2,
uint32_t * pBuffer2)
Function Description
Programs 2 half pages in program memory in parallel.
Parameters

Address1: specifies the first address to be written in the first
bank (BANK1). This parameter should be between
FLASH_BASE and (FLASH_BANK1_END DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



FLASH_PAGE_SIZE).
pBuffer1: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be
written to the first half page in the first bank.
Address2: specifies the second address to be written in the
second bank (BANK2). This parameter should be between
FLASH_BANK2_BASE and (FLASH_BANK2_END FLASH_PAGE_SIZE).
pBuffer2: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be
written to the second half page in the second bank.
Return values

HAL: Status: The returned value can be: HAL_ERROR,
HAL_OK or HAL_TIMEOUT.
Notes

This function can be used only for
STM32L07xxx/STM32L08xxx devices.
To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
function must be called before. Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock()
to disable the flash memory access (recommended to protect
the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
Half page write is possible only from SRAM.
A half page is written to the program memory only if the first
address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of
64 bytes) and the 15 remaining words to load are in the same
half page.
During the Program memory half page write all read
operations are forbidden (this includes DMA read operations
and debugger read operations such as breakpoints, periodic
updates, etc.).
If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write,
the complete write operation is aborted. Software should then
reset the FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write
operation from the beginning.





DOCID026232 Rev 3
223/664
UM1749
20
HAL GPIO Generic Driver
20.1
GPIO Firmware driver registers structures
20.1.1
GPIO_InitTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t Pin
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Pull
uint32_t Speed
uint32_t Alternate
Field Documentation





uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pin
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. This parameter can be a combination of
GPIO_pins_define
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_mode_define
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pull
Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-Down activation for the selected pins. This parameter
can be a value of GPIO_pull_define
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Speed
Specifies the speed for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_speed_define
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Alternate
Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins This parameter can be a value of
GPIOEx_Alternate_function_selection
20.2
GPIO Firmware driver API description
20.2.1
GPIO Peripheral features



224/664
Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually configured
by software in several modes:

Input mode

Analog mode

Output mode

Alternate function mode

External interrupt/event lines
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt lines are not
active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749




20.2.2
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected to an IO
pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals sharing the
same IO pin.
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt lines, the
port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are connected to the
16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors (16 lines
are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each input line can be
independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event) and the corresponding
trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also be masked independently.
How to use this driver
1.
Enable the GPIO IOPORT clock using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
2.
Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().

Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure

Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.

In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is configured
through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.

In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO is
configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.

Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel or DAC
output.

In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and the
corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
3.
In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
4.
HAL_GPIO_DeInit allows to set register values to their reset value. This function is
also to be used when unconfiguring pin which was used as an external interrupt or in
event mode. That is the only way to reset the corresponding bit in EXTI & SYSCFG
registers.
5.
To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
6.
To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
7.
To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
8.
During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not active and the GPIO pins
are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins).
9.
The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general
purpose (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
10. The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as general purpose PH0
and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. The HSE has priority over the
GPIO function.
20.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section contains the following APIs:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
225/664
UM1749


20.2.4
HAL_GPIO_Init()
HAL_GPIO_DeInit()
IO operation functions
This section contains the following APIs:






20.2.5
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin()
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin()
HAL_GPIO_LockPin()
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler()
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback()
HAL_GPIO_Init
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx,
GPIO_InitTypeDef * GPIO_Init)
Function Description
Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the GPIO_Init.
Parameters

Return values
20.2.6

None:
HAL_GPIO_DeInit
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t
GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

Return values
20.2.7

GPIOx: where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32L0XX family devices. Note that GPIOE is
not available on all devices.
GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO
peripheral.

GPIOx: where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32L0XX family devices. Note that GPIOE is
not available on all devices.
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. This parameter
can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). All port
bits are not necessarily available on all GPIOs.

None:
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin
Function Name
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx,
uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Reads the specified input port pin.
Parameters


226/664
GPIOx: where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32L0xx family devices. Note that GPIOE is
not available on all devices.
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. This parameter can
be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). All port bits are not
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
necessarily available on all GPIOs.
Return values
20.2.8

HAL_GPIO_WritePin
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t
GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
Function Description
Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
Parameters



20.2.9
GPIOx: where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32L0xx family devices. Note that GPIOE is
not available on all devices.
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. This parameter
can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). All port
bits are not necessarily available on all GPIOs.
PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum
values: GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
Return values

None:
Notes

This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic
read/modify accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ
occurring between the read and the modify access.
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t
GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
Parameters

Return values
20.2.10
The: input port pin value.

GPIOx: Where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32L0xx family devices. Note that GPIOE is
not available on all devices. All port bits are not necessarily
available on all GPIOs.
GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.

None:
HAL_GPIO_LockPin
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin (GPIO_TypeDef *
GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
Parameters

Return values

GPIOx: where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32L0xx family. Note that GPIOE is not
available on all devices.
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. This parameter
can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be
(0..15). All port bits are not necessarily available on all
GPIOs.

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
227/664
UM1749
Notes


20.2.11
20.2.12
The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER,
GPIOx_OSPEEDR, GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and
GPIOx_AFRH.
The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be
modified until the next reset.
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler (uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
Parameters

GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected to the EXTI line.
Return values

None:
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback (uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
EXTI line detection callbacks.
Parameters

GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected to the EXTI line.
Return values

None:
20.3
GPIO Firmware driver defines
20.3.1
GPIO
GPIO Exported Constants
GPIO_PIN_MASK
IS_GPIO_PIN
IS_GPIO_MODE
IS_GPIO_SPEED
IS_GPIO_PULL
GPIO Exported Macros
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:

Checks whether the specified EXTI line
flag is set or not.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line
flag to check. This parameter can be
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

228/664
The: new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or
RESET).
Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines
flags to clear. This parameter can be any
combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be (0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified EXTI line is
asserted or not.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to
check. This parameter can be
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines
to clear. This parameter can be any
combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be (0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None
Description:

Generates a Software interrupt on selected
EXTI line.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to
check. This parameter can be
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

None
GPIO Exported Types
IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION
Mode definition
GPIO_MODE_INPUT
Input Floating Mode
GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP
Output Push Pull Mode
DOCID026232 Rev 3
229/664
UM1749
GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD
Output Open Drain Mode
GPIO_MODE_AF_PP
Alternate Function Push Pull Mode
GPIO_MODE_AF_OD
Alternate Function Open Drain Mode
GPIO_MODE_ANALOG
Analog Mode
GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING
External Event Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING
External Event Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING
External Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
Pin definition
GPIO_PIN_0
GPIO_PIN_1
GPIO_PIN_2
GPIO_PIN_3
GPIO_PIN_4
GPIO_PIN_5
GPIO_PIN_6
GPIO_PIN_7
GPIO_PIN_8
GPIO_PIN_9
GPIO_PIN_10
GPIO_PIN_11
GPIO_PIN_12
GPIO_PIN_13
GPIO_PIN_14
GPIO_PIN_15
GPIO_PIN_All
Pull definition
GPIO_NOPULL
No Pull-up or Pull-down activation
GPIO_PULLUP
Pull-up activation
GPIO_PULLDOWN
Pull-down activation
Speed definition
230/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
range up to 0.4 MHz, please refer to the product
datasheet
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
range 0.4 MHz to 2 MHz, please refer to the product
datasheet
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
range 2 MHz to 10 MHz, please refer to the product
datasheet
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH
range 10 MHz to 35 MHz, please refer to the
product datasheet
DOCID026232 Rev 3
231/664
UM1749
21
HAL GPIO Extension Driver
21.1
GPIOEx Firmware driver defines
21.1.1
GPIOEx
Alternate function selection
GPIO_AF0_EVENTOUT
GPIO_AF0_TIM21
GPIO_AF0_SPI1
GPIO_AF0_MCO
GPIO_AF0_SWDIO
GPIO_AF0_SWCLK
GPIO_AF0_USART1
GPIO_AF0_SPI2
GPIO_AF0_LPTIM1
GPIO_AF0_TIM22
GPIO_AF0_LPUART1
GPIO_AF0_USART2
GPIO_AF0_TIM2
GPIO_AF0_USB
GPIO_AF1_I2C1
GPIO_AF1_SPI2
GPIO_AF1_TIM21
GPIO_AF1_LCD
GPIO_AF2_TIM2
GPIO_AF2_TIM3
GPIO_AF2_EVENTOUT
GPIO_AF2_LPTIM1
GPIO_AF2_LPUART1
GPIO_AF2_MCO
GPIO_AF2_RTC
GPIO_AF2_SPI2
GPIO_AF2_USART5
GPIO_AF2_SPI1
GPIO_AF2_USB
GPIO_AF3_EVENTOUT
232/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
GPIO_AF3_I2C1
GPIO_AF3_TSC
GPIO_AF4_USART2
GPIO_AF4_LPUART1
GPIO_AF4_USART1
GPIO_AF4_EVENTOUT
GPIO_AF4_TIM22
GPIO_AF4_TIM3
GPIO_AF4_I2C1
GPIO_AF5_TIM2
GPIO_AF5_TIM21
GPIO_AF5_TIM22
GPIO_AF5_USART1
GPIO_AF5_SPI2
GPIO_AF5_I2C2
GPIO_AF6_USART4
GPIO_AF6_LPUART1
GPIO_AF6_EVENTOUT
GPIO_AF6_I2C1
GPIO_AF6_I2C2
GPIO_AF6_USART5
GPIO_AF6_TIM21
GPIO_AF7_COMP1
GPIO_AF7_COMP2
GPIO_AF7_I2C3
GPIO_AF7_LPUART1
Pin available
GPIOA_PIN_AVAILABLE
GPIOB_PIN_AVAILABLE
GPIOC_PIN_AVAILABLE
GPIOD_PIN_AVAILABLE
GPIOE_PIN_AVAILABLE
GPIOH_PIN_AVAILABLE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
233/664
UM1749
22
HAL I2C Generic Driver
22.1
I2C Firmware driver registers structures
22.1.1
I2C_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t Timing
uint32_t OwnAddress1
uint32_t AddressingMode
uint32_t DualAddressMode
uint32_t OwnAddress2
uint32_t OwnAddress2Masks
uint32_t GeneralCallMode
uint32_t NoStretchMode
Field Documentation








22.1.2
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::Timing
Specifies the I2C_TIMINGR_register value. This parameter calculated by referring to
I2C initialization section in Reference manual
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress1
Specifies the first device own address. This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit
address.
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::AddressingMode
Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a
value of I2C_addressing_mode
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::DualAddressMode
Specifies if dual addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_dual_addressing_mode
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2
Specifies the second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected This
parameter can be a 7-bit address.
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2Masks
Specifies the acknoledge mask address second device own address if dual
addressing mode is selected This parameter can be a value of
I2C_own_address2_masks
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::GeneralCallMode
Specifies if general call mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_general_call_addressing_mode
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::NoStretchMode
Specifies if nostretch mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_nostretch_mode
I2C_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields
234/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749










I2C_TypeDef * Instance
I2C_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pBuffPtr
uint16_t XferSize
__IO uint16_t XferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation










I2C_TypeDef* I2C_HandleTypeDef::Instance
I2C registers base address
I2C_InitTypeDef I2C_HandleTypeDef::Init
I2C communication parameters
uint8_t* I2C_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to I2C transfer buffer
uint16_t I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
I2C transfer size
__IO uint16_t I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
I2C transfer counter
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
I2C Tx DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
I2C Rx DMA handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef I2C_HandleTypeDef::Lock
I2C locking object
__IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef I2C_HandleTypeDef::State
I2C communication state
__IO uint32_t I2C_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
I2C Error code, see I2C_Error_Code
22.2
I2C Firmware driver API description
22.2.1
How to use this driver
The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: I2C_HandleTypeDef
hi2c;
Initialize the I2C low level resources by implement the HAL_I2C_MspInit ()API:
a.
Enable the I2Cx interface clock
b.
I2C pins configuration

Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs

Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
c.
NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process

Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority

Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
d.
DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
DOCID026232 Rev 3
235/664
UM1749

3.
4.
5.
6.
Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive
channel

Enable the DMAx interface clock using

Configure the DMA handle parameters

Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel

Associate the initilalized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx channel
Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Adressing Mode,
Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and
Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure.
Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level
Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customed
HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this
driver :
Polling mode IO operation




Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
Polling mode IO MEM operation


Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
Interrupt mode IO operation





236/664
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749




At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
Interrupt mode IO MEM operation





Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO operation









Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO MEM operation

Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address
using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
237/664
UM1749




At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
I2C HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.






__HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified I2C pending flag
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
22.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialiaze the I2Cx
peripheral:



User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures all related
peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected
configuration:

Clock Timing

Own Address 1

Addressing mode (Master, Slave)

Dual Addressing mode

Own Address 2

Own Address 2 Mask

General call mode

Nostretch mode
Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected
I2Cx periperal.
This section contains the following APIs:




22.2.3
HAL_I2C_Init()
HAL_I2C_DeInit()
HAL_I2C_MspInit()
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data transfers.
1.
238/664
There are two modes of transfer:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

2.
3.
4.
5.
Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
processing will be indicated through the dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt
mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()

HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:














HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
239/664
UM1749





22.2.4
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


22.2.5
22.2.6
22.2.7
22.2.8
240/664
HAL_I2C_GetState()
HAL_I2C_GetError()
HAL_I2C_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters in the
I2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
DeInitializes the I2C peripheral.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MspInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
I2C MSP Init.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
I2C MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
22.2.9
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
22.2.10
HAL: status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters





hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
22.2.12

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive
Return values
22.2.11




hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration



hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
241/664
UM1749
Return values
22.2.13
Function Description
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters




hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters




hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters



hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT
Function Name
242/664
HAL: status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Return values
22.2.16

Function Name
Return values
22.2.15
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT
Return values
22.2.14



HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values
22.2.17
HAL: status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters




hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

Return values
22.2.19

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
Return values
22.2.18


hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent



hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters



hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
DOCID026232 Rev 3
243/664
UM1749
Return values
22.2.20
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters


HAL: status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory
address.
Parameters







hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory
address.
Parameters

Return values
244/664


hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write
Return values
22.2.22
HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
Return values
22.2.21







hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
22.2.23
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values
22.2.24

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values
22.2.25





hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent





hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a
specific memory address.
Parameters






hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
DOCID026232 Rev 3
245/664
UM1749
Return values
22.2.26
22.2.28
22.2.29
246/664
HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values
22.2.27






hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be read

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t
Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Checks if target device is ready for communication.
Parameters




hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
Trials: Number of trials
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is used with Memory devices
HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values
22.2.30
22.2.31
22.2.32
22.2.33
22.2.34

None:
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
247/664
UM1749
22.2.35
22.2.36
22.2.37
22.2.38
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
I2C error callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_GetState
Function Name
HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Returns the I2C state.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_I2C_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Return the I2C error code.
Parameters

hi2c: : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

I2C: Error Code
22.3
I2C Firmware driver defines
22.3.1
I2C
I2C addressing mode
I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT
I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT
I2C dual addressing mode
I2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE
I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE
I2C Error Code
248/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR
BERR error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO
ARLO error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF
ACKF error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE
Size Management error
I2C Exported Macros
__HAL_I2C_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset I2C handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the specified I2C interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

I2C_IT_ERRI: Errors interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TCI: Transfer complete
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_STOPI: STOP detection
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_NACKI: NACK received
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_ADDRI: Address match
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the specified I2C interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to disable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
249/664
UM1749







I2C_IT_ERRI: Errors interrupt enable
I2C_IT_TCI: Transfer complete
interrupt enable
I2C_IT_STOPI: STOP detection
interrupt enable
I2C_IT_NACKI: NACK received
interrupt enable
I2C_IT_ADDRI: Address match
interrupt enable
I2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt enable
I2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks if the specified I2C interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2C
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2C_IT_ERRI: Errors interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TCI: Transfer complete
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_STOPI: STOP detection
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_NACKI: NACK received
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_ADDRI: Address match
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt enable
Return value:

I2C_FLAG_MASK
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set
or not.
Parameters:


250/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

I2C_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register
empty

I2C_FLAG_TXIS: Transmit interrupt
status

I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749













register not empty
I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched
(slave mode)
I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure
received flag
I2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection
flag
I2C_FLAG_TC: Transfer complete
(master mode)
I2C_FLAG_TCR: Transfer complete
reload
I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error
I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost
I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun
I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in
reception
I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow
detection flag
I2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus alert
I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy
I2C_FLAG_DIR: Transfer direction
(slave mode)
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG
__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

Clears the I2C pending flags which are
cleared by writing 1 in a specific bit.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched
(slave mode)

I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure
received flag

I2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection
flag

I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error

I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost

I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun

I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in
reception

I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow
detection flag

I2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus alert
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
251/664
UM1749

None
Description:
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE

Enable the specified I2C peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE

Disable the specified I2C peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
Return value:

None
I2C Flag definition
I2C_FLAG_TXE
I2C_FLAG_TXIS
I2C_FLAG_RXNE
I2C_FLAG_ADDR
I2C_FLAG_AF
I2C_FLAG_STOPF
I2C_FLAG_TC
I2C_FLAG_TCR
I2C_FLAG_BERR
I2C_FLAG_ARLO
I2C_FLAG_OVR
I2C_FLAG_PECERR
I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT
I2C_FLAG_ALERT
I2C_FLAG_BUSY
I2C_FLAG_DIR
I2C general call addressing mode
I2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE
I2C_GENERALCALL_ENABLE
I2C Interrupt configuration definition
I2C_IT_ERRI
I2C_IT_TCI
252/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
I2C_IT_STOPI
I2C_IT_NACKI
I2C_IT_ADDRI
I2C_IT_RXI
I2C_IT_TXI
I2C Memory Address Size
I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT
I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_16BIT
I2C nostretch mode
I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE
I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE
I2C own address2 masks
I2C_OA2_NOMASK
I2C_OA2_MASK01
I2C_OA2_MASK02
I2C_OA2_MASK03
I2C_OA2_MASK04
I2C_OA2_MASK05
I2C_OA2_MASK06
I2C_OA2_MASK07
I2C ReloadEndMode definition
I2C_RELOAD_MODE
I2C_AUTOEND_MODE
I2C_SOFTEND_MODE
I2C StartStopMode definition
I2C_NO_STARTSTOP
I2C_GENERATE_STOP
I2C_GENERATE_START_READ
I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
253/664
UM1749
23
HAL I2C Extension Driver
23.1
I2CEx Firmware driver API description
23.1.1
I2C peripheral Extended features
Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32L0XX devices contains
the following additional features



23.1.2
Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter
1.
2.
3.
4.
23.1.3
Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions : +
HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp() + HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the
functions : + HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus() +
HAL_I2CEx_DisbleFastModePlus()
Extended features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

Configure Noise Filters
This section contains the following APIs:






23.1.4
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
Function Description
Configures I2C Analog noise filter.
Parameters

Return values
23.1.5
254/664

hi2c: : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2Cx
peripheral.
AnalogFilter: : new state of the Analog filter.

HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
Function Description
Configures I2C Digital noise filter.
Parameters


Return values
23.1.6
23.1.7
23.1.8

hi2c: : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2Cx
peripheral.
DigitalFilter: : Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00
and 0x0F.
HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Enables I2C wakeup from stop mode.
Parameters

hi2c: : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2Cx
peripheral.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Disables I2C wakeup from stop mode.
Parameters

hi2c: : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2Cx
peripheral.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus
Function Name
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus (uint32_t
ConfigFastModePlus)
Function Description
Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters

ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin. This parameter can
be one of the I2C Fast Mode Plus values
Return values

None:
Notes

For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on
all selected I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1
parameter or independently on each one of the following pins
PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus
driving capability can be enabled only by using
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be
enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2
parameter.


DOCID026232 Rev 3
255/664
UM1749

23.1.9
For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be
enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3
parameter.
HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus
Function Name
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus (uint32_t
ConfigFastModePlus)
Function Description
Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters

ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin. This parameter can
be one of the I2C Fast Mode Plus values
Return values

None:
Notes

For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on
all selected I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1
parameter or independently on each one of the following pins
PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus
driving capability can be disabled only by using
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be
disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2
parameter.
For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be
disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3
parameter.



23.2
I2CEx Firmware driver defines
23.2.1
I2CEx
I2C Analog Filter Enabling
I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
I2C Fast Mode Plus
256/664
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB6
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB7
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB8
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB9
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1
Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C1 pins
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2
Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C2 pins
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3
Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C3 pins
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
24
HAL I2S Generic Driver
24.1
I2S Firmware driver registers structures
24.1.1
I2S_InitTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Standard
uint32_t DataFormat
uint32_t MCLKOutput
uint32_t AudioFreq
uint32_t CPOL
Field Documentation






24.1.2
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the I2S operating mode. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Mode
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::Standard
Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_Standard
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::DataFormat
Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value
of I2S_Data_Format
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::MCLKOutput
Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_MCLK_Output
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::AudioFreq
Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_Audio_Frequency
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::CPOL
Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_Clock_Polarity
I2S_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields









SPI_TypeDef * Instance
I2S_InitTypeDef Init
uint16_t * pTxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t TxXferSize
__IO uint16_t TxXferCount
uint16_t * pRxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t RxXferSize
__IO uint16_t RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DOCID026232 Rev 3
257/664
UM1749




DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
__IO HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation













SPI_TypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::Instance
I2S_InitTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::Init
uint16_t* I2S_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
uint16_t* I2S_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
__IO HAL_LockTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::Lock
__IO HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::State
__IO uint32_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
24.2
I2S Firmware driver API description
24.2.1
How to use this driver
The I2S HAL driver can be used as follow:
1.
2.
3.
258/664
Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the SPIx interface clock.
b.
I2S pins configuration:

Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs.

Configure these I2S pins as alternate function.
c.
NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs).

Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority.

Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle.
d.
DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs:

Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx Channel.

Enable the DMAx interface clock.

Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx
parameters.

Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Channel.

Associate the initilalized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle.

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Channel.
Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and
Polarity using HAL_I2S_Init() function. The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission
complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the
macros __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
4.
and receive process. Make sure that either: External clock source is configured after
setting correctly the define constant HSE_VALUE in the stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h file.
Three mode of operations are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation


Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit()
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive()
Interrupt mode IO operation







Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO operation










Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
I2S HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
259/664
UM1749





__HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts
__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not
You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros
24.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialiaze the I2Sx
peripheral in simplex mode:



User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures all related
peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected
configuration:

Mode

Standard

Data Format

MCLK Output

Audio frequency

Polarity
Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected
I2Sx periperal.
This section contains the following APIs:




24.2.3
HAL_I2S_Init()
HAL_I2S_DeInit()
HAL_I2S_MspInit()
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data transfers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
260/664
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
processing will be indicated through the dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt
mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit()

HAL_I2S_Receive()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
5.

HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:















24.2.4
HAL_I2S_Transmit()
HAL_I2S_Receive()
HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler()
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


24.2.5
24.2.6
24.2.7
HAL_I2S_GetState()
HAL_I2S_GetError()
HAL_I2S_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters in the
I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s)
Function Description
DeInitializes the I2S peripheral.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_MspInit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
261/664
UM1749
24.2.8
24.2.9
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_MspInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S MSP Init.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
This function can use an Audio Frequency up to 48KHz when
I2S Clock Source is 32MHz


24.2.10
HAL_I2S_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




262/664
hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the
peripheral the clock will be generate in continouse way and as
the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction.
This function can use an Audio Frequency up to 44KHz when
I2S Clock Source is 32MHz



24.2.11
HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
This function can use an Audio Frequency up to 48KHz when
I2S Clock Source is 32MHz


24.2.12
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
DOCID026232 Rev 3
263/664



24.2.13
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

24.2.14
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the

264/664
UM1749
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid
de-synchronisation between Master and Slave otherwise the
I2S interrupt should be optimized.
This function can use an Audio Frequency up to 48KHz when
I2S Clock Source is 32MHz
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
24.2.15
24.2.16
24.2.17
24.2.18
24.2.19
HAL_I2S_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DMAStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop (I2S_HandleTypeDef
* hi2s)
Function Description
Stops the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
This function handles I2S interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
265/664
UM1749
24.2.20
24.2.21
24.2.22
24.2.23
24.2.24
24.2.25
266/664
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Rx Transfer half completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S error callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_GetState
Function Name
HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Return the I2S state.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_I2S_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Return the I2S error code.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

I2S: Error Code
24.3
I2S Firmware driver defines
24.3.1
I2S
I2S Audio Frequency
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_96K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_48K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_44K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_32K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_22K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_16K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_11K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT
I2S Clock Polarity
I2S_CPOL_LOW
I2S_CPOL_HIGH
I2S Data Format
I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B
I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED
I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B
I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B
I2S Error Code
HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR
I2S Underrun error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR
I2S Overrun error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_FRE
I2S Frame format error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
I2S Exported Macros
__HAL_I2S_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset I2S handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
267/664
UM1749
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S
mode).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S
mode).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the specified I2S interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the specified I2S interrupts.
Parameters:


268/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks if the specified I2S interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
This parameter can be I2S where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2S peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2S
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:
__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG

Checks whether the specified I2S flag is set
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not
empty flag

I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty
flag

I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun flag

I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag

I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag

I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clears the I2S OVR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

None
DOCID026232 Rev 3
269/664
UM1749
__HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG
Description:

Clears the I2S UDR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

None
I2S Flag definition
I2S_FLAG_TXE
I2S_FLAG_RXNE
I2S_FLAG_UDR
I2S_FLAG_OVR
I2S_FLAG_FRE
I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE
I2S_FLAG_BSY
I2S Interrupt configuration definition
I2S_IT_TXE
I2S_IT_RXNE
I2S_IT_ERR
I2S Legacy
I2S_STANDARD_PHILLIPS
I2S MCLK Output
I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE
I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_DISABLE
I2S Mode
I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX
I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX
I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX
I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX
I2S Standard
I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS
I2S_STANDARD_MSB
I2S_STANDARD_LSB
I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT
I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG
270/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
25
HAL IRDA Generic Driver
25.1
IRDA Firmware driver registers structures
25.1.1
IRDA_InitTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t BaudRate
uint32_t WordLength
uint32_t Parity
uint16_t Mode
uint8_t Prescaler
uint16_t PowerMode
Field Documentation






25.1.2
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This member configures the IRDA communication baud rate. The baud rate register is
computed using the following formula: Baud Rate Register = ((PCLKx) / ((hirda>Init.BaudRate)))
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter
can be a value of IRDAEx_Word_Length
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of IRDA_Parity
Note:When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position of
the transmitted data (9th bit when the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
word length is set to 8 data bits).
uint16_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of IRDA_Transfer_Mode
uint8_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the Prescaler value for dividing the UART/USART source clock to achieve
low-power frequency.
Note:Prescaler value 0 is forbidden
uint16_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::PowerMode
Specifies the IRDA power mode. This parameter can be a value of
IRDA_Low_Power
IRDA_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




USART_TypeDef * Instance
IRDA_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferSize
DOCID026232 Rev 3
271/664
UM1749










uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint16_t RxXferCount
uint16_t Mask
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation














USART_TypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Instance
IRDA_InitTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Init
uint8_t* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
uint8_t* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Mask
DMA_HandleTypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Lock
__IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::State
__IO uint32_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
25.2
IRDA Firmware driver API description
25.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx in
asynchronous IRDA mode.

For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:

Baud Rate

Word Length

Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written in the data
register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. Depending on the frame
length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits) or by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, 8-bit
or 9-bit), the possible IRDA frame formats are as listed in the table below.

Power mode

Prescaler setting

Receiver/transmitter modes
Table 16: IRDA frame formats
272/664
M1 bit
M0 bit
PCE bit
IRDA frame
0
0
0
| SB | 8-bit data | STB |
0
0
1
| SB | 7-bit data | PB | STB |
0
1
0
| SB | 9-bit data | STB |
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
M1 bit
M0 bit
PCE bit
IRDA frame
0
1
1
| SB | 8-bit data | PB | STB |
1
0
0
| SB | 7-bit data | STB |
1
0
1
SB | 6-bit data | PB | STB |

The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows the USART asynchronous configuration procedures
(details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
This section contains the following APIs:




25.2.2
HAL_IRDA_Init()
HAL_IRDA_DeInit()
HAL_IRDA_MspInit()
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA asynchronous
data transfers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode: the communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL status
of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing transfer.

No-Blocking mode: the communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA,
these API's return the HAL status. The end of the data processing will be
indicated through the dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the
DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks will be executed respectivelly at the
end of the Transmit or Receive process The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user
callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
Blocking mode API's are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit()

HAL_IRDA_Receive()
Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()

HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()

HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()

IRDA_Transmit_IT()

IRDA_Receive_IT()
Non-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:

HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:





HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
HAL_IRDA_Receive()
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
273/664
UM1749










25.2.3
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause()
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume()
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop()
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the IRDA.


HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the IRDA
peripheral.
IRDA_SetConfig() API is used to configure the IRDA communications parameters.
This section contains the following APIs:


25.2.4
25.2.5
25.2.6
25.2.7
HAL_IRDA_GetState()
HAL_IRDA_GetError()
HAL_IRDA_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Initializes the IRDA mode according to the specified parameters in
the IRDA_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
Parameters

hirda: IRDA handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef
* hirda)
Function Description
DeInitializes the IRDA peripheral.
Parameters

hirda: IRDA handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_MspInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
IRDA MSP Init.
Parameters

hirda: IRDA handle
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit
Function Name
274/664
void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
25.2.8
25.2.9
25.2.10
25.2.11
Function Description
IRDA MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hirda: IRDA handle
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hirda: IRDA handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Duration of the timeout
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hirda: IRDA handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Timeout: Duration of the timeout
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters



hirda: IRDA handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters



hirda: IRDA handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
DOCID026232 Rev 3
275/664
UM1749
Return values
25.2.12
25.2.13
25.2.14
25.2.15
25.2.16
HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



hirda: IRDA handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



hirda: IRDA handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data
contain the parity bit (MSB position)
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Pauses the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Resumes the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified UART
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop
Function Name
276/664

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
25.2.17
25.2.18
25.2.19
25.2.20
25.2.21
Function Description
Stops the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified UART
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
This function handles IRDA interrupt request.
Parameters

hirda: IRDA handle
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hirda: irda handle
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hirda: irda handle
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hirda: irda handle
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hirda: irda handle
DOCID026232 Rev 3
277/664
UM1749
Return values
25.2.22
25.2.23
25.2.24

None:
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
IRDA error callback.
Parameters

hirda: IRDA handle
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_GetState
Function Name
HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
return the IRDA state
Parameters

hirda: irda handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_IRDA_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Return the IRDA error code.
Parameters

hirda: : pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA.
Return values

IRDA: Error Code
25.3
IRDA Firmware driver defines
25.3.1
IRDA
IRDA DMA RX
IRDA_DMA_RX_DISABLE
IRDA_DMA_RX_ENABLE
IS_IRDA_DMA_RX
IRDA DMA TX
IRDA_DMA_TX_DISABLE
IRDA_DMA_TX_ENABLE
IS_IRDA_DMA_TX
IRDA Exported Constants
278/664
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE
frame error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
IRDA Exported Macros
__HAL_IRDA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset IRDA handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_FLUSH_DRREGISTER
None
Description:

Flushs the IRDA DR register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clears the specified IRDA pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

IRDA_CLEAR_PEF

IRDA_CLEAR_FEF

IRDA_CLEAR_NEF

IRDA_CLEAR_OREF

IRDA_CLEAR_TCF

IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEF
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_PEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA PE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
279/664
UM1749

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA FE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_NEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA NE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA ORE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the specified IRDA flag is
set or not.
Parameters:


280/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2. UART peripheral
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

IRDA_FLAG_REACK: Receive
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749












enable ackowledge flag
IRDA_FLAG_TEACK: Transmit
enable ackowledge flag
IRDA_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag
IRDA_FLAG_ABRF: Auto Baud rate
detection flag
IRDA_FLAG_ABRE: Auto Baud rate
detection error flag
IRDA_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data
register empty flag
IRDA_FLAG_TC: Transmission
Complete flag
IRDA_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data
register not empty flag
IRDA_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line
detection flag
IRDA_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error
flag
IRDA_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag
IRDA_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag
IRDA_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Enable the specified IRDA interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2. UART peripheral
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA
interrupt source to enable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission complete
interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame
error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the specified IRDA interrupt.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
281/664
UM1749
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA
interrupt source to disable. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission complete
interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame
error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT

Check whether the specified IRDA
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
__IT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission complete
interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

IRDA_IT_ORE: OverRun Error
interrupt

IRDA_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

282/664
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Check whether the specified IRDA
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
interrupt source is enabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
__IT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission complete
interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

IRDA_IT_ORE: OverRun Error
interrupt

IRDA_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clear the specified IRDA ISR flag, in
setting the proper ICR register flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
__IT_CLEAR__: specifies the interrupt
clear register flag that needs to be set to
clear the corresponding interrupt This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

IRDA_CLEAR_PEF: Parity Error
Clear Flag

IRDA_CLEAR_FEF: Framing Error
Clear Flag

IRDA_CLEAR_NEF: Noise detected
Clear Flag

IRDA_CLEAR_OREF: OverRun
Error Clear Flag

IRDA_CLEAR_TCF: Transmission
Complete Clear Flag
Return value:

None
DOCID026232 Rev 3
283/664
UM1749
Description:
__HAL_IRDA_SEND_REQ

Set a specific IRDA request flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
__REQ__: specifies the request flag to set
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

IRDA_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST:
Auto-Baud Rate Request

IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST:
Receive Data flush Request

IRDA_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST:
Transmit data flush Request
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENA
BLE
None
Description:

Enables the IRDA one bit sample method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISA
BLE
None
Description:

Disables the IRDA one bit sample
method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable UART/USART associated to IRDA
Handle.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE
284/664
None
Description:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

Disable UART/USART associated to
IRDA Handle.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
Return value:

None
Description:
IS_IRDA_BAUDRATE

Ensure that IRDA Baud rate is less or
equal to maximum value.
Parameters:

__BAUDRATE__: specifies the IRDA
Baudrate set by the user.
Return value:

True: or False
Description:
IS_IRDA_PRESCALER

Ensure that IRDA prescaler value is
strictly larger than 0.
Parameters:

__PRESCALER__: specifies the IRDA
prescaler value set by the user.
Return value:

True: or False
IRDA Flags
IRDA_FLAG_REACK
Receive Enable Acknowledge Flag
IRDA_FLAG_TEACK
Transmit Enable Acknowledge Flag
IRDA_FLAG_BUSY
Busy Flag
IRDA_FLAG_ABRF
Auto-Baud Rate Flag
IRDA_FLAG_ABRE
Auto-Baud Rate Error
IRDA_FLAG_TXE
Transmit Data Register Empty
IRDA_FLAG_TC
Transmission Complete
IRDA_FLAG_RXNE
Read Data Register Not Empty
IRDA_FLAG_ORE
OverRun Error
IRDA_FLAG_NE
Noise detected Flag
IRDA_FLAG_FE
Framing Error
IRDA_FLAG_PE
Parity Error
IRDA Interruption mask
DOCID026232 Rev 3
285/664
UM1749
IRDA_IT_MASK
IRDA Interrupt definition
IRDA_IT_PE
IRDA_IT_TXE
IRDA_IT_TC
IRDA_IT_RXNE
IRDA_IT_IDLE
IRDA_IT_ERR
IRDA_IT_ORE
IRDA_IT_NE
IRDA_IT_FE
IRDA Interrupt clear flag
IRDA_CLEAR_PEF
Parity Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_FEF
Framing Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_NEF
Noise detected Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_OREF
OverRun Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_TCF
Transmission Complete Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEF
IDLE line detected Clear Flag
IRDA low power
IRDA_POWERMODE_NORMAL
IRDA_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER
IS_IRDA_POWERMODE
IRDA Mode
IRDA_MODE_DISABLE
IRDA_MODE_ENABLE
IS_IRDA_MODE
IRDA One bit
IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
IS_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE
IRDA Parity
IRDA_PARITY_NONE
IRDA_PARITY_EVEN
IRDA_PARITY_ODD
IS_IRDA_PARITY
IRDA Request parameters
286/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
IRDA_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST
Auto-Baud Rate Request
IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Receive Data flush Request
IRDA_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Transmit data flush Request
IS_IRDA_REQUEST_PARAMETER
IRDA State
IRDA_STATE_DISABLE
IRDA_STATE_ENABLE
IS_IRDA_STATE
IRDA transfer mode
IRDA_MODE_RX
IRDA_MODE_TX
IRDA_MODE_TX_RX
IS_IRDA_TX_RX_MODE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
287/664
UM1749
26
HAL IRDA Extension Driver
26.1
IRDAEx Firmware driver defines
26.1.1
IRDAEx
IRDAEx Exported Macros
IRDA_GETCLOCKSOURCE
Description:

Reports the IRDA clock source.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle
__CLOCKSOURCE__: : output variable
Return value:

IRDA_MASK_COMPUTATION
IRDA: clocking source, written in
__CLOCKSOURCE__.
Description:

Reports the mask to apply to retrieve the received
data according to the word length and to the parity
bits activation.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA Handle
Return value:

mask: to apply to USART RDR register value.
IRDAEx Word length
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_7B
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_8B
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B
IS_IRDA_WORD_LENGTH
288/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
27
HAL IWDG Generic Driver
27.1
IWDG Firmware driver registers structures
27.1.1
IWDG_InitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t Reload
uint32_t Window
Field Documentation



27.1.2
uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Select the prescaler of the IWDG. This parameter can be a value of IWDG_Prescaler
uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Reload
Specifies the IWDG down-counter reload value. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x0FFF
uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Window
Specifies the window value to be compared to the down-counter. This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x0FFF
IWDG_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




IWDG_TypeDef * Instance
IWDG_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation




IWDG_TypeDef* IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
IWDG_InitTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Init
IWDG required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Lock
IWDG Locking object
__IO HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::State
IWDG communication state
DOCID026232 Rev 3
289/664
UM1749
27.2
IWDG Firmware driver API description
27.2.1
IWDG Generic features




The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable through option
byte).
The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays
active even if the main clock fails. Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and
cannot be disabled (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down
from the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a
system reset is generated.
The IWDG counter should be refreshed at regular intervals, otherwise the watchdog
generates an MCU reset when the counter reaches 0.
The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional in STOP
and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). IWDGRST flag in
RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG reset occurs.
Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~0.512ms / ~32.0s The IWDG timeout may vary
due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32L0xx devices provide the capability to measure the
LSI frequency (LSI clock connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured
value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
27.2.2
How to use this driver
If Window option is disabled



Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :

Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR.

Configure the IWDG prescaler, counter reload value. This reload value will be
loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter is reloaded, then the IWDG
will start counting down from this value.
Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to :

Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the IWDG_RLR register.

Start the IWDG, when the IWDG is used in software mode (no need to enable
the LSI, it will be enabled by hardware).
Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular intervals
during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
function.
if Window option is enabled:



Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to enable IWDG downcounter
Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :

Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.

Configure the IWDG prescaler, reload value and window value.
Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular intervals
during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
function.
IWDG HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver.


290/664
__HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



27.2.3
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS : Enable write access to IWDG_PR and
IWDG_RLR registers
__HAL_IWDG_DISABLE_WRITE_ACCESS : Disable write access to IWDG_PR and
IWDG_RLR registers
__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected IWDG's flag status
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef
and create the associated handle
Manage Window option
Initialize the IWDG MSP
This section contains the following APIs:


27.2.4
HAL_IWDG_Init()
HAL_IWDG_MspInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Start the IWDG.
Refresh the IWDG.
This section contains the following APIs:


27.2.5
HAL_IWDG_Start()
HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:

27.2.6
27.2.7
HAL_IWDG_GetState()
HAL_IWDG_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init (IWDG_HandleTypeDef *
hiwdg)
Function Description
Initializes the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hiwdg: : pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IWDG_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_IWDG_MspInit (IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Initializes the IWDG MSP.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
DOCID026232 Rev 3
291/664
UM1749
module.
Return values
27.2.8
27.2.9
27.2.10

None:
HAL_IWDG_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Start (IWDG_HandleTypeDef
* hiwdg)
Function Description
Starts the IWDG.
Parameters

hiwdg: : pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IWDG_Refresh
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh
(IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Refreshes the IWDG.
Parameters

hiwdg: : pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IWDG_GetState
Function Name
HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_IWDG_GetState
(IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Returns the IWDG state.
Parameters

hiwdg: : pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL: state
27.3
IWDG Firmware driver defines
27.3.1
IWDG
IWDG Disable
IWDG_WINDOW_DISABLE
IWDG Exported Constants
IS_IWDG_KR
IS_IWDG_PRESCALER
IS_IWDG_RELOAD
IS_IWDG_WINDOW
IWDG Exported Macros
292/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
__HAL_IWDG_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset IWDG handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : IWDG handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_IWDG_START

Enables the IWDG peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : IWDG handle
Return value:

__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER
None
Description:

Reloads IWDG counter with value defined
in the reload register (write access to
IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
disabled).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : IWDG handle
Return value:

IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS
None
Description:

Enables write access to IWDG_PR,
IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : IWDG handle
Return value:

IWDG_DISABLE_WRITE_ACCESS
None
Description:

Disables write access to IWDG_PR,
IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : IWDG handle
Return value:

__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Gets the selected IWDG's flag status.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
293/664
UM1749
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : IWDG handle
__FLAG__: : specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Watchdog
counter reload value update flag

IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Watchdog
counter prescaler value flag

IWDG_FLAG_WVU: Watchdog
counter window value flag
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE) .
IWDG Flag definition
IWDG_FLAG_PVU
Watchdog counter prescaler value update flag
IWDG_FLAG_RVU
Watchdog counter reload value update flag
IWDG_FLAG_WVU
Watchdog counter window value update Flag
IWDG Prescaler
IWDG_PRESCALER_4
IWDG prescaler set to 4
IWDG_PRESCALER_8
IWDG prescaler set to 8
IWDG_PRESCALER_16
IWDG prescaler set to 16
IWDG_PRESCALER_32
IWDG prescaler set to 32
IWDG_PRESCALER_64
IWDG prescaler set to 64
IWDG_PRESCALER_128
IWDG prescaler set to 128
IWDG_PRESCALER_256
IWDG prescaler set to 256
IWDG key
294/664
IWDG_KEY_RELOAD
IWDG Reload Counter Enable
IWDG_KEY_ENABLE
IWDG Peripheral Enable
IWDG_KEY_WRITE_ACCESS_ENABLE
IWDG KR Write Access Enable
IWDG_KEY_WRITE_ACCESS_DISABLE
IWDG KR Write Access Disable
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
28
HAL LCD Generic Driver
28.1
LCD Firmware driver registers structures
28.1.1
LCD_InitTypeDef
Data Fields












uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t Divider
uint32_t Duty
uint32_t Bias
uint32_t VoltageSource
uint32_t Contrast
uint32_t DeadTime
uint32_t PulseOnDuration
uint32_t HighDrive
uint32_t BlinkMode
uint32_t BlinkFrequency
uint32_t MuxSegment
Field Documentation











uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Configures the LCD Prescaler. This parameter can be one value of LCD_Prescaler
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::Divider
Configures the LCD Divider. This parameter can be one value of LCD_Divider
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::Duty
Configures the LCD Duty. This parameter can be one value of LCD_Duty
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::Bias
Configures the LCD Bias. This parameter can be one value of LCD_Bias
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::VoltageSource
Selects the LCD Voltage source. This parameter can be one value of
LCD_Voltage_Source
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::Contrast
Configures the LCD Contrast. This parameter can be one value of LCD_Contrast
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::DeadTime
Configures the LCD Dead Time. This parameter can be one value of LCD_DeadTime
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::PulseOnDuration
Configures the LCD Pulse On Duration. This parameter can be one value of
LCD_PulseOnDuration
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::HighDrive
Configures the LCD High Drive. This parameter can be one value of LCD_HighDrive
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::BlinkMode
Configures the LCD Blink Mode. This parameter can be one value of
LCD_BlinkMode
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::BlinkFrequency
Configures the LCD Blink frequency. This parameter can be one value of
LCD_BlinkFrequency
DOCID026232 Rev 3
295/664
UM1749

28.1.2
uint32_t LCD_InitTypeDef::MuxSegment
Enable or disable mux segment. This parameter can be one value of
LCD_MuxSegment
LCD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields





LCD_TypeDef * Instance
LCD_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation





LCD_TypeDef* LCD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
LCD_InitTypeDef LCD_HandleTypeDef::Init
HAL_LockTypeDef LCD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
__IO HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef LCD_HandleTypeDef::State
__IO uint32_t LCD_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
28.2
LCD Firmware driver API description
28.2.1
How to use this driver
The LCD HAL driver can be used as follow:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
296/664
Declare a LCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
Prepare the initialization of the LCD low level resources by implementing your
HAL_LCD_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the LCDCLK (same as RTCCLK): to configure the RTCCLK/LCDCLK,
use the RCC function HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig, indicating here
RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD and the selected clock source (HSE, LSI or LSE)
b.
The frequency generator allows you to achieve various LCD frame rates starting
from an LCD input clock frequency (LCDCLK) which can vary from 32 kHz up to
1 MHz.
c.
LCD pins configuration: - Enable the clock for the LCD GPIOs - Configure these
LCD pins as alternate function no-pull.
d.
Enable the LCD interface clock.
Set the Prescaler, Divider, Blink mode, Blink Frequency Duty, Bias, Voltage Source,
Dead Time, Pulse On Duration and Contrast in the hlcd Init structure.
Initialize the LCD registers by calling the HAL_LCD_Init() API.
a.
The HAL_LCD_Init() API configures the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK,
...etc) by calling the user customized HAL_LCD_MspInit() API.
After calling the HAL_LCD_Init() the LCD RAM memory is cleared
Optionally you can update the LCD configuration using these macros:
a.
LCD High Drive using the __HAL_LCD_HIGHDRIVER_ENABLE() and
__HAL_LCD_HIGHDRIVER_DISABLE() macros
b.
LCD Pulse ON Duration using the
__HAL_LCD_PULSEONDURATION_CONFIG() macro
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
c.
d.
7.
8.
9.
LCD Dead Time using the __HAL_LCD_DEADTIME_CONFIG() macro
The LCD Blink mode and frequency using the __HAL_LCD_BLINK_CONFIG()
macro
e.
The LCD Contrast using the __HAL_LCD_CONTRAST_CONFIG() macro
Write to the LCD RAM memory using the HAL_LCD_Write() API, this API can be
called several times to update the different LCD RAM registers before calling
HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API.
The HAL_LCD_Clear() API can be used to clear the LCD RAM memory.
When the LCD RAM memory is updated, enable the update display request calling
the HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API.
LCD and low power modes: The LCD remain active during STOP mode.
28.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions
This section contains the following APIs:




28.2.3
HAL_LCD_DeInit()
HAL_LCD_Init()
HAL_LCD_MspDeInit()
HAL_LCD_MspInit()
IO operation functions
Using its double buffer memory the LCD controller ensures the coherency of the displayed
information without having to use interrupts to control LCD_RAM modification. The
application software can access the first buffer level (LCD_RAM) through the APB
interface. Once it has modified the LCD_RAM using the HAL_LCD_Write() API, it sets the
UDR flag in the LCD_SR register using the HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API. This
UDR flag (update display request) requests the updated information to be moved into the
second buffer level (LCD_DISPLAY). This operation is done synchronously with the frame
(at the beginning of the next frame), until the update is completed, the LCD_RAM is write
protected and the UDR flag stays high. Once the update is completed another flag (UDD Update Display Done) is set and generates an interrupt if the UDDIE bit in the LCD_FCR
register is set. The time it takes to update LCD_DISPLAY is, in the worst case, one odd
and one even frame. The update will not occur (UDR = 1 and UDD = 0) until the display is
enabled (LCDEN = 1).
This section contains the following APIs:



28.2.4
HAL_LCD_Write()
HAL_LCD_Clear()
HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the LCD:


HAL_LCD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the LCD
peripheral State.
HAL_LCD_GetError() API to return the LCD error code.
This section contains the following APIs:


28.2.5
HAL_LCD_GetState()
HAL_LCD_GetError()
HAL_LCD_DeInit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
297/664
28.2.6
28.2.7
28.2.8
28.2.9
298/664
Function Name
UM1749
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_DeInit (LCD_HandleTypeDef *
hlcd)
Function Description
DeInitializes the LCD peripheral.
Parameters

hlcd: LCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LCD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Init (LCD_HandleTypeDef *
hlcd)
Function Description
Initializes the LCD peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the LCD_InitStruct.
Parameters

hlcd: LCD handle
Return values

None:
Notes

This function can be used only when the LCD is disabled. The
LCD HighDrive can be enabled/disabled using related macros
up to user.
HAL_LCD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_LCD_MspDeInit (LCD_HandleTypeDef * hlcd)
Function Description
LCD MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hlcd: LCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LCD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_LCD_MspInit (LCD_HandleTypeDef * hlcd)
Function Description
LCD MSP Init.
Parameters

hlcd: LCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LCD_Write
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Write (LCD_HandleTypeDef *
hlcd, uint32_t RAMRegisterIndex, uint32_t RAMRegisterMask,
uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Writes a word in the specific LCD RAM.
Parameters


hlcd: LCD handle
RAMRegisterIndex: specifies the LCD RAM Register. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
LCD_RAM_REGISTER0: LCD RAM Register
0LCD_RAM_REGISTER1: LCD RAM Register
1LCD_RAM_REGISTER2: LCD RAM Register
2LCD_RAM_REGISTER3: LCD RAM Register
3LCD_RAM_REGISTER4: LCD RAM Register
4LCD_RAM_REGISTER5: LCD RAM Register
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

5LCD_RAM_REGISTER6: LCD RAM Register
6LCD_RAM_REGISTER7: LCD RAM Register
7LCD_RAM_REGISTER8: LCD RAM Register
8LCD_RAM_REGISTER9: LCD RAM Register
9LCD_RAM_REGISTER10: LCD RAM Register
10LCD_RAM_REGISTER11: LCD RAM Register
11LCD_RAM_REGISTER12: LCD RAM Register
12LCD_RAM_REGISTER13: LCD RAM Register
13LCD_RAM_REGISTER14: LCD RAM Register
14LCD_RAM_REGISTER15: LCD RAM Register 15
RAMRegisterMask: specifies the LCD RAM Register Data
Mask.
Data: specifies LCD Data Value to be written.
Return values

None:
Notes

For LCD glass COM*SEG as 8*40 for example, the LCD
common terminals COM[0,7] are mapped on 32bits
LCD_RAM_REGISTER[0,14] according to rules: COM(n)
spread on LCD_RAM_REGISTER(2*n) and
LCD_RAM_REGISTER(2*n+1).The segment terminals
SEG[0,39] of COM(n) correspond to LSB bits of related
LCD_RAM_REGISTER(2*n)[0,31] and
LCD_RAM_REGISTER(2*n+1)[0,7]

28.2.10
28.2.11
HAL_LCD_Clear
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Clear (LCD_HandleTypeDef *
hlcd)
Function Description
Clears the LCD RAM registers.
Parameters

hlcd: LCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest
(LCD_HandleTypeDef * hlcd)
Function Description
Enables the Update Display Request.
Parameters

hlcd: LCD handle
Return values

None:
Notes

Each time software modifies the LCD_RAM it must set the
UDR bit to transfer the updated data to the second level
buffer. The UDR bit stays set until the end of the update and
during this time the LCD_RAM is write protected.
When the display is disabled, the update is performed for all
LCD_DISPLAY locations. When the display is enabled, the
update is performed only for locations for which commons are
active (depending on DUTY). For example if DUTY = 1/2, only
the LCD_DISPLAY of COM0 and COM1 will be updated.

28.2.12
HAL_LCD_GetState
DOCID026232 Rev 3
299/664
UM1749
28.2.13
Function Name
HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef HAL_LCD_GetState
(LCD_HandleTypeDef * hlcd)
Function Description
Returns the LCD state.
Parameters

hlcd: LCD handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_LCD_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_LCD_GetError (LCD_HandleTypeDef * hlcd)
Function Description
Return the LCD error code.
Parameters

hlcd: LCD handle
Return values

LCD: Error Code
28.3
LCD Firmware driver defines
28.3.1
LCD
LCD Bias
LCD_BIAS_1_4
1/4 Bias
LCD_BIAS_1_2
1/2 Bias
LCD_BIAS_1_3
1/3 Bias
IS_LCD_BIAS
LCD Blink Frequency
LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV8
The Blink frequency = fLCD/8
LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV16
The Blink frequency = fLCD/16
LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV32
The Blink frequency = fLCD/32
LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV64
The Blink frequency = fLCD/64
LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV128
The Blink frequency = fLCD/128
LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV256
The Blink frequency = fLCD/256
LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV512
The Blink frequency = fLCD/512
LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV1024
The Blink frequency = fLCD/1024
IS_LCD_BLINK_FREQUENCY
LCD Blink Mode
LCD_BLINKMODE_OFF
Blink disabled
LCD_BLINKMODE_SEG0_COM0
Blink enabled on SEG[0], COM[0] (1 pixel)
LCD_BLINKMODE_SEG0_ALLCOM
Blink enabled on SEG[0], all COM (up to 8 pixels
according to the programmed duty)
LCD_BLINKMODE_ALLSEG_ALLCOM
Blink enabled on all SEG and all COM (all pixels)
IS_LCD_BLINK_MODE
LCD Contrast
300/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_0
Maximum Voltage = 2.60V
LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_1
Maximum Voltage = 2.73V
LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_2
Maximum Voltage = 2.86V
LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_3
Maximum Voltage = 2.99V
LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_4
Maximum Voltage = 3.12V
LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_5
Maximum Voltage = 3.25V
LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_6
Maximum Voltage = 3.38V
LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_7
Maximum Voltage = 3.51V
IS_LCD_CONTRAST
LCD Dead Time
LCD_DEADTIME_0
No dead Time
LCD_DEADTIME_1
One Phase between different couple of Frame
LCD_DEADTIME_2
Two Phase between different couple of Frame
LCD_DEADTIME_3
Three Phase between different couple of Frame
LCD_DEADTIME_4
Four Phase between different couple of Frame
LCD_DEADTIME_5
Five Phase between different couple of Frame
LCD_DEADTIME_6
Six Phase between different couple of Frame
LCD_DEADTIME_7
Seven Phase between different couple of Frame
IS_LCD_DEAD_TIME
LCD Divider
LCD_DIVIDER_16
LCD frequency = CLKPS/16
LCD_DIVIDER_17
LCD frequency = CLKPS/17
LCD_DIVIDER_18
LCD frequency = CLKPS/18
LCD_DIVIDER_19
LCD frequency = CLKPS/19
LCD_DIVIDER_20
LCD frequency = CLKPS/20
LCD_DIVIDER_21
LCD frequency = CLKPS/21
LCD_DIVIDER_22
LCD frequency = CLKPS/22
LCD_DIVIDER_23
LCD frequency = CLKPS/23
LCD_DIVIDER_24
LCD frequency = CLKPS/24
LCD_DIVIDER_25
LCD frequency = CLKPS/25
LCD_DIVIDER_26
LCD frequency = CLKPS/26
LCD_DIVIDER_27
LCD frequency = CLKPS/27
LCD_DIVIDER_28
LCD frequency = CLKPS/28
LCD_DIVIDER_29
LCD frequency = CLKPS/29
LCD_DIVIDER_30
LCD frequency = CLKPS/30
LCD_DIVIDER_31
LCD frequency = CLKPS/31
DOCID026232 Rev 3
301/664
UM1749
IS_LCD_DIVIDER
LCD Duty
LCD_DUTY_STATIC
Static duty
LCD_DUTY_1_2
1/2 duty
LCD_DUTY_1_3
1/3 duty
LCD_DUTY_1_4
1/4 duty
LCD_DUTY_1_8
1/8 duty
IS_LCD_DUTY
LCD Error Code
HAL_LCD_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_LCD_ERROR_FCRSF
Synchro flag timeout error
HAL_LCD_ERROR_UDR
Update display request flag timeout error
HAL_LCD_ERROR_UDD
Update display done flag timeout error
HAL_LCD_ERROR_ENS
LCD enabled status flag timeout error
HAL_LCD_ERROR_RDY
LCD Booster ready timeout error
LCD Exported Macros
__HAL_LCD_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset LCD handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LCD_ENABLE

macros to enables or disables the LCD
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
Return value:

None
__HAL_LCD_DISABLE
__HAL_LCD_HIGHDRIVER_ENABLE
Description:

Macros to enable or disable the low
resistance divider.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
Return value:

302/664
None
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Notes:

When this mode is enabled, the PulseOn
Duration (PON) have to be programmed to
1/CK_PS (LCD_PULSEONDURATION_1).
__HAL_LCD_HIGHDRIVER_DISABLE
__HAL_LCD_PULSEONDURATION_C
ONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the LCD pulses on
duration.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
__DURATION__: specifies the LCD pulse
on duration in terms of CK_PS (prescaled
LCD clock period) pulses. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

LCD_PULSEONDURATION_0: 0
pulse

LCD_PULSEONDURATION_1: Pulse
ON duration = 1/CK_PS

LCD_PULSEONDURATION_2: Pulse
ON duration = 2/CK_PS

LCD_PULSEONDURATION_3: Pulse
ON duration = 3/CK_PS

LCD_PULSEONDURATION_4: Pulse
ON duration = 4/CK_PS

LCD_PULSEONDURATION_5: Pulse
ON duration = 5/CK_PS

LCD_PULSEONDURATION_6: Pulse
ON duration = 6/CK_PS

LCD_PULSEONDURATION_7: Pulse
ON duration = 7/CK_PS
Return value:

__HAL_LCD_DEADTIME_CONFIG
None
Description:

Macro to configure the LCD dead time.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
__DEADTIME__: specifies the LCD dead
time. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

LCD_DEADTIME_0: No dead Time

LCD_DEADTIME_1: One Phase
between different couple of Frame

LCD_DEADTIME_2: Two Phase
between different couple of Frame

LCD_DEADTIME_3: Three Phase
between different couple of Frame

LCD_DEADTIME_4: Four Phase
between different couple of Frame
DOCID026232 Rev 3
303/664
UM1749



LCD_DEADTIME_5: Five Phase
between different couple of Frame
LCD_DEADTIME_6: Six Phase
between different couple of Frame
LCD_DEADTIME_7: Seven Phase
between different couple of Frame
Return value:

__HAL_LCD_CONTRAST_CONFIG
None
Description:

Macro to configure the LCD Contrast.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
__CONTRAST__: specifies the LCD
Contrast. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_0:
Maximum Voltage = 2.60V

LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_1:
Maximum Voltage = 2.73V

LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_2:
Maximum Voltage = 2.86V

LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_3:
Maximum Voltage = 2.99V

LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_4:
Maximum Voltage = 3.12V

LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_5:
Maximum Voltage = 3.25V

LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_6:
Maximum Voltage = 3.38V

LCD_CONTRASTLEVEL_7:
Maximum Voltage = 3.51V
Return value:

__HAL_LCD_BLINK_CONFIG
None
Description:

Macro to configure the LCD Blink mode
and Blink frequency.
Parameters:


304/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
__BLINKMODE__: specifies the LCD blink
mode. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

LCD_BLINKMODE_OFF: Blink
disabled

LCD_BLINKMODE_SEG0_COM0:
Blink enabled on SEG[0], COM[0] (1
pixel)

LCD_BLINKMODE_SEG0_ALLCOM:
Blink enabled on SEG[0], all COM (up
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

to 8 pixels according to the
programmed duty)

LCD_BLINKMODE_ALLSEG_ALLCO
M: Blink enabled on all SEG and all
COM (all pixels)
__BLINKFREQUENCY__: specifies the
LCD blink frequency.

LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV8: The
Blink frequency = fLcd/8

LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV16:
The Blink frequency = fLcd/16

LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV32:
The Blink frequency = fLcd/32

LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV64:
The Blink frequency = fLcd/64

LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV128:
The Blink frequency = fLcd/128

LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV256:
The Blink frequency = fLcd/256

LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV512:
The Blink frequency = fLcd/512

LCD_BLINKFREQUENCY_DIV1024:
The Blink frequency = fLcd/1024
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LCD_ENABLE_IT

Enables or disables the specified LCD
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the LCD
interrupt source to be enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be one of the following
values:

LCD_IT_SOF: Start of Frame
Interrupt

LCD_IT_UDD: Update Display Done
Interrupt
Return value:

None
__HAL_LCD_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_LCD_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Checks whether the specified LCD
interrupt is enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
__IT__: specifies the LCD interrupt source
to check. This parameter can be one of the
DOCID026232 Rev 3
305/664
UM1749
following values:

LCD_IT_SOF: Start of Frame
Interrupt

LCD_IT_UDD: Update Display Done
Interrupt.
Return value:

The: state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
Notes:

__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG
If the device is in STOP mode (PCLK not
provided) UDD will not generate an
interrupt even if UDDIE = 1. If the display
is not enabled the UDD interrupt will never
occur.
Description:

Checks whether the specified LCD flag is
set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the following
values:

LCD_FLAG_ENS: LCD Enabled flag.
It indicates the LCD controller status.
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Notes:

__HAL_LCD_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

306/664
The ENS bit is set immediately when the
LCDEN bit in the LCD_CR goes from 0 to
1. On deactivation it reflects the real status
of LCD so it becomes 0 at the end of the
last displayed frame. LCD_FLAG_SOF:
Start of Frame flag. This flag is set by
hardware at the beginning of a new frame,
at the same time as the display data is
updated. LCD_FLAG_UDR: Update
Display Request flag. LCD_FLAG_UDD:
Update Display Done flag.
LCD_FLAG_RDY: Step_up converter
Ready flag. It indicates the status of the
step-up converter. LCD_FLAG_FCRSF:
LCD Frame Control Register
Synchronization Flag. This flag is set by
hardware each time the LCD_FCR register
is updated in the LCDCLK domain.
Clears the specified LCD pending flag.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the LCD Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

LCD_FLAG_SOF: Start of Frame
Interrupt

LCD_FLAG_UDD: Update Display
Done Interrupt
Return value:

None
LCD Flag
LCD_FLAG_ENS
LCD_FLAG_SOF
LCD_FLAG_UDR
LCD_FLAG_UDD
LCD_FLAG_RDY
LCD_FLAG_FCRSF
LCD HighDrive
LCD_HIGHDRIVE_0
Low resistance Drive
LCD_HIGHDRIVE_1
High resistance Drive
IS_LCD_HIGHDRIVE
LCD Interrupts
LCD_IT_SOF
LCD_IT_UDD
LCD Mux Segment
LCD_MUXSEGMENT_DISABLE
SEG pin multiplexing disabled
LCD_MUXSEGMENT_ENABLE
SEG[31:28] are multiplexed with SEG[43:40]
IS_LCD_MUXSEGMENT
LCD Prescaler
LCD_PRESCALER_1
CLKPS = LCDCLK
LCD_PRESCALER_2
CLKPS = LCDCLK/2
LCD_PRESCALER_4
CLKPS = LCDCLK/4
LCD_PRESCALER_8
CLKPS = LCDCLK/8
LCD_PRESCALER_16
CLKPS = LCDCLK/16
LCD_PRESCALER_32
CLKPS = LCDCLK/32
LCD_PRESCALER_64
CLKPS = LCDCLK/64
LCD_PRESCALER_128
CLKPS = LCDCLK/128
LCD_PRESCALER_256
CLKPS = LCDCLK/256
DOCID026232 Rev 3
307/664
UM1749
LCD_PRESCALER_512
CLKPS = LCDCLK/512
LCD_PRESCALER_1024
CLKPS = LCDCLK/1024
LCD_PRESCALER_2048
CLKPS = LCDCLK/2048
LCD_PRESCALER_4096
CLKPS = LCDCLK/4096
LCD_PRESCALER_8192
CLKPS = LCDCLK/8192
LCD_PRESCALER_16384
CLKPS = LCDCLK/16384
LCD_PRESCALER_32768
CLKPS = LCDCLK/32768
IS_LCD_PRESCALER
LCD Pulse On Duration
LCD_PULSEONDURATION_0
Pulse ON duration = 0 pulse
LCD_PULSEONDURATION_1
Pulse ON duration = 1/CK_PS
LCD_PULSEONDURATION_2
Pulse ON duration = 2/CK_PS
LCD_PULSEONDURATION_3
Pulse ON duration = 3/CK_PS
LCD_PULSEONDURATION_4
Pulse ON duration = 4/CK_PS
LCD_PULSEONDURATION_5
Pulse ON duration = 5/CK_PS
LCD_PULSEONDURATION_6
Pulse ON duration = 6/CK_PS
LCD_PULSEONDURATION_7
Pulse ON duration = 7/CK_PS
IS_LCD_PULSE_ON_DURATION
LCD RAMRegister
LCD_RAM_REGISTER0
LCD RAM Register 0
LCD_RAM_REGISTER1
LCD RAM Register 1
LCD_RAM_REGISTER2
LCD RAM Register 2
LCD_RAM_REGISTER3
LCD RAM Register 3
LCD_RAM_REGISTER4
LCD RAM Register 4
LCD_RAM_REGISTER5
LCD RAM Register 5
LCD_RAM_REGISTER6
LCD RAM Register 6
LCD_RAM_REGISTER7
LCD RAM Register 7
LCD_RAM_REGISTER8
LCD RAM Register 8
LCD_RAM_REGISTER9
LCD RAM Register 9
LCD_RAM_REGISTER10
LCD RAM Register 10
LCD_RAM_REGISTER11
LCD RAM Register 11
LCD_RAM_REGISTER12
LCD RAM Register 12
LCD_RAM_REGISTER13
LCD RAM Register 13
LCD_RAM_REGISTER14
LCD RAM Register 14
LCD_RAM_REGISTER15
LCD RAM Register 15
IS_LCD_RAM_REGISTER
LCD Voltage Source
308/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
LCD_VOLTAGESOURCE_INTERNAL
Internal voltage source for the LCD
LCD_VOLTAGESOURCE_EXTERNAL
External voltage source for the LCD
IS_LCD_VOLTAGE_SOURCE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
309/664
UM1749
29
HAL LPTIM Generic Driver
29.1
LPTIM Firmware driver registers structures
29.1.1
LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t Source
uint32_t Prescaler
Field Documentation


29.1.2
uint32_t LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::Source
Selects the clock source. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Clock_Source
uint32_t LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the counter clock Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Clock_Prescaler
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t Polarity
uint32_t SampleTime
Field Documentation


29.1.3
uint32_t LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef::Polarity
Selects the polarity of the active edge for the counter unit if the ULPTIM input is
selected. Note: This parameter is used only when Ultra low power clock source is
used. Note: If the polarity is configured on 'both edges', an auxiliary clock (one of the
Low power oscillator) must be active. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Clock_Polarity
uint32_t LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef::SampleTime
Selects the clock sampling time to configure the clock glitch filter. Note: This
parameter is used only when Ultra low power clock source is used. This parameter
can be a value of LPTIM_Clock_Sample_Time
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef
Data Fields



310/664
uint32_t Source
uint32_t ActiveEdge
uint32_t SampleTime
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Field Documentation



29.1.4
uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::Source
Selects the Trigger source. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIMEx_Trigger_Source
uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::ActiveEdge
Selects the Trigger active edge. Note: This parameter is used only when an external
trigger is used. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_External_Trigger_Polarity
uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::SampleTime
Selects the trigger sampling time to configure the clock glitch filter. Note: This
parameter is used only when an external trigger is used. This parameter can be a
value of LPTIM_Trigger_Sample_Time
LPTIM_InitTypeDef
Data Fields






LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef Clock
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef UltraLowPowerClock
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef Trigger
uint32_t OutputPolarity
uint32_t UpdateMode
uint32_t CounterSource
Field Documentation






29.1.5
LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Clock
Specifies the clock parameters
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::UltraLowPowerClock
Specifies the Ultra Low Power clock parameters
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the Trigger parameters
uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::OutputPolarity
Specifies the Output polarity. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Output_Polarity
uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::UpdateMode
Specifies whether the update of the autorelaod and the compare values is done
immediately or after the end of current period. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Updating_Mode
uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::CounterSource
Specifies whether the counter is incremented each internal event or each external
event. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Counter_Source
LPTIM_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields


LPTIM_TypeDef * Instance
LPTIM_InitTypeDef Init
DOCID026232 Rev 3
311/664
UM1749



HAL_StatusTypeDef Status
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation





LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
LPTIM_InitTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Init
LPTIM required parameters
HAL_StatusTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Status
LPTIM peripheral status
HAL_LockTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Lock
LPTIM locking object
__IO HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::State
LPTIM peripheral state
29.2
LPTIM Firmware driver API description
29.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the LPTIM according to the specified parameters in the LPTIM_InitTypeDef
and creates the associated handle.
DeInitialize the LPTIM peripheral.
Initialize the LPTIM MSP.
DeInitialize LPTIM MSP.
This section contains the following APIs:




29.2.2
HAL_LPTIM_Init()
HAL_LPTIM_DeInit()
HAL_LPTIM_MspInit()
HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit()
LPTIM Start Stop operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:












Start the PWM mode.
Stop the PWM mode.
Start the One pulse mode.
Stop the One pulse mode.
Start the Set once mode.
Stop the Set once mode.
Start the Encoder mode.
Stop the Encoder mode.
Start the Timeout mode.
Stop the Timeout mode.
Start the Counter mode.
Stop the Counter mode.
This section contains the following APIs:
312/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
























29.2.3
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT()
LPTIM Read operation functions
This section provides LPTIM Reading functions.



Read the counter value.
Read the period (Auto-reload) value.
Read the pulse (Compare)value.
This section contains the following APIs:



29.2.4
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter()
HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload()
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare()
LPTIM IRQ handler
This section provides LPTIM IRQ handler function.
This section contains the following APIs:








29.2.5
HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler()
HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
313/664
UM1749
This section contains the following APIs:

29.2.6
29.2.7
29.2.8
29.2.9
29.2.10
HAL_LPTIM_GetState()
HAL_LPTIM_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Init (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef
* hlptim)
Function Description
Initializes the LPTIM according to the specified parameters in the
LPTIM_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_DeInit
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
DeInitializes the LPTIM peripheral.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_MspInit (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Initializes the LPTIM MSP.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
DeInitializes LPTIM MSP.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM PWM generation.
Parameters



Return values
314/664

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
29.2.11
29.2.12
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM PWM generation.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM PWM generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters



Return values
29.2.13
29.2.14

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM PWM generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM One pulse generation.
Parameters



Return values
29.2.15
hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM One pulse generation.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
315/664
UM1749
29.2.16
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM One pulse generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters



Return values
29.2.17
29.2.18

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM One pulse generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM in Set once mode.
Parameters


Return values
29.2.20
316/664
HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT

29.2.19
hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM Set once mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM Set once mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters



Return values
29.2.21
29.2.22
29.2.23
29.2.24

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM Set once mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Function Description
Starts the Encoder interface.
Parameters


hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Encoder interface.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Function Description
Starts the Encoder interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters


hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
317/664
UM1749
29.2.25
29.2.26
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Encoder interface in nterrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Starts the Timeout function.
Parameters



Return values
29.2.27
29.2.28

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Timeout function.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Starts the Timeout function in interrupt mode.
Parameters


Return values

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Timeout: : Specifies the TimeOut value to rest the counter.
This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and
0xFFFF.
HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT
Function Name
318/664
HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop

29.2.29
hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Timeout: : Specifies the TimeOut value to rest the counter.
This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and
0xFFFF.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
29.2.30
29.2.31
29.2.32
29.2.33
29.2.34
Function Description
Stops the Timeout function in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Function Description
Starts the Counter mode.
Parameters


hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Counter mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Function Description
Starts the Counter mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters


hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Counter mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hlptim)
Function Description
This function returns the current counter value.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
319/664
UM1749
29.2.35
29.2.36
29.2.37
29.2.38
29.2.39
29.2.40
320/664
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

Counter: value.
HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
This function return the current Autoreload (Period) value.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

Autoreload: value.
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hlptim)
Function Description
This function return the current Compare (Pulse) value.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

Compare: value.
HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hlptim)
Function Description
This function handles LPTIM interrupt request.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Compare match callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Autoreload match callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
29.2.41
29.2.42
29.2.43
29.2.44
29.2.45
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hlptim)
Function Description
Trigger detected callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Compare write callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Autoreload write callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Direction counter changed from Down to Up callback in non
blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Direction counter changed from Up to Down callback in non
blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_LPTIM_GetState
Function Name
HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_GetState
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Returns the LPTIM state.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
321/664
UM1749
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL: state
29.3
LPTIM Firmware driver defines
29.3.1
LPTIM
Clock polarity
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_FALLING
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING_FALLING
Prescaler
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV2
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV4
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV8
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV16
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV32
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV64
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV128
Clock sample time
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_DIRECTTRANSITION
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_2TRANSITIONS
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_4TRANSITIONS
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_8TRANSITIONS
Clock source
LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_APBCLOCK_LPOSC
LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ULPTIM
Counter source
LPTIM_COUNTERSOURCE_INTERNAL
LPTIM_COUNTERSOURCE_EXTERNAL
LPTIM Exported constants
IS_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD
IS_LPTIM_COMPARE
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALERDIV1
IS_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY
322/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SAMPLE_TIME
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_POLARITY
IS_LPTIM_EXT_TRG_POLARITY
IS_LPTIM_TRIG_SAMPLE_TIME
IS_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE
IS_LPTIM_COUNTER_SOURCE
IS_LPTIM_PERIOD
IS_LPTIM_PULSE
LPTIM Exported Macros
__HAL_LPTIM_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset LPTIM handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: LPTIM handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE

Enable/Disable the LPTIM peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: LPTIM handle
Return value:

None
__HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE
__HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS
Description:

Starts the LPTIM peripheral in
Continuous or in single mode.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

None
__HAL_LPTIM_START_SINGLE
__HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET
Description:

Writes the passed parameter in the
Autoreload register.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LPTIM handle
__VALUE__: : Autoreload value
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
323/664
UM1749

__HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET
None
Description:

Writes the passed parameter in the
Compare register.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LPTIM handle
__VALUE__: : Compare value
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG

Checks whether the specified LPTIM flag
is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LPTIM handle
__FLAG__: : LPTIM flag to check This
parameter can be a value of:

LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN : Counter
direction change up Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_UP : Counter
direction change down to up Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK : Autoreload
register update OK Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK : Compare
register update OK Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG : External
trigger edge event Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM : Autoreload
match Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM : Compare
match Flag.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG
The: state of the specified flag (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Clears the specified LPTIM flag.
Parameters:


324/664
__HANDLE__: LPTIM handle.
__FLAG__: : LPTIM flag to clear. This
parameter can be a value of:

LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN : Counter
direction change up Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_UP : Counter
direction change down to up Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK : Autoreload
register update OK Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK : Compare
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



register update OK Flag.
LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG : External
trigger edge event Flag.
LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM : Autoreload
match Flag.
LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM : Compare
match Flag.
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT

Enable the specified LPTIM interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : LPTIM handle.
__INTERRUPT__: : LPTIM interrupt to
set. This parameter can be a value of:

LPTIM_IT_DOWN : Counter
direction change up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_UP : Counter direction
change down to up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARROK : Autoreload
register update OK Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_CMPOK : Compare
register update OK Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG : External
trigger edge event Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARRM : Autoreload
match Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_CMPM : Compare match
Interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT
None.
Description:

Disable the specified LPTIM interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : LPTIM handle.
__INTERRUPT__: : LPTIM interrupt to
set. This parameter can be a value of:

LPTIM_IT_DOWN : Counter
direction change up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_UP : Counter direction
change down to up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARROK : Autoreload
register update OK Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_CMPOK : Compare
register update OK Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG : External
trigger edge event Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARRM : Autoreload
DOCID026232 Rev 3
325/664

UM1749
match Interrupt.
LPTIM_IT_CMPM : Compare match
Interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE
None.
Description:

Checks whether the specified LPTIM
interrupt is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : LPTIM handle.
__INTERRUPT__: : LPTIM interrupt to
check. This parameter can be a value of:

LPTIM_IT_DOWN : Counter
direction change up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_UP : Counter direction
change down to up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARROK : Autoreload
register update OK Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_CMPOK : Compare
register update OK Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG : External
trigger edge event Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARRM : Autoreload
match Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_CMPM : Compare match
Interrupt.
Return value:

Interrupt: status.
Trigger polarity
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_RISING
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_FALLING
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_RISING_FALLING
Flag definition
LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN
LPTIM_FLAG_UP
LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK
LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK
LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG
LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM
LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM
Interrupts definition
LPTIM_IT_DOWN
326/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
LPTIM_IT_UP
LPTIM_IT_ARROK
LPTIM_IT_CMPOK
LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG
LPTIM_IT_ARRM
LPTIM_IT_CMPM
Output polarity
LPTIM_OUTPUTPOLARITY_HIGH
LPTIM_OUTPUTPOLARITY_LOW
Trigger sample time
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_DIRECTTRANSITION
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_2TRANSITIONS
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_4TRANSITIONS
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_8TRANSITIONS
Updating mode
LPTIM_UPDATE_IMMEDIATE
LPTIM_UPDATE_ENDOFPERIOD
DOCID026232 Rev 3
327/664
UM1749
30
HAL LPTIM Extension Driver
30.1
LPTIMEx Firmware driver defines
30.1.1
LPTIMEx
Trigger source
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_0
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_1
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_2
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_3
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_4
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_5
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_6
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_7
328/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
31
HAL PCD Generic Driver
31.1
PCD Firmware driver registers structures
31.1.1
PCD_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t dev_endpoints
uint32_t speed
uint32_t ep0_mps
uint32_t phy_itface
uint32_t Sof_enable
uint32_t low_power_enable
uint32_t lpm_enable
uint32_t battery_charging_enable
Field Documentation








31.1.2
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::dev_endpoints
Device Endpoints number. This parameter depends on the used USB core. This
parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 15
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::speed
USB Core speed. This parameter can be any value of PCD_Speed
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::ep0_mps
Set the Endpoint 0 Max Packet size. This parameter can be any value of
PCD_USB_EP0_MPS
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::phy_itface
Select the used PHY interface. This parameter can be any value of
PCD_USB_Core_PHY
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::Sof_enable
Enable or disable the output of the SOF signal. This parameter can be set to ENABLE
or DISABLE
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::low_power_enable
Enable or disable Low Power mode This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::lpm_enable
Enable or disable Link Power Management. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::battery_charging_enable
Enable or disable Battery charging. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE
PCD_EPTypeDef
Data Fields

uint8_t num
DOCID026232 Rev 3
329/664
UM1749











uint8_t is_in
uint8_t is_stall
uint8_t type
uint16_t pmaadress
uint16_t pmaaddr0
uint16_t pmaaddr1
uint8_t doublebuffer
uint32_t maxpacket
uint8_t * xfer_buff
uint32_t xfer_len
uint32_t xfer_count
Field Documentation












31.1.3
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::num
Endpoint number This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and
Max_Data = 15
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::is_in
Endpoint direction This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and
Max_Data = 1
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::is_stall
Endpoint stall condition This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and
Max_Data = 1
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::type
Endpoint type This parameter can be any value of PCD_USB_EP_Type
uint16_t PCD_EPTypeDef::pmaadress
PMA Address This parameter can be any value between Min_addr = 0 and Max_addr
= 1K
uint16_t PCD_EPTypeDef::pmaaddr0
PMA Address0 This parameter can be any value between Min_addr = 0 and
Max_addr = 1K
uint16_t PCD_EPTypeDef::pmaaddr1
PMA Address1 This parameter can be any value between Min_addr = 0 and
Max_addr = 1K
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::doublebuffer
Double buffer enable This parameter can be 0 or 1
uint32_t PCD_EPTypeDef::maxpacket
Endpoint Max packet size This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0
and Max_Data = 64KB
uint8_t* PCD_EPTypeDef::xfer_buff
Pointer to transfer buffer
uint32_t PCD_EPTypeDef::xfer_len
Current transfer length
uint32_t PCD_EPTypeDef::xfer_count
Partial transfer length in case of multi packet transfer
PCD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields

330/664
PCD_TypeDef * Instance
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749








PCD_InitTypeDef Init
__IO uint8_t USB_Address
PCD_EPTypeDef IN_ep
PCD_EPTypeDef OUT_ep
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO PCD_StateTypeDef State
uint32_t Setup
void * pData
Field Documentation









PCD_TypeDef* PCD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
PCD_InitTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::Init
PCD required parameters
__IO uint8_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::USB_Address
USB Address
PCD_EPTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::IN_ep[8]
IN endpoint parameters
PCD_EPTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::OUT_ep[8]
OUT endpoint parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
PCD peripheral status
__IO PCD_StateTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::State
PCD communication state
uint32_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::Setup[12]
Setup packet buffer
void* PCD_HandleTypeDef::pData
Pointer to upper stack Handler
31.2
PCD Firmware driver API description
31.2.1
How to use this driver
The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: PCD_HandleTypeDef
hpcd;
Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using

__HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE();
b.
Initialize the related GPIO clocks
c.
Configure PCD pin-out
d.
Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
a.
hpcd.pData = pdev;
Enable HCD transmission and reception:
a.
HAL_PCD_Start();
DOCID026232 Rev 3
331/664
UM1749
31.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
This section contains the following APIs:




31.2.3
HAL_PCD_Init()
HAL_PCD_DeInit()
HAL_PCD_MspInit()
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:














31.2.4
HAL_PCD_Start()
HAL_PCD_Stop()
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler()
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback()
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback()
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback()
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback()
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback()
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback()
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback()
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:















31.2.5
HAL_PCD_DevConnect()
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect()
HAL_PCD_SetAddress()
HAL_PCD_EP_Open()
HAL_PCD_EP_Close()
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive()
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount()
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit()
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall()
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall()
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush()
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup()
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup()
PCD_WritePMA()
PCD_ReadPMA()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
332/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
This section contains the following APIs:

31.2.6
31.2.7
31.2.8
31.2.9
31.2.10
31.2.11
HAL_PCD_GetState()
HAL_PCD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Initializes the PCD according to the specified parameters in the
PCD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
DeInitializes the PCD peripheral.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_MspInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Initializes the PCD MSP.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
DeInitializes PCD MSP.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Start The USB OTG Device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
333/664
UM1749
31.2.12
31.2.13
31.2.14
31.2.15
31.2.16
31.2.17
334/664
Function Description
Stop The USB OTG Device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
This function handles PCD interrupt request.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Data out stage callbacks.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Data IN stage callbacks.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Setup stage callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
USB Start Of Frame callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
31.2.18
31.2.19
31.2.20
31.2.21
31.2.22
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
USB Reset callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Suspend event callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Resume event callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Incomplete ISO OUT callbacks.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Incomplete ISO IN callbacks.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Connection event callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
DOCID026232 Rev 3
335/664
UM1749
Return values
31.2.23
31.2.24
31.2.25
31.2.26
31.2.27
336/664

None:
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Disconnection event callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_DevConnect
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Connect the USB device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Disconnect the USB device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_SetAddress
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t address)
Function Description
Set the USB Device address.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
address: new device address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Open
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t
ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
Function Description
Open and configure an endpoint.
Parameters




hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
ep_mps: endpoint max packert size
ep_type: endpoint type
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
31.2.28
31.2.29
31.2.30
31.2.31
31.2.32
HAL_PCD_EP_Close
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Deactivate an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t * pBuf,
uint32_t len)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data.
Parameters




hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer
len: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount
Function Name
uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Get Received Data Size.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

Data: Size
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t * pBuf,
uint32_t len)
Function Description
Send an amount of data.
Parameters




hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer
len: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Set a STALL condition over an endpoint.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
337/664
UM1749
31.2.33
31.2.34
31.2.35
31.2.36
31.2.37
338/664
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Flush an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup
signalling.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

status:
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup
signalling.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

status:
PCD_WritePMA
Function Name
void PCD_WritePMA (USB_TypeDef * USBx, uint8_t *
pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
Function Description
Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area
(PMA)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
31.2.38
31.2.39
Parameters




USBx: USB device
pbUsrBuf: pointer to user memory area.
wPMABufAddr: address into PMA.
wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
Return values

None:
PCD_ReadPMA
Function Name
void PCD_ReadPMA (USB_TypeDef * USBx, uint8_t *
pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
Function Description
Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area
(PMA)
Parameters




USBx: USB device
pbUsrBuf: pointer to user memory area.
wPMABufAddr: address into PMA.
wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_GetState
Function Name
PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState (PCD_HandleTypeDef
* hpcd)
Function Description
Return the PCD state.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: state
31.3
PCD Firmware driver defines
31.3.1
PCD
PCD End Point
PCD_ENDP0
PCD_ENDP1
PCD_ENDP2
PCD_ENDP3
PCD_ENDP4
PCD_ENDP5
PCD_ENDP6
PCD_ENDP7
PCD_SNG_BUF
PCD_DBL_BUF
IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE
PCD Interrupt
DOCID026232 Rev 3
339/664
UM1749
__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG
__HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG
USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_LINE
External interrupt line 18 Connected to the
USB FS EXTI Line
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
PCD_SET_ENDPOINT
PCD_GET_ENDPOINT
PCD_SET_EPTYPE
Description:

sets the type in the endpoint
register(bits EP_TYPE[1:0])
Parameters:



USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
wType: Endpoint Type.
Return value:

PCD_GET_EPTYPE
None
Description:

gets the type in the endpoint
register(bits EP_TYPE[1:0])
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

PCD_FreeUserBuffer
Endpoint: Type
Description:

free buffer used from the application
realizing it to the line toggles bit
SW_BUF in the double buffered
endpoint register
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum
Return value:

PCD_GET_DB_DIR
None
Description:

gets direction of the double buffered
endpoint
Parameters:
340/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS
EP_DBUF_OUT: if the endpoint
counter not yet programmed.
Description:

sets the status for tx transfer (bits
STAT_TX[1:0]).
Parameters:



USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
wState: new state
Return value:

PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS
None
Description:

sets the status for rx transfer (bits
STAT_TX[1:0])
Parameters:



USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
wState: new state
Return value:

PCD_SET_EP_TXRX_STATUS
None
Description:

sets the status for rx & tx (bits
STAT_TX[1:0] & STAT_RX[1:0])
Parameters:




USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
wStaterx: new state.
wStatetx: new state.
Return value:

PCD_GET_EP_TX_STATUS
None
Description:

gets the status for tx/rx transfer (bits
STAT_TX[1:0] /STAT_RX[1:0])
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
341/664
UM1749

status
PCD_GET_EP_RX_STATUS
Description:
PCD_SET_EP_TX_VALID

sets directly the VALID tx/rx-status into
the endpoint register
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_SET_EP_RX_VALID
PCD_GET_EP_TX_STALL_STATUS
Description:

checks stall condition in an endpoint.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

TRUE: = endpoint in stall condition.
PCD_GET_EP_RX_STALL_STATUS
Description:
PCD_SET_EP_KIND

set & clear EP_KIND bit.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_CLEAR_EP_KIND
Description:
PCD_SET_OUT_STATUS

Sets/clears directly STATUS_OUT bit
in the endpoint register.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_CLEAR_OUT_STATUS
PCD_SET_EP_DBUF
Description:

342/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
Sets/clears directly EP_KIND bit in the
UM1749
endpoint register.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_CLEAR_EP_DBUF
PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR
Description:

Clears bit CTR_RX / CTR_TX in the
endpoint register.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR
PCD_RX_DTOG
Description:

Toggles DTOG_RX / DTOG_TX bit in
the endpoint register.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_TX_DTOG
PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG
Description:

Clears DTOG_RX / DTOG_TX bit in the
endpoint register.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG
PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS
Description:

Sets address in an endpoint register.
Parameters:


DOCID026232 Rev 3
USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
343/664
UM1749

bAddr: Address.
Return value:

None
Description:
PCD_GET_EP_ADDRESS

Gets address in an endpoint register.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_EP_TX_ADDRESS
PCD_EP_TX_CNT
PCD_EP_RX_ADDRESS
PCD_EP_RX_CNT
PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS
Description:

sets address of the tx/rx buffer.
Parameters:



USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
wAddr: address to be set (must be
word aligned).
Return value:

None
PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS
PCD_GET_EP_TX_ADDRESS
Description:

Gets address of the tx/rx buffer.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

address: of the buffer.
PCD_GET_EP_RX_ADDRESS
PCD_CALC_BLK32
Description:

Sets counter of rx buffer with no.
Parameters:



344/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
dwReg: Register.
wCount: Counter.
wNBlocks: Nb of block
UM1749
Return value:

None
PCD_CALC_BLK2
PCD_SET_EP_CNT_RX_REG
PCD_SET_EP_RX_DBUF0_CNT
Description:
PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT

sets counter for the tx/rx buffer.
Parameters:



USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
wCount: Counter value.
Return value:

None
PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT
Description:
PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT

gets counter of the tx buffer.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

Counter: value
PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT
PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_ADDR
Description:

Sets buffer 0/1 address in a double
buffer endpoint.
Parameters:



USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
wBuf0Addr: buffer 0 address.
Return value:

Counter: value
PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_ADDR
PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR
Description:

Sets addresses in a double buffer
endpoint.
Parameters:



DOCID026232 Rev 3
USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
wBuf0Addr: buffer 0 address.
345/664
UM1749

wBuf1Addr: = buffer 1 address.
Return value:

PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_ADDR
None
Description:

Gets buffer 0/1 address of a double
buffer endpoint.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_ADDR
PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT
Description:

Gets buffer 0/1 address of a double
buffer endpoint.
Parameters:




USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
bDir: endpoint dir EP_DBUF_OUT =
OUT and EP_DBUF_IN = IN
wCount: Counter value
Return value:

None
PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT
PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT
PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT
Description:

Gets buffer 0/1 rx/tx counter for double
buffering.
Parameters:


USBx: USB device.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT
PCD Speed
PCD_SPEED_HIGH
PCD_SPEED_FULL
PCD USB Core PHY
PCD_PHY_EMBEDDED
346/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
UM1749
PCD USB EP0 MPS
DEP0CTL_MPS_64
DEP0CTL_MPS_32
DEP0CTL_MPS_16
DEP0CTL_MPS_8
PCD_EP0MPS_64
PCD_EP0MPS_32
PCD_EP0MPS_16
PCD_EP0MPS_08
PCD USB EP Type
PCD_EP_TYPE_CTRL
PCD_EP_TYPE_ISOC
PCD_EP_TYPE_BULK
PCD_EP_TYPE_INTR
DOCID026232 Rev 3
347/664
UM1749
32
HAL PCD Extension Driver
32.1
PCDEx Firmware driver API description
32.1.1
Peripheral extended features functions
This section contains the following APIs:

32.1.2
HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig()
HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint16_t ep_addr, uint16_t
ep_kind, uint32_t pmaadress)
Function Description
Configure PMA for EP.
Parameters




Return values
348/664

hpcd: : Device instance
ep_addr: endpoint address
ep_kind: endpoint Kind USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer
endpoint this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
in PMA allocated to endpoint. In case of double buffer
endpoint this parameter is a 32-bit value providing the
endpoint buffer 0 address in the LSB part of 32-bit value and
endpoint buffer 1 address in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
:: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
33
HAL PWR Generic Driver
33.1
PWR Firmware driver registers structures
33.1.1
PWR_PVDTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t PVDLevel
uint32_t Mode
Field Documentation


uint32_t PWR_PVDTypeDef::PVDLevel
PVDLevel: Specifies the PVD detection level. This parameter can be a value of
PWR_PVD_detection_level
uint32_t PWR_PVDTypeDef::Mode
Mode: Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a
value of PWR_PVD_Mode
33.2
PWR Firmware driver API description
33.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section contains the following APIs:



33.2.2
HAL_PWR_DeInit()
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess()
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess()
Peripheral Control functions
Backup domain
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers) is protected
against possible unwanted write accesses. To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC
registers, proceed as follows:


Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
PVD configuration


The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold
selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
The PVD can use an external input analog voltage (PVD_IN) which is compared
internally to VREFINT. The PVD_IN (PB7) has to be configured in Analog mode when
PWR_PVDLevel_7 is selected (PLS[2:0] = 111).
DOCID026232 Rev 3
349/664
UM1749


A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the PVD
threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16 and can generate an
interrupt if enabled. This is done through __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT()
macro.
The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
WakeUp pin configuration


WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is forced in
input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
There are two WakeUp pins: WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00. WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13.
WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06 .
Main and Backup Regulators configuration
Low Power modes configuration
The device features 5 low-power modes:





Low power run mode: regulator in low power mode, limited clock frequency, limited
number of peripherals running.
Sleep mode: Cortex-M0+ core stopped, peripherals kept running.
Low power sleep mode: Cortex-M0+ core stopped, limited clock frequency, limited
number of peripherals running, regulator in low power mode.
Stop mode: All clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode.
Standby mode: VCORE domain powered off
Low power run mode
To further reduce the consumption when the system is in Run mode, the regulator can be
configured in low power mode. In this mode, the system frequency should not exceed MSI
frequency range1. In Low power run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run
mode.


Entry:

VCORE in range2

Decrease the system frequency not to exceed the frequency of MSI frequency
range1.

The regulator is forced in low power mode using the
HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() function.
Exit:

The regulator is forced in Main regulator mode using the
HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() function.

Increase the system frequency if needed.
Sleep mode

350/664
Entry: The Sleep mode is entered by using the
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON,
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) functions with

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

Exit:

Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt controller
(NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. If the WFE instruction was
used to enter sleep mode, the MCU exits Sleep mode as soon as an event
occurs.
Low power sleep mode



Entry: The Low power sleep mode is entered by using the
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON,
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) functions with

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
The Flash memory can be switched off by using the control bits (SLEEP_PD in the
FLASH_ACR register. This reduces power consumption but increases the wake-up
time.
Exit:

If the WFI instruction was used to enter Low power sleep mode, any peripheral
interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) can
wake up the device from Low power sleep mode. If the WFE instruction was used
to enter Low power sleep mode, the MCU exits Sleep mode as soon as an event
occurs.
Stop mode
The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M0+ deepsleep mode combined with peripheral
clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
In Stop mode, all clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI, the HSI and
the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents are preserved.
To get the lowest consumption in Stop mode, the internal Flash memory also enters low
power mode. When the Flash memory is in power-down mode, an additional startup delay
is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. To minimize the consumption In Stop mode,
VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature sensor can be switched off before entering
Stop mode. They can be switched on again by software after exiting Stop mode using the
ULP bit in the PWR_CR register. In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run
mode.


Entry: The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode function
with:

Main regulator ON.

Low Power regulator ON.

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
Exit:

By issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, the MSI or HSI16 RC oscillator is
selected as system clock depending the bit STOPWUCK in the RCC_CFGR
register
Standby mode
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the
Cortex-M0+ deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The VCORE domain is
consequently powered off. The PLL, the MSI, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are
also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC
backup registers and Standby circuitry. To minimize the consumption In Standby mode,
DOCID026232 Rev 3
351/664
UM1749
VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature sensor can be switched off before entering the
Standby mode. They can be switched on again by software after exiting the Standby mode.
function.


Entry:

The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
function.
Exit:

WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, tamper
event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode
The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, without
depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).


352/664
RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode

To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to:

Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt or
Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.

Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function

Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm()
and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions.

To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it is
necessary to:

Configure the EXTI Line 19 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt or
Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.

Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig()
function.

Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and
RTC_TamperCmd() functions.

To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to:

Configure the EXTI Line 20 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt or
Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.

Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function.

Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the
RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and
RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions.
RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode

To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to:

Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function.

Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm()
and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions.

To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
is necessary to:

Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig()
function.

Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and
RTC_TamperCmd() functions.

To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary
to:

Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the
RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and
RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions.
Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode

To wake up from the Stop mode with an comparator 1 or comparator 2 wakeup
event, it is necessary to:

Configure the EXTI Line 21 for comparator 1 or EXTI Line 22 for
comparator 2 to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling
and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.

Configure the comparator to generate the event.
This section contains the following APIs:
















33.2.3
33.2.4
33.2.5
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess()
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess()
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD()
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD()
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD()
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin()
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin()
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode()
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode()
HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit()
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit()
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend()
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend()
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback()
HAL_PWR_DeInit
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DeInit (void )
Function Description
Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default
reset values.
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess (void )
Function Description
Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
backup data registers ).
Return values

None:
Notes

If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock,
the Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess (void )
Function Description
Disables access to the backup domain.
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
353/664
UM1749
Notes
33.2.6
33.2.7
33.2.8
33.2.9
33.2.10
354/664


Applies to RTC registers, RTC backup data registers.
If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock,
the Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess (void )
Function Description
Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
backup data registers ).
Return values

None:
Notes

If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock,
the Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess (void )
Function Description
Disables access to the backup domain.
Return values

None:
Notes


Applies to RTC registers, RTC backup data registers.
If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock,
the Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD (PWR_PVDTypeDef * sConfigPVD)
Function Description
Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage
Detector(PVD).
Parameters

sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the PVD.
Return values

None:
Notes

Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet
for more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to
each detection level.
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD (void )
Function Description
Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD (void )
Function Description
Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
33.2.11
33.2.12
33.2.13
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
Function Description
Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
Parameters

WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2PWR_WAKEUP_
PIN3 for stm32l07xxx and stm32l08xxx devices only.
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
Function Description
Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
Parameters

WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2PWR_WAKEUP_
PIN3 for stm32l07xxx and stm32l08xxx devices only.
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t
SLEEPEntry)
Function Description
Enters Sleep mode.
Parameters


33.2.14
Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator
ONPWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with
low power regulator ON
SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI
or WFE instruction. When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt
have to be disabled if not desired as the interrupt wake up
source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI
instructionPWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode
with WFE instruction
Return values

None:
Notes

In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run
mode.
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t
STOPEntry)
Function Description
Enters Stop mode.
Parameters

Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator
DOCID026232 Rev 3
355/664

Return values

None:
Notes

In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run
mode.
When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup
event, MSI or HSI16 RCoscillator is selected as system clock
depending the bit STOPWUCK in the RCC_CFGR register.
When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an
additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop
mode. By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop
mode, the consumption is higher although the startup time is
reduced.


33.2.15
33.2.16
33.2.17
356/664
UM1749
ONPWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with
low power regulator ON
STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or
WFE instruction. This parameter can be one of the following
values: PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI
instructionPWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with
WFE instruction
HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode (void )
Function Description
Enters Standby mode.
Return values

None:
Notes

In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
Reset pad (still available)RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured
for tamper, time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC clock
calibration out.RTC_AF2 pin (PC13) if configured for
tamper.WKUP pin 1 (PA00) if enabled.WKUP pin 2 (PC13) if
enabled.WKUP pin 3 (PE06) if enabled, for stm32l07xxx and
stm32l08xxx devices only.WKUP pin 3 (PA02) if enabled, for
stm32l031xx devices only.
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit (void )
Function Description
Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to
Thread mode.
Return values

None:
Notes

Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
the processor re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption
handling is over. Setting this bit is useful when the processor
is expected to run only on interruptions handling.
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit (void )
Function Description
Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode
to Thread mode.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
33.2.18
33.2.19
33.2.20
33.2.21
Return values

None:
Notes

Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is
set, the processor re-enters SLEEP mode when an
interruption handling is over.
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend (void )
Function Description
Enables CORTEX M0+ SEVONPEND bit.
Return values

None:
Notes

Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
this causes WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from
inactive to pended.
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend (void )
Function Description
Disables CORTEX M0+ SEVONPEND bit.
Return values

None:
Notes

Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
this causes WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from
inactive to pended.
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
Return values

None:
Notes

This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback (void )
Function Description
PWR PVD interrupt callback.
Return values

None:
33.3
PWR Firmware driver defines
33.3.1
PWR
PWR Exported Macros
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG
Description:

macros configure the main internal
regulator output voltage.
Parameters:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
__REGULATOR__: specifies the
357/664
UM1749
regulator output voltage to achieve a
tradeoff between performance and
power consumption when the device
does not operate at the maximum
frequency (refer to the datasheets for
more details). This parameter can be
one of the following values:

PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAG
E_SCALE1: Regulator voltage
output Scale 1 mode, System
frequency up to 32 MHz.

PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAG
E_SCALE2: Regulator voltage
output Scale 2 mode, System
frequency up to 16 MHz.

PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAG
E_SCALE3: Regulator voltage
output Scale 3 mode, System
frequency up to 4.2 MHz
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check PWR flag is set or not.
Parameters:

358/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to
check. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up
flag. This flag indicates that a
wakeup event was received
from the WKUP pin or from the
RTC alarm (Alarm B), RTC
Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp
event or RTC Wakeup. An
additional wakeup event is
detected if the WKUP pin is
enabled (by setting the EWUP
bit) when the WKUP pin level is
already high.

PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag.
This flag indicates that the
system was resumed from
StandBy mode.

PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD
Output. This flag is valid only if
PVD is enabled by the
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD()
function. The PVD is stopped by
Standby mode. For this reason,
this bit is equal to 0 after
Standby or reset until the PVDE
bit is set.
UM1749



PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY:
Internal voltage reference
(VREFINT) ready flag. This bit
indicates the state of the
internal voltage reference,
VREFINT.
PWR_FLAG_VOS: Voltage
Scaling select flag. A delay is
required for the internal
regulator to be ready after the
voltage range is changed. The
VOSF bit indicates that the
regulator has reached the
voltage level defined with bits
VOS of PWR_CR register.
PWR_FLAG_REGLP: Regulator
LP flag. When the MCU exits
from Low power run mode, this
bit stays at 1 until the regulator
is ready in main mode. A polling
on this bit is recommended to
wait for the regulator main
mode. This bit is reset by
hardware when the regulator is
ready.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
Description:

Clear the PWR pending flags.
Parameters:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to
clear. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag

PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
Description:

Enable interrupt on PVD Exti Line
16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None.
Description:

Disable interrupt on PVD Exti Line
16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None.
Description:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
359/664
UM1749

Enable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
None.
Description:

Disable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING
_EDGE
None.
Description:

PVD EXTI line configuration: set
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt
Falling Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_
EDGE
None.
Description:

PVD EXTI line configuration: set
rising edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING
_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt
Rising Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_
FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

PVD EXTI line configuration: set
rising & falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING
_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt
Rising & Falling Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG
360/664
None.
Description:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

Check whether the specified PVD
EXTI interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
EXTI: PVD Line Status.
Description:

Clear the PVD EXTI flag.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None.
Description:

Generate a Software interrupt on
selected EXTI line.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None.
Description:

Generate a Software interrupt on
selected EXTI line.
Return value:

None.
PWREx Flag Setting Time Out Value
PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US
PWR Flag
PWR_FLAG_WU
PWR_FLAG_SB
PWR_FLAG_PVDO
PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY
PWR_FLAG_VOS
PWR_FLAG_REGLP
PVD detection level
PWR_PVDLEVEL_0
PWR_PVDLEVEL_1
PWR_PVDLEVEL_2
PWR_PVDLEVEL_3
PWR_PVDLEVEL_4
PWR_PVDLEVEL_5
PWR_PVDLEVEL_6
PWR_PVDLEVEL_7
PWR PVD Mode
DOCID026232 Rev 3
361/664
UM1749
PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL
basic mode is used
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge
trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Falling
edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with
Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING
Event Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING
Event Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING
Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
PWR PVD Mode Mask
PVD_MODE_IT
PVD_MODE_EVT
PVD_RISING_EDGE
PVD_FALLING_EDGE
PWR Register alias address
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
PWR Regulator state in SLEEP/STOP mode
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON
PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON
PWR Regulator Voltage Scale
PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1
PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2
PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3
IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE
PWR SLEEP mode entry
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE
PWR STOP mode entry
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE
362/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
34
HAL PWR Extension Driver
34.1
PWREx Firmware driver defines
34.1.1
PWREx
PWREx Exported Macros
__HAL_PWR_FLASHWAKEUP_ENABLE
Notes:

__HAL_PWR_FLASHWAKEUP_DISABLE
When entering low power mode (stop or
standby only), if DS_EE_KOFF and
RUN_PD of FLASH_ACR register are
both set , the Flash memory will not be
woken up when exiting from deep-sleep
mode.
Notes:

When entering low power mode (stop or
standby only), if DS_EE_KOFF and
RUN_PD of FLASH_ACR register are
both set , the Flash memory will not be
woken up when exiting from deep-sleep
mode.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
363/664
UM1749
35
HAL RCC Generic Driver
35.1
RCC Firmware driver registers structures
35.1.1
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t PLLState
uint32_t PLLSource
uint32_t PLLMUL
uint32_t PLLDIV
Field Documentation




35.1.2
uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLState
The new state of the PLL. This parameter can be a value of RCC_PLL_Config
uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLSource
RCC_PLLSource: PLL entry clock source. This parameter must be a value of
RCC_PLL_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLMUL
PLLMUL: Multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock This parameter must of
RCC_PLLMultiplication_Factor
uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLDIV
PLLDIV: Division factor for main system clock (SYSCLK) This parameter must be a
value of RCC_PLLDivider_Factor
RCC_OscInitTypeDef
Data Fields











uint32_t OscillatorType
uint32_t HSEState
uint32_t LSEState
uint32_t HSIState
uint32_t HSICalibrationValue
uint32_t LSIState
uint32_t HSI48State
uint32_t MSIState
uint32_t MSICalibrationValue
uint32_t MSIClockRange
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef PLL
Field Documentation
364/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749











35.1.3
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::OscillatorType
The oscillators to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_Oscillator_Type
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSEState
The new state of the HSE. This parameter can be a value of RCC_HSE_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::LSEState
The new state of the LSE. This parameter can be a value of RCC_LSE_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSIState
The new state of the HSI. This parameter can be a value of RCC_HSI_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSICalibrationValue
The calibration trimming value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data
= 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x1F
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::LSIState
The new state of the LSI. This parameter can be a value of RCC_LSI_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSI48State
The new state of the HSI48. This parameter can be a value of RCC_HSI48_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::MSIState
The new state of the MSI. This parameter can be a value of RCC_MSI_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::MSICalibrationValue
The calibration trimming value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data
= 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::MSIClockRange
The MSI frequency range. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_MSI_Clock_Range
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitTypeDef::PLL
PLL structure parameters
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t ClockType
uint32_t SYSCLKSource
uint32_t AHBCLKDivider
uint32_t APB1CLKDivider
uint32_t APB2CLKDivider
Field Documentation




uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::ClockType
The clock to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_System_Clock_Type
uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::SYSCLKSource
The clock source (SYSCLKS) used as system clock. This parameter can be a value
of RCC_System_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::AHBCLKDivider
The AHB clock (HCLK) divider. This clock is derived from the system clock
(SYSCLK). This parameter can be a value of RCC_AHB_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::APB1CLKDivider
The APB1 clock (PCLK1) divider. This clock is derived from the AHB clock (HCLK).
This parameter can be a value of RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source
DOCID026232 Rev 3
365/664
UM1749

uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::APB2CLKDivider
The APB2 clock (PCLK2) divider. This clock is derived from the AHB clock (HCLK).
This parameter can be a value of RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source
35.2
RCC Firmware driver API description
35.2.1
RCC specific features
After reset the device is running from MSI (2 MHz) with Flash 0 WS, all peripherals are off
except internal SRAM, Flash and SW-DP.



There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; all
peripherals mapped on these busses are running at MSI speed.
The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the SW-DP pins which are assigned to be
used for debug purpose.
Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:





35.2.2
Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock (if the application
needs higher frequency/performance)
Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers
Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not derived from the
System clock (ADC, RTC/LCD, RNG and IWDG)
RCC Limitations
A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral enabling
should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write from/to
registeres.



This delay depends on the peripheral mapping.
If peripheral is mapped on AHB: the delay is 2 AHB clock cycle after the clock enable
bit is set on the hardware register
If peripheral is mapped on APB: the delay is 2 APB clock cycle after the clock enable
bit is set on the hardware register
Possible Workarounds:
1.
2.
3.
35.2.3
Enable the peripheral clock sometimes before the peripheral read/write register is
required.
For AHB peripheral, insert two dummy read to the peripheral register.
For APB peripheral, insert a dummy read to the peripheral register.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provide functions allowing to configure the internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS
and MCO.
Internal/external clock and PLL configuration
1.
2.
366/664
HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through the
PLL as System clock source.
MSI (multi-speed internal), multispeed low power RC (65.536 KHz to 4.194 MHz)
MHz used as System clock source.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
LSI (low-speed internal), 37 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC
clock source.
HSE (high-speed external), 1 to 24 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or through the
PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source.
LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source.
PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), for System clock and USB (48 MHz).
CSS (Clock security system), once enable and if a HSE clock failure occurs (HSE
used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock is
automatically switched to MSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. The interrupt is
linked to the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, MSI, HSE, PLL,
LSI or LSE clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin.
System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration
1.
2.
Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): MSI, HSI,
HSE and PLL. The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through
configurable prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped
on IOPORT, AHB bus (DMA,Flash...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are
derived from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock the
peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()"
function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. All the peripheral clocks are
derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: I2S: the I2S clock can be derived
from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. RTC: the RTC clock can be
derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock divided by 2 to 16. You have to use
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() and __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() macros to
configure this clock. USB FS,and RNG require a frequency equal to 48 MHz to work
correctly This clock is derived from the main PLL or HSI48 RC oscillator. IWDG clock
which is always the LSI clock.
For the STM32L0xx devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK ,HCLK, APB1
and APB2 is 32 MHz. Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum
frequency should be adapted accordingly (see table below).
Table 17: Number of wait states (WS) vs CPU clock (HCLK) frequency
HCLK clock frequency (MHz)
Latency
voltage range: 1.65 to 3.6 V
voltage range: 2.0 to 3.6 V
VCORE = 1.2 V
VCORE = 1.5 V
VCORE = 1.8 V
0W (1 CPU cycle)
0 < HCLK ≤ 2
0 < HCLK ≤ 8
0 < HCLK ≤ 16
1WS (2 CPU cycles)
2< HCLK ≤ 4
8 < HCLK ≤ 16
16 < HCLK ≤ 32
This section contains the following APIs:



35.2.4
HAL_RCC_DeInit()
HAL_RCC_OscConfig()
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
frequencies.
This section contains the following APIs:



HAL_RCC_MCOConfig()
HAL_RCC_EnableCSS()
HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
367/664
UM1749







35.2.5
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq()
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq()
HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig()
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig()
HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler()
HAL_RCC_CSSCallback()
HAL_RCC_DeInit
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_DeInit (void )
Function Description
Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
Return values

None:
Notes

The default reset state of the clock configuration is given
below: MSI ON and used as system clock source (MSI range
is not modifiedby this function, it keep the value configured by
user application)HSI, HSE and PLL OFFAHB, APB1 and
APB2 prescaler set to 1.CSS and MCO OFFAll interrupts
disabled
This function does not modify the configuration of the
-Peripheral clocks
-HSI48, LSI, LSE and RTC clocks



35.2.6
HAL_RCC_OscConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig
(RCC_OscInitTypeDef * RCC_OscInitStruct)
Function Description
Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified
parameters in the RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
Parameters

RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
RCC Oscillators.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes


The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE
Bypass are not supported by this macro. User should request
a transition to LSE Off first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass.
Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE
Bypass are not supported by this macro. User should request
a transition to HSE Off first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass.

35.2.7
368/664
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig
(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef * RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency)
Function Description
Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the
specified parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct.
Parameters

RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
RCC peripheral.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

FLatency: FLASH Latency, this parameter depends on
System Clock Frequency
Return values

None:
Notes

The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store
System Clock Frequency and updated by
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function
The MSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock
source after startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and
STANDBY mode, or in case of failure of the HSE used
directly or indirectly as system clock (if the Clock Security
System CSS is enabled).
A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the
target clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or
PLL locked). If a clock source which is not yet ready is
selected, the switch will occur when the clock source will be
ready.


35.2.8
HAL_RCC_MCOConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig (uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t
RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv)
Function Description
Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin.
Parameters

RCC_MCOx: specifies the output direction for the clock
source. For STM32L0xx family this parameter can have only
one value: RCC_MCO1: Clock source to output on MCO
pin(PA8).RCC_MCO2: Clock source to output on MCO
pin(PA9).
RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK: No clock
selectedRCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK: System clock
selectedRCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI: HSI oscillator clock
selectedRCC_MCO1SOURCE_MSI: MSI oscillator clock
selectedRCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE: HSE oscillator clock
selectedRCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK: PLL clock
selectedRCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI: LSI clock
selectedRCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE: LSE clock selected and
in STM32L052xx,STM32L053xx,STM32L062xx,
STM32L063xx STM32L072xx,STM32L073xx,STM32L082xx,
STM32L083xxRCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48: HSI48 clock
selected
RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCO DIV. This parameter can
be one of the following values: RCC_MCODIV_1: no division
applied to MCO clockRCC_MCODIV_2: division by 2 applied
to MCO clockRCC_MCODIV_4: division by 4 applied to MCO
clockRCC_MCODIV_8: division by 8 applied to MCO
clockRCC_MCODIV_16: division by 16 applied to MCO clock


35.2.9
Return values

None:
Notes

MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode.
HAL_RCC_EnableCSS
DOCID026232 Rev 3
369/664
UM1749
35.2.10
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS (void )
Function Description
Enables the Clock Security System.
Return values

None:
Notes

If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this
oscillator is automatically disabled and an interrupt is
generated to inform the software about the failure (Clock
Security System Interrupt, CSSI), allowing the MCU to
perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to the CortexM0+ NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq (void )
Function Description
Returns the SYSCLK frequency.
Return values

SYSCLK: frequency
Notes

The system frequency computed by this function is not the
real frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the
predefined constant and the selected clock source:
If SYSCLK source is MSI, function returns values based on
MSI Value as defined by the MSI range.
If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on
HSI_VALUE(*)
If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on
HSE_VALUE(**)
If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on
HSE_VALUE(**) or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the
PLL factors.
(*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h
file (default value 16 MHz) but the real value may vary
depending on the variations in voltage and temperature.
(**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in
stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h file (default value 8 MHz), user has to
ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the
crystal used. Otherwise, this function may have wrong result.
The result of this function could be not correct when using
fractional value for HSE crystal.
This function can be used by the user application to compute
the baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure
other parameters.
Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to
update the right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration
based on this function will be incorrect.









35.2.11
370/664
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq (void )
Function Description
Returns the HCLK frequency.
Return values

HCLK: frequency
Notes

Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to
update the right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

35.2.12
35.2.13
35.2.14
35.2.15
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq (void )
Function Description
Returns the PCLK1 frequency.
Return values

PCLK1: frequency
Notes

Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to
update the right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration
based on this function will be incorrect.
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq (void )
Function Description
Returns the PCLK2 frequency.
Return values

PCLK2: frequency
Notes

Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to
update the right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration
based on this function will be incorrect.
HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig (RCC_OscInitTypeDef *
RCC_OscInitStruct)
Function Description
Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal RCC
configuration registers.
Parameters

RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef
structure that will be configured.
Return values

None:
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig (RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *
RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t * pFLatency)
Function Description
Configures the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal RCC
configuration registers.
Parameters

Return values
35.2.16
based on this function will be incorrect.
The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store
System Clock Frequency and updated within this function

RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef
structure that will be configured.
pFLatency: Pointer on the Flash Latency.

None:
HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
371/664
UM1749
35.2.17
Return values

None:
Notes

This API should be called under the NMI_Handler().
HAL_RCC_CSSCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback (void )
Function Description
RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback.
Return values

None:
35.3
RCC Firmware driver defines
35.3.1
RCC
AHB Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_MIF_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SRAM_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_MIF_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SRAM_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
AHB Peripheral Clock Sleep Enabled or Disabled Status
__HAL_RCC_CRC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_MIF_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SRAM_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
RCC AHB Clock Source
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1
SYSCLK not divided
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2
SYSCLK divided by 2
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV4
SYSCLK divided by 4
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV8
SYSCLK divided by 8
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV16
SYSCLK divided by 16
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV64
SYSCLK divided by 64
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV128
SYSCLK divided by 128
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV256
SYSCLK divided by 256
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV512
SYSCLK divided by 512
AHB Peripheral Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET
372/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_MIF_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CRC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CRC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_MIF_RELEASE_RESET
AHB Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_MIF_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_MIF_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_DISABLE
AHB Peripheral Clock Enabled or Disabled Status
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_MIF_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
RCC APB1 APB2 Clock Source
RCC_HCLK_DIV1
HCLK not divided
RCC_HCLK_DIV2
HCLK divided by 2
RCC_HCLK_DIV4
HCLK divided by 4
RCC_HCLK_DIV8
HCLK divided by 8
RCC_HCLK_DIV16
HCLK divided by 16
APB1 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE
APB1 Peripheral Clock Enabled or Disabled Status
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_ENABLED
APB1 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
373/664
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
APB1 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enabled or Disabled Status
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
APB1 Peripheral Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET
APB2 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DBGMCU_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DBGMCU_CLK_DISABLE
APB2 Peripheral Clock Enabled or Disabled Status
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DBGMCU_IS_CLK_ENABLED
APB2 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DBGMCU_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DBGMCU_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
APB2 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enabled or Disabled Status
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DBGMCU_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
APB2 Peripheral Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DBGMCU_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DBGMCU_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_RELEASE_RESET
RCC Backup Domain Reset
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE
Notes:

374/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
This function resets the RTC peripheral
UM1749
(including the backup registers) and the
RTC clock source selection in
RCC_CSR register. The BKPSRAM is
not affected by this reset.
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE
RCC Exported Macros
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE

The HSI is stopped by hardware when
entering STOP and STANDBY modes. It
is used (enabled by hardware) as system
clock source after startup from Reset,
wakeup from STOP and STANDBY mode,
or in case of failure of the HSE used
directly or indirectly as system clock (if the
Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
HSI can not be stopped if it is used as
system clock source. In this case, you
have to select another source of the
system clock then stop the HSI. After
enabling the HSI, the application software
should wait on HSIRDY flag to be set
indicating that HSI clock is stable and can
be used as system clock source. When
the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low
after 6 HSI oscillator clock cycles.
__HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALU
E_ADJUST
Description:

Macro to adjust the Internal High Speed
oscillator (HSI) calibration value.
Parameters:

__HSICalibrationValue__: specifies the
calibration trimming value. This parameter
must be a number between 0 and 0x1F.
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_HSI_CONFIG
The calibration is used to compensate for
the variations in voltage and temperature
that influence the frequency of the internal
HSI RC.
Description:

Macro to enable or disable the Internal
High Speed oscillator (HSI).
Parameters:

__STATE__: specifies the new state of
the HSI. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_HSI_OFF: turn OFF the HSI
oscillator
DOCID026232 Rev 3
375/664
UM1749


RCC_HSI_ON: turn ON the HSI
oscillator
RCC_HSI_DIV4: turn ON the HSI
oscillator and divide it by 4
Notes:


After enabling the HSI, the application
software should wait on HSIRDY flag to
be set indicating that HSI clock is stable
and can be used to clock the PLL and/or
system clock. HSI can not be stopped if it
is used directly or through the PLL as
system clock. In this case, you have to
select another source of the system clock
then stop the HSI. The HSI is stopped by
hardware when entering STOP and
STANDBY modes.
When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag
goes low after 6 HSI oscillator clock
cycles.
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_MSI_ENABLE

The MSI is stopped by hardware when
entering STOP and STANDBY modes. It
is used (enabled by hardware) as system
clock source after startup from Reset,
wakeup from STOP and STANDBY mode,
or in case of failure of the HSE used
directly or indirectly as system clock (if the
Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
MSI can not be stopped if it is used as
system clock source. In this case, you
have to select another source of the
system clock then stop the MSI. After
enabling the MSI, the application software
should wait on MSIRDY flag to be set
indicating that MSI clock is stable and can
be used as system clock source. When
the MSI is stopped, MSIRDY flag goes low
after 6 MSI oscillator clock cycles.
__HAL_RCC_MSI_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALU
E_ADJUST
Description:

Macro Adjusts the Internal Multi Speed
oscillator (MSI) calibration value.
Parameters:

__MSICalibrationValue__: specifies the
calibration trimming value. This parameter
must be a number between 0 and 0xFF.
Notes:

376/664
The calibration is used to compensate for
the variations in voltage and temperature
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
that influence the frequency of the internal
MSI RC. Refer to the Application Note
AN3300 for more details on how to
calibrate the MSI.
__HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configures the Internal Multi
Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range.
Parameters:

__RCC_MSIRange__: specifies the MSI
Clock range. This parameter must be one
of the following values:

RCC_MSIRANGE_0: MSI clock is
around 65.536 KHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_1: MSI clock is
around 131.072 KHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_2: MSI clock is
around 262.144 KHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_3: MSI clock is
around 524.288 KHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_4: MSI clock is
around 1.048 MHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_5: MSI clock is
around 2.097 MHz (default after
Reset or wake-up from STANDBY)

RCC_MSIRANGE_6: MSI clock is
around 4.194 MHz
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE
After restart from Reset or wakeup from
STANDBY, the MSI clock is around 2.097
MHz. The MSI clock does not change
after wake-up from STOP mode. The MSI
clock range can be modified on the fly.
Description:

Macro to get the Internal Multi Speed
oscillator (__MSI__) clock range in run
mode.
Return value:

MSI: clock range. This parameter must be
one of the following values:

RCC_MSIRANGE_0: MSI clock is
around 65.536 KHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_1: MSI clock is
around 131.072 KHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_2: MSI clock is
around 262.144 KHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_3: MSI clock is
around 524.288 KHz

RCC_MSIRANGE_4: MSI clock is
around 1.048 MHz
DOCID026232 Rev 3
377/664
UM1749


RCC_MSIRANGE_5: MSI clock is
around 2.097 MHz (default after
Reset or wake-up from STANDBY)
RCC_MSIRANGE_6: MSI clock is
around 4.194 MHz
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE

After enabling the LSI, the application
software should wait on LSIRDY flag to be
set indicating that LSI clock is stable and
can be used to clock the IWDG and/or the
RTC. LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG
is running. When the LSI is stopped,
LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator
clock cycles.
__HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the External High
Speed oscillator (HSE).
Parameters:

__STATE__: specifies the new state of
the HSE. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE
oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low
after 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles.

RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE
oscillator.

RCC_HSE_BYPASS: HSE oscillator
bypassed with external clock.
Notes:

378/664
Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and
HSE On to HSE Bypass are not supported
by this macro. User should request a
transition to HSE Off first and then HSE
On or HSE Bypass. After enabling the
HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or
RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application
software should wait on HSERDY flag to
be set indicating that HSE clock is stable
and can be used to clock the PLL and/or
system clock. HSE state can not be
changed if it is used directly or through the
PLL as system clock. In this case, you
have to select another source of the
system clock then change the HSE state
(ex. disable it). The HSE is stopped by
hardware when entering STOP and
STANDBY modes. This function reset the
CSSON bit, so if the clock security
system(CSS) was previously enabled you
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
have to enable it again after calling this
function.
Description:
__HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG

Macro to configure the External Low
Speed oscillator (LSE).
Parameters:

__STATE__: specifies the new state of
the LSE. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE
oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low
after 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles.

RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE
oscillator.

RCC_LSE_BYPASS: LSE oscillator
bypassed with external clock.
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_RTC_CLKPRESCALER
Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and
LSE On to LSE Bypass are not supported
by this macro. User should request a
transition to LSE Off first and then LSE On
or LSE Bypass. As the LSE is in the
Backup domain and write access is
denied to this domain after reset, you
have to enable write access using
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function
before to configure the LSE (to be done
once after reset). After enabling the LSE
(RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_BYPASS),
the application software should wait on
LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE
clock is stable and can be used to clock
the RTC.
Description:

Configures or Get the RTC and LCD clock
(RTCCLK / LCDCLK).
Parameters:

__RTCCLKSOURCE__: specifies the
RTC clock source. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE: LSE
selected as RTC clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI: LSI
selected as RTC clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV2:
HSE divided by 2 selected as RTC
clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV4:
HSE divided by 4 selected as RTC
clock
DOCID026232 Rev 3
379/664
UM1749


RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV8:
HSE divided by 8 selected as RTC
clock
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV1
6: HSE divided by 16 selected as
RTC clock
Notes:


As the RTC clock configuration bits are in
the RTC domain and write access is
denied to this domain after reset, you
have to enable write access using
PWR_RTCAccessCmd(ENABLE) function
before to configure the RTC clock source
(to be done once after reset). Once the
RTC clock is configured it cannot be
changed unless the RTC is reset using
RCC_RTCResetCmd function, or by a
Power On Reset (POR) The RTC clock
(RTCCLK) is used also to clock the LCD
(LCDCLK).
If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock
source, the RTC continues to work in
STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be
used as wakeup source. However, when
the HSE clock is used as RTC clock
source, the RTC cannot be used in STOP
and STANDBY modes. The maximum
input clock frequency for RTC is 1MHz
(when using HSE as RTC clock source).
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG
__HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE

After enabling the main PLL, the
application software should wait on
PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL
clock is stable and can be used as system
clock source. The main PLL can not be
disabled if it is used as system clock
source The main PLL is disabled by
hardware when entering STOP and
STANDBY modes.
__HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the main PLL clock
source, multiplication and division factors.
Parameters:

380/664
__RCC_PLLSOURCE__: specifies the
PLL entry clock source. This parameter
can be one of the following values:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: HSI
oscillator clock selected as PLL clock
entry

RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: HSE
oscillator clock selected as PLL clock
entry
__PLLMUL__: specifies the multiplication
factor to generate the PLL VCO clock This
parameter must be one of the following
values:

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL3: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 3

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL4: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 4

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL6: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 6

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL8: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 8

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL12: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 12

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL16: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 16

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL24: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 24

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL32: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 32

RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL48: PLLVCO =
PLL clock entry x 48
__PLLDIV__: specifies the PLL output
clock division from PLL VCO clock This
parameter must be one of the following
values:

RCC_PLLDIV_2: PLL clock output =
PLLVCO / 2

RCC_PLLDIV_3: PLL clock output =
PLLVCO / 3

RCC_PLLDIV_4: PLL clock output =
PLLVCO / 4
Notes:


__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE
This function must be used only when the
main PLL is disabled.
The PLL VCO clock frequency must not
exceed 96 MHz when the product is in
Range 1, 48 MHz when the product is in
Range 2 and 24 MHz when the product is
in Range 3.
Description:

Macro to get the oscillator used as PLL
clock source.
Return value:

The: oscillator used as PLL clock source.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
381/664
UM1749
The returned value can be one of the
following:

RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: HSI
oscillator is used as PLL clock
source.

RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: HSE
oscillator is used as PLL clock
source.
__HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the system clock
source.
Parameters:

__SYSCLKSOURCE__: specifies the
system clock source. This parameter can
be one of the following values:

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_MSI: MSI
oscillator is used as system clock
source.

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI
oscillator is used as system clock
source.

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE: HSE
oscillator is used as system clock
source.

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK:
PLL output is used as system clock
source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE
None
Description:

Macro to get the clock source used as
system clock.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG
The: clock source used as system clock.
The returned value can be one of the
following:

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_
MSI: MSI used as system clock.

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_
HSI: HSI used as system clock.

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_
HSE: HSE used as system clock.

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_P
LLCLK: PLL used as system clock.
Description:

Macro to configure the MCO clock.
Parameters:
382/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


__MCOCLKSOURCE__: specifies the
MCO clock source. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

RCC_CFGR_MCO_HSI: HSI clock
selected as MCO source

RCC_CFGR_MCO_MSI: MSI clock
selected as MCO source

RCC_CFGR_MCO_HSE: HSE clock
selected as MCO source

RCC_CFGR_MCO_PLL: PLL clock
selected as MCO source

RCC_CFGR_MCO_LSI: LSI clock
selected as MCO source

RCC_CFGR_MCO_LSE: LSE clock
selected as MCO source
__MCODIV__: specifies the MCO clock
prescaler. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

RCC_CFGR_MCO_PRE_1: no
division applied to MCO clock

RCC_CFGR_MCO_PRE_2: division
by 2 applied to MCO clock

RCC_CFGR_MCO_PRE_4: division
by 4 applied to MCO clock

RCC_CFGR_MCO_PRE_8: division
by 8 applied to MCO clock

RCC_CFGR_MCO_PRE_16: division
by 16 applied to MCO clock
RCC Flag
RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY
RCC_FLAG_HSIDIV
RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY
RCC_FLAG_HSERDY
RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY
RCC_FLAG_LSERDY
RCC_FLAG_LSECSS
RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY
RCC_FLAG_FWRST
RCC_FLAG_OBLRST
RCC_FLAG_PINRST
RCC_FLAG_PORRST
RCC_FLAG_SFTRST
RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST
RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST
RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST
DOCID026232 Rev 3
383/664
UM1749
RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY
RCC Flags Interrupts Management
__HAL_RCC_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable RCC interrupt (Perform Byte access
to RCC_CIER[0:7] bits to enable the
selected interrupts).
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC
interrupt sources to be enabled. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready
interrupt

RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt

RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_CSSLSE: LSE CSS interrupt

RCC_IT_HSI48RDY: HSI48 ready
interrupt
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_DISABLE_IT
The CSS interrupt doesn't have an enable
bit; once the CSS is enabled and if the HSE
clock fails, the CSS interrupt occurs and an
NMI is automatically generated. The NMI will
be executed indefinitely, and since NMI has
higher priority than any other IRQ (and main
program) the application will be stacked in
the NMI ISR unless the CSS interrupt
pending bit is cleared.
Description:

Disable RCC interrupt (Perform Byte access
to RCC_CIER[0:7] bits to disable the
selected interrupts).
Parameters:

384/664
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC
interrupt sources to be disabled. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready
interrupt

RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt

RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSI48RDY: HSI48 ready
interrupt
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

RCC_IT_CSSLSE: LSE CSS interrupt
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT
The CSS interrupt doesn't have an enable
bit; once the CSS is enabled and if the HSE
clock fails, the CSS interrupt occurs and an
NMI is automatically generated. The NMI will
be executed indefinitely, and since NMI has
higher priority than any other IRQ (and main
program) the application will be stacked in
the NMI ISR unless the CSS interrupt
pending bit is cleared.
Description:

Clear the RCC's interrupt pending bits
(Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16]
bits to clear the selected interrupt pending
bits.
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_IT
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
pending bit to clear. This parameter can be
any combination of the following values:

RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready
interrupt

RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt

RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSI48RDY: HSI48 ready
interrupt

RCC_IT_CSSLSE: LSE CSS interrupt

RCC_IT_CSSHSE: Clock Security
System interrupt
Description:

Check the RCC's interrupt has occurred or
not.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready
interrupt

RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt

RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_CSSLSE: LSE CSS interrupt

RCC_IT_CSSHSE: Clock Security
DOCID026232 Rev 3
385/664
UM1749
System interrupt
Return value:

The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
__HAL_RCC_CLEAR_RESET_FLAGS
The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_OBLRST,
RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST,
RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST,
RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST,
RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST.
__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG
Description:

Check RCC flag is set or not.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator
clock ready

RCC_FLAG_HSIDIV: HSI clock divider
flag

RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY: MSI oscillator
clock ready

RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator
clock ready

RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready

RCC_FLAG_LSECSS: LSE oscillator
clock CSS detected

RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator
clock ready

RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator
clock ready

RCC_FLAG_FWRST: Firewall reset

RCC_FLAG_OBLRST: Option Byte
Loader (OBL) reset

RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset

RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR
reset

RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset

RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent
Watchdog reset

RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window
Watchdog reset

RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power
reset
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
RCC HSE Config
RCC_HSE_OFF
386/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
RCC_HSE_ON
RCC_HSE_BYPASS
RCC HSI48 Configuration
RCC_HSI48_OFF
RCC_HSI48_ON
RCC HSI Configuration
RCC_HSI_OFF
RCC_HSI_ON
RCC_HSI_DIV4
RCC_HSI_OUTEN
RCC Interruptions
RCC_IT_LSIRDY
RCC_IT_LSERDY
RCC_IT_HSIRDY
RCC_IT_HSERDY
RCC_IT_PLLRDY
RCC_IT_MSIRDY
RCC_IT_CSSLSE
RCC_IT_CSSHSE
RCC_IT_HSI48RDY
IOPORT Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_DISABLE
IOPORT Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
387/664
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
IOPORT Peripheral Clock Sleep Enabled or Disabled Status
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
IOPORT Peripheral Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_IOP_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_IOP_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_RELEASE_RESET
IOPORT Peripheral Clock Enabled or Disabled Status
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_IS_CLK_ENABLED
RCC LSE Config
RCC_LSE_OFF
RCC_LSE_ON
RCC_LSE_BYPASS
RCC LSI Config
RCC_LSI_OFF
RCC_LSI_ON
RCC_MSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT
RCC MCO1 Clock Source
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_MSI
388/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48
RCC MCO Prescaler
RCC_MCODIV_1
RCC_MCODIV_2
RCC_MCODIV_4
RCC_MCODIV_8
RCC_MCODIV_16
RCC MCO Index
RCC_MCO1
RCC_MCO2
RCC MSI Clock Range
RCC_MSIRANGE_0
MSI = 65.536 KHz
RCC_MSIRANGE_1
MSI = 131.072 KHz
RCC_MSIRANGE_2
MSI = 262.144 KHz
RCC_MSIRANGE_3
MSI = 524.288 KHz
RCC_MSIRANGE_4
MSI = 1.048 MHz
RCC_MSIRANGE_5
MSI = 2.097 MHz
RCC_MSIRANGE_6
MSI = 4.194 MHz
RCC MSI Config
RCC_MSI_OFF
RCC_MSI_ON
RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT
Oscillator Type
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_NONE
Oscillator configuration unchanged
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE
HSE to configure
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI
HSI to configure
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE
LSE to configure
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI
LSI to configure
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI
MSI to configure
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48
RCC PLL Dividers
RCC_PLLDIV_2
DOCID026232 Rev 3
389/664
UM1749
RCC_PLLDIV_3
RCC_PLLDIV_4
RCC PLL Multipliers
RCC_PLLMUL_3
RCC_PLLMUL_4
RCC_PLLMUL_6
RCC_PLLMUL_8
RCC_PLLMUL_12
RCC_PLLMUL_16
RCC_PLLMUL_24
RCC_PLLMUL_32
RCC_PLLMUL_48
RCC PLL Clock Source
RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI
RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE
RCC PLL Config
RCC_PLL_NONE
RCC_PLL_OFF
RCC_PLL_ON
RCC RTC Clock Configuration
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE
Notes:

These macros must be used only after the RTC clock
source was selected.
__HAL_RCC_RTC_DISABLE
RCC RTC Clock Source
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NO_CLK
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV2
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV4
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV8
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV16
RCC System Clock Source
390/664
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_MSI
MSI selection as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI
HSI selection as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE
HSE selection as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK
PLL selection as system clock
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
RCC System Clock Source Status
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_MSI
MSI used as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI
HSI used as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE
HSE used as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK
PLL used as system clock
RCC System Clock Type
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK
SYSCLK to configure
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK
HCLK to configure
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1
PCLK1 to configure
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2
PCLK2 to configure
Timeout Values
RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE
RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
391/664
UM1749
36
HAL RCC Extension Driver
36.1
RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures
36.1.1
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
Data Fields










uint32_t PeriphClockSelection
uint32_t Usart1ClockSelection
uint32_t Usart2ClockSelection
uint32_t Lpuart1ClockSelection
uint32_t I2c1ClockSelection
uint32_t I2c3ClockSelection
uint32_t RTCClockSelection
uint32_t LCDClockSelection
uint32_t UsbClockSelection
uint32_t LptimClockSelection
Field Documentation










392/664
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::PeriphClockSelection
The Extended Clock to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_Periph_Clock_Selection
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Usart1ClockSelection
USART1 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_USART1_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Usart2ClockSelection
USART2 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_USART2_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Lpuart1ClockSelection
LPUART1 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_LPUART1_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::I2c1ClockSelection
I2C1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_I2C1_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::I2c3ClockSelection
I2C3 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_I2C3_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::RTCClockSelection
Specifies RTC Clock Prescalers Selection This parameter can be a value of
RCC_RTC_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::LCDClockSelection
specifies the LCD clock source. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_RTC_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::UsbClockSelection
Specifies USB and RNG Clock Selection This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_USB_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::LptimClockSelection
LPTIM1 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_LPTIM1_Clock_Source
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
36.1.2
RCC_CRSInitTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t Source
uint32_t Polarity
uint32_t ReloadValue
uint32_t ErrorLimitValue
uint32_t HSI48CalibrationValue
Field Documentation






36.1.3
uint32_t RCC_CRSInitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the division factor of the SYNC signal. This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_CRS_SynchroDivider
uint32_t RCC_CRSInitTypeDef::Source
Specifies the SYNC signal source. This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_CRS_SynchroSource
uint32_t RCC_CRSInitTypeDef::Polarity
Specifies the input polarity for the SYNC signal source. This parameter can be a
value of RCCEx_CRS_SynchroPolarity
uint32_t RCC_CRSInitTypeDef::ReloadValue
Specifies the value to be loaded in the frequency error counter with each SYNC
event. It can be calculated in using macro
__HAL_RCC_CRS_CALCULATE_RELOADVALUE(_FTARGET_, _FSYNC_) This
parameter must be a number between 0 and 0xFFFF or a value of
RCCEx_CRS_ReloadValueDefault .
uint32_t RCC_CRSInitTypeDef::ErrorLimitValue
Specifies the value to be used to evaluate the captured frequency error value. This
parameter must be a number between 0 and 0xFF or a value of
RCCEx_CRS_ErrorLimitDefault
uint32_t RCC_CRSInitTypeDef::HSI48CalibrationValue
Specifies a user-programmable trimming value to the HSI48 oscillator. This
parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x3F or a value of
RCCEx_CRS_HSI48CalibrationDefault
RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t ReloadValue
uint32_t HSI48CalibrationValue
uint32_t FreqErrorCapture
uint32_t FreqErrorDirection
Field Documentation

uint32_t RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef::ReloadValue
Specifies the value loaded in the Counter reload value. This parameter must be a
number between 0 and 0xFFFF
DOCID026232 Rev 3
393/664
UM1749



uint32_t RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef::HSI48CalibrationValue
Specifies value loaded in HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming. This parameter must be a
number between 0 and 0x3F
uint32_t RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef::FreqErrorCapture
Specifies the value loaded in the .FECAP, the frequency error counter value latched
in the time of the last SYNC event. This parameter must be a number between 0 and
0xFFFF
uint32_t RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef::FreqErrorDirection
Specifies the value loaded in the .FEDIR, the counting direction of the frequency error
counter latched in the time of the last SYNC event. It shows whether the actual
frequency is below or above the target. This parameter must be a value of
RCCEx_CRS_FreqErrorDirection
36.2
RCCEx Firmware driver API description
36.2.1
Extended Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
frequencies.
This section contains the following APIs:















36.2.2
HAL_RCC_DeInit()
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig()
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig()
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq()
HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS()
HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS()
HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT()
HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler()
HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback()
HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig()
HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate()
HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo()
HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization()
HAL_RCCEx_EnableHSI48_VREFINT()
HAL_RCCEx_DisableHSI48_VREFINT()
HAL_RCC_DeInit
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_DeInit (void )
Function Description
Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
Return values

None:
Notes

The default reset state of the clock configuration is given
below: MSI ON and used as system clock source (MSI range
is not modifiedby this function, it keep the value configured by
user application)HSI, HSE and PLL OFFAHB, APB1 and
APB2 prescaler set to 1.CSS and MCO OFFAll interrupts
disabled
This function does not modify the configuration of the
-Peripheral clocks
-HSI48, LSI, LSE and RTC clocks



394/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
36.2.3
36.2.4
36.2.5
36.2.6
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig
(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef * PeriphClkInit)
Function Description
Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks.
Parameters

PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
Extended Peripherals clocks(USART1,USART2, LPUART1,
I2C1, I2C3, RTC, USB/RNG and LPTIM1 clocks).
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to
the specified parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig
(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef * PeriphClkInit)
Function Description
Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal RCC
configuration registers.
Parameters

PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
structure that returns the configuration information for the
Extended Peripherals clocks(USART1,USART2, LPUART1,
I2C1, I2C3, RTC, USB/RNG and LPTIM1 clocks).
Return values

None:
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq (uint32_t PeriphClk)
Function Description
Return the peripheral clock frequency for some peripherals.
Parameters

PeriphClk: Peripheral clock identifier This parameter can be
one of the following values: RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC: RTC
peripheral clockRCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD: LCD peripheral
clock (*)RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB: USB or RNG peripheral
clock (*)RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1: USART1 peripheral
clock (*)RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2: USART2 peripheral
clockRCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1: LPUART1 peripheral
clockRCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1: I2C1 peripheral
clockRCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2: I2C2 peripheral clock
(*)RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3: I2C3 peripheral clock (*)
Return values

Frequency: in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for
the peripheral)
Notes


Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API
(*) means that this peripheral is not present on all the
STM32F0xx devices
HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS (void )
DOCID026232 Rev 3
395/664
UM1749
36.2.7
36.2.8
36.2.9
36.2.10
36.2.11
36.2.12
36.2.13
396/664
Function Description
Enables the LSE Clock Security System.
Return values

None:
HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS (void )
Function Description
Disables the LSE Clock Security System.
Return values

None:
HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT (void )
Function Description
Enable the LSE Clock Security System IT & corresponding EXTI
line.
Return values

None:
Notes

LSE Clock Security System IT is mapped on RTC EXTI line
19
HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
Handle the RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt request.
Return values

None:
HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback (void )
Function Description
RCCEx LSE Clock Security System interrupt callback.
Return values

none:
HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig (RCC_CRSInitTypeDef * pInit)
Function Description
Start automatic synchronization using polling mode.
Parameters

pInit: Pointer on RCC_CRSInitTypeDef structure
Return values

None:
HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate
(void )
Function Description
Generate the software synchronization event.
Return values

None:
HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
36.2.14
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo
(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef * pSynchroInfo)
Function Description
Function to return synchronization info.
Parameters

pSynchroInfo: Pointer on RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef
structure
Return values

None:
HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization
Functi
on
Name
uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization (uint32_t Timeout)
Functi
on
Descri
ption
This function handles CRS Synchronization Timeout.
Param
eters

Timeout: Duration of the timeout
Return
values

Combination: of Synchronization status This parameter can be a
combination of the following values:
RCC_CRS_TIMEOUTRCC_CRS_SYNCOKRCC_CRS_SYNCWARMRCC_
CRS_SYNCERRRCC_CRS_SYNCMISSRCC_CRS_TRIMOV
Notes

Timeout is based on the maximum time to receive a SYNC event based on
synchronization frequency.
If Timeout set to HAL_MAX_DELAY, HAL_TIMEOUT will be never returned.

36.2.15
36.2.16
HAL_RCCEx_EnableHSI48_VREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_EnableHSI48_VREFINT (void )
Function Description
Enables Vrefint for the HSI48.
Return values

None:
Notes

This is functional only if the LOCK is not set
HAL_RCCEx_DisableHSI48_VREFINT
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_DisableHSI48_VREFINT (void )
Function Description
Disables the Vrefint for the HSI48.
Return values

None:
Notes

This is functional only if the LOCK is not set
36.3
RCCEx Firmware driver defines
36.3.1
RCCEx
AHB Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
397/664
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_AES_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_AES_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
AHB Peripheral Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_AES_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_AES_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TSC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TSC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_RNG_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_RNG_RELEASE_RESET
APB1 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRS_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRS_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LCD_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_LCD_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART4_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART5_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C3_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_DISABLE
398/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART4_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART5_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C3_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_DISABLE
APB1 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART4_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART5_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C3_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART4_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART5_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
399/664
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C3_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LCD_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_LCD_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
APB1 Peripheral Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C3_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART4_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART5_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_LPUART1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DAC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C3_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART4_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART5_RELEASE_RESET
400/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_LPUART1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DAC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USB_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USB_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CRS_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CRS_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_LCD_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_LCD_RELEASE_RESET
APB2 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_TIM21_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM22_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM21_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM22_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_DISABLE
APB2 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_TIM21_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM22_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_SLEEP_ENAB
LE
__HAL_RCC_TIM21_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM22_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_SLEEP_DISAB
LE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG
Description:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
Macro to configure the I2C1 clock
401/664
UM1749
(I2C1CLK).
Parameters:

__I2C1_CLKSOURCE__: specifies
the I2C1 clock source. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK
1: PCLK1 selected as I2C1 clock

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
HSI selected as I2C1 clock

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSC
LK: System Clock selected as
I2C1 clock
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE
None
Description:

Macro to get the I2C1 clock source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_I2C3_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK
1: PCLK1 selected as I2C1 clock

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
HSI selected as I2C1 clock

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSC
LK: System Clock selected as
I2C1 clock
Description:

Macro to configure the I2C3 clock
(I2C3CLK).
Parameters:

__I2C3_CLKSOURCE__: specifies
the I2C3 clock source. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_PCLK
1: PCLK1 selected as I2C3 clock

RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_HSI:
HSI selected as I2C3 clock

RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_SYSC
LK: System Clock selected as
I2C3 clock
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE
None
Description:

Macro to get the I2C3 clock source.
Return value:
402/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

__HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_PCLK
1: PCLK1 selected as I2C3 clock

RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_HSI:
HSI selected as I2C3 clock

RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_SYSC
LK: System Clock selected as
I2C3 clock
Description:

Macro to configure the USART1 clock
(USART1CLK).
Parameters:

__USART1_CLKSOURCE__:
specifies the USART1 clock source.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_P
CLK2: PCLK2 selected as
USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_H
SI: HSI selected as USART1
clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_S
YSCLK: System Clock selected
as USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LS
E: LSE selected as USART1
clock
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE
None
Description:

Macro to get the USART1 clock
source.
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_P
CLK2: PCLK2 selected as
USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_H
SI: HSI selected as USART1
clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_S
YSCLK: System Clock selected
as USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LS
E: LSE selected as USART1
clock
DOCID026232 Rev 3
403/664
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the USART2 clock
(USART2CLK).
Parameters:

__USART2_CLKSOURCE__:
specifies the USART2 clock source.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_P
CLK1: PCLK1 selected as
USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_H
SI: HSI selected as USART2
clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_S
YSCLK: System Clock selected
as USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LS
E: LSE selected as USART2
clock
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE
None
Description:

Macro to get the USART2 clock
source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_P
CLK1: PCLK1 selected as
USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_H
SI: HSI selected as USART2
clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_S
YSCLK: System Clock selected
as USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LS
E: LSE selected as USART2
clock
Description:

Macro to configure the LPUART1
clock (LPUART1CLK).
Parameters:

404/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
__LPUART1_CLKSOURCE__:
specifies the LPUART1 clock source.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:
UM1749




RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_P
CLK1: PCLK1 selected as
LPUART1 clock
RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_H
SI: HSI selected as LPUART1
clock
RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_S
YSCLK: System Clock selected
as LPUART1 clock
RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_L
SE: LSE selected as LPUART1
clock
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE
None
Description:

Macro to get the LPUART1 clock
source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_P
CLK1: PCLK1 selected as
LPUART1 clock

RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_H
SI: HSI selected as LPUART1
clock

RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_S
YSCLK: System Clock selected
as LPUART1 clock

RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_L
SE: LSE selected as LPUART1
clock
Description:

Macro to configure the LPTIM1 clock
(LPTIM1CLK).
Parameters:

__LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE__:
specifies the LPTIM1 clock source.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PC
LK: PCLK selected as LPTIM1
clock

RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI
: HSI selected as LPTIM1 clock

RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI
: LSI selected as LPTIM1 clock

RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LS
E : LSE selected as LPTIM1
DOCID026232 Rev 3
405/664
UM1749
clock
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE
None
Description:

Macro to get the LPTIM1 clock
source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PC
LK: PCLK selected as LPUART1
clock

RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI
: HSI selected as LPUART1
clock

RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI
: System Clock selected as
LPUART1 clock

RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LS
E : LSE selected as LPUART1
clock
Description:

Macro to configure the USB clock
(USBCLK).
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE
__USBCLKSource__: specifies the
USB clock source. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_HSI48:
HSI48 selected as USB clock

RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL:
PLL Clock selected as USB
clock
Description:

Macro to get the USB clock source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_RNG_CONFIG
Description:

406/664
The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_HSI48:
HSI48 selected as USB clock

RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL:
PLL Clock selected as USB
clock
DOCID026232 Rev 3
Macro to configure the RNG clock
(RNGCLK).
UM1749
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_RNG_SOURCE
__RNGCLKSource__: specifies the
USB clock source. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_HSI48
: HSI48 selected as RNG clock

RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLLC
LK: PLL Clock selected as RNG
clock
Description:

Macro to get the RNG clock source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_HSI48M_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_HSI48
: HSI48 selected as RNG clock

RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLLC
LK: PLL Clock selected as RNG
clock
Description:

macro to select the HSI48M clock
source
Parameters:

__HSI48MCLKSource__: specifies
the HSI48M clock source dedicated
for USB an RNG peripherals. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

RCC_HSI48M_PLL: A dedicated
48MHZ PLL output.

RCC_HSI48M_HSI48: 48MHZ
issued from internal HSI48
oscillator.
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_GET_HSI48M_SOURCE
This macro can be replaced by either
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CONFIG or
__HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG to
configure respectively RNG or UBS
clock sources.
Description:

macro to get the HSI48M clock
source.
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_HSI48M_PLL: A dedicated
48MHZ PLL output.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
407/664
UM1749

RCC_HSI48M_HSI48: 48MHZ
issued from internal HSI48
oscillator.
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_HSISTOP_ENABLE
This macro can be replaced by either
__HAL_RCC_GET_RNG_SOURCE
or
__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE
to get respectively RNG or UBS clock
sources.
Description:

Macros to enable or disable the force
of the Internal High Speed oscillator
(HSI) in STOP mode to be quickly
available as kernel clock for USART
and I2C.
Return value:

None
Notes:

The Enable of this function has not
effect on the HSION bit.
__HAL_RCC_HSISTOP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configures the External Low
Speed oscillator (LSE) drive
capability.
Parameters:

__RCC_LSEDrive__: specifies the
new state of the LSE drive capability.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW: LSE
oscillator low drive capability.

RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW
: LSE oscillator medium low drive
capability.

RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIG
H: LSE oscillator medium high
drive capability.

RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH: LSE
oscillator high drive capability.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_WAKEUPSTOP_CLK_CONFI
G
408/664
None
Description:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
Macro to configures the wake up from
UM1749
stop clock.
Parameters:

__RCC_STOPWUCLK__: specifies
the clock source used after wake up
from stop This parameter can be one
of the following values:

RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_
MSI: MSI selected as system
clock source

RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_
HSI: HSI selected as system
clock source
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_CRS_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enables the specified CRS interrupts.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the CRS
interrupt sources to be enabled. This
parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN

RCC_CRS_IT_ERR

RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_CRS_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified CRS interrupts.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the CRS
interrupt sources to be disabled. This
parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN

RCC_CRS_IT_ERR

RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check the CRS interrupt has occurred
or not.
Parameters:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
409/664
UM1749

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the CRS
interrupt source to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN

RCC_CRS_IT_ERR

RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC
Return value:

RCC_CRS_IT_ERROR_MASK
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__
(SET or RESET).
Description:

Clear the CRS interrupt pending bits
bits to clear the selected interrupt
pending bits.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
interrupt pending bit to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN

RCC_CRS_IT_ERR

RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC

RCC_CRS_IT_TRIMOVF

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCERR

RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCMISS
__HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_IT
__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG
Description:

Checks whether the specified CRS
flag is set or not.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to
check. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK

RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN

RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR

RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC

RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF

RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR

RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS
Return value:

RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERROR_MASK
410/664
The: new state of _FLAG_ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

Clears the CRS specified FLAG.
Parameters:

_FLAG_: specifies the flag to clear.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK

RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN

RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR

RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC

RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF

RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR

RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS
Return value:

None
__HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_RCC_CRS_FREQ_ERROR_COUNT
ER_ENABLE
Description:

Enables the oscillator clock for
frequency error counter.
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_CRS_FREQ_ERROR_COUNT
ER_DISABLE
when the CEN bit is set the
CRS_CFGR register becomes writeprotected.
Description:

Disables the oscillator clock for
frequency error counter.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_CRS_AUTOMATIC_CALIB_E
NABLE
None
Description:

Enables the automatic hardware
adjustment of TRIM bits.
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_CRS_AUTOMATIC_CALIB_DI
SABLE
When the AUTOTRIMEN bit is set the
CRS_CFGR register becomes writeprotected.
Description:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
Enables or disables the automatic
hardware adjustment of TRIM bits.
411/664
UM1749
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_CALC
ULATE
None
Description:

Macro to calculate reload value to be
set in CRS register according to
target and sync frequencies.
Parameters:


__FTARGET__: Target frequency
(value in Hz)
__FSYNC__: Synchronization signal
frequency (value in Hz)
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_HSI_OUT_ENABLE
The RELOAD value should be
selected according to the ratio
between the target frequency and the
frequency of the synchronization
source after prescaling. It is then
decreased by one in order to reach
the expected synchronization on the
zero value. The formula is the
following: RELOAD = (fTARGET /
fSYNC) -1
Notes:

After reset, the HSI output is not
available
__HAL_RCC_HSI_OUT_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_HSI48_ENABLE
Notes:

After enabling the HSI48, the
application software should wait on
HSI48RDY flag to be set indicating
that HSI48 clock is stable and can be
used to clock the USB. The HSI48 is
stopped by hardware when entering
STOP and STANDBY modes.
__HAL_RCC_HSI48_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_HSI48M_DIV6_OUT_ENABLE
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_HSI48M_DIV6_OUT_DISABLE
APB2 Peripheral Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_USART1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_FORCE_RESET
412/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
After reset, the HSI48Mhz (divided by
6) output is not available
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM21_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM22_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM21_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM22_RELEASE_RESET
RCC CRS Error Limit Default
RCC_CRS_ERRORLIMIT_DEFAULT
Default Frequency error limit
RCC CRS Flags
RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK
RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN
RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR
RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC
RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF
Trimming overflow or underflow
RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR
SYNC error
RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS
SYNC missed
RCC CRS Frequency Error Direction
RCC_CRS_FREQERRORDIR_UP
Upcounting direction, the actual frequency is
above the target
RCC_CRS_FREQERRORDIR_DOWN
Downcounting direction, the actual frequency is
below the target
RCC CRS HSI48 Calibration Default
RCC_CRS_HSI48CALIBRATION_DEFAULT
The default value is 32, which corresponds
to the middle of the trimming interval. The
trimming step is around 67 kHz between
two consecutive TRIM steps. A higher
TRIM value corresponds to a higher output
frequency
RCC CRS Interrupt Sources
RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK
SYNC event OK
RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN
SYNC warning
RCC_CRS_IT_ERR
error
RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC
Expected SYNC
RCC_CRS_IT_TRIMOVF
Trimming overflow or underflow
RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCERR
SYNC error
RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCMISS
SYNC missed
RCC CRS Reload Default Value
DOCID026232 Rev 3
413/664
RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_DEFAULT
UM1749
The reset value of the RELOAD field
corresponds to a target frequency of 48 MHz
and a synchronization signal frequency of 1 kHz
(SOF signal from USB).
RCC CRS Synchro Divider
RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV1
Synchro Signal not divided (default)
RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV2
Synchro Signal divided by 2
RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV4
Synchro Signal divided by 4
RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV8
Synchro Signal divided by 8
RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV16
Synchro Signal divided by 16
RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV32
Synchro Signal divided by 32
RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV64
Synchro Signal divided by 64
RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV128
Synchro Signal divided by 128
RCC CRS Synchro Polarity
RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY_RISING
Synchro Active on rising edge (default)
RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY_FALLING
Synchro Active on falling edge
RCC CRS Synchro Source
RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE_GPIO
Synchro Signal source GPIO
RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE_LSE
Synchro Signal source LSE
RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE_USB
Synchro Signal source USB SOF (default)
RCCEx Exported Constants
RCC_CRS_NONE
RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT
RCC_CRS_SYNCOK
RCC_CRS_SYNCWARM
RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
RCC_CRS_TRIMOV
RCC LSE CSS external interrupt line
RCC_EXTI_LINE_LSECSS
External interrupt line 19 connected to the LSE CSS EXTI
Line
RCC HSI48M Clock Source
RCC_FLAG_HSI48
RCC_HSI48M_PLL
RCC_HSI48M_HSI48
RCC I2C1 Clock Source
RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
414/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC I2C3 Clock Source
RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_HSI
IOPORT Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_DISABLE
IOPORT Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
IOPORT Peripheral Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_RELEASE_RESET
RCC LPTIM1 Clock Source
RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK
RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI
RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC LPUART Clock Source
RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC LSE Drive Configuration
RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW
RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW
RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIGH
RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH
AHB Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
DOCID026232 Rev 3
415/664
UM1749
__HAL_RCC_AES_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_AES_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable interrupt
on RCC LSE
CSS EXTI Line
19.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable
interrupt on
RCC LSE CSS
EXTI Line 19.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None
Description:

Enable event
on RCC LSE
CSS EXTI Line
19.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
None.
Description:

Disable event
on RCC LSE
CSS EXTI Line
19.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

RCC LSE CSS
EXTI line
configuration:
set falling edge
trigger.
Return value:
416/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the
RCC LSE CSS
Extended
Interrupt Falling
Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

RCC LSE CSS
EXTI line
configuration:
set rising edge
trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the
RCC LSE CSS
Extended
Interrupt Rising
Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

RCC LSE CSS
EXTI line
configuration:
set rising &
falling edge
trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the
RCC LSE CSS
Extended
Interrupt Rising
& Falling
Trigger.
Return value:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
417/664
__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_GET_FLAG
UM1749
Description:

Check whether
the specified
RCC LSE CSS
EXTI interrupt
flag is set or
not.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
EXTI: RCC LSE
CSS Line
Status.
Description:

Clear the RCC
LSE CSS EXTI
flag.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None.
Description:

Generate a
Software
interrupt on
selected EXTI
line.
Return value:

RCC Periph Clock Selection
RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2
RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2
RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC
RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB
RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3
RCC RNG Clock Source
RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_HSI48
RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK
RCC StopWakeUp Clock
RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_MSI
418/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
UM1749
RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_HSI
RCC TIM Prescaler Selection
RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED
RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED
RCC USART1 Clock Source
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC USART2 Clock Source
RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC USB Clock Source
RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_HSI48
RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL
DOCID026232 Rev 3
419/664
UM1749
37
HAL RNG Generic Driver
37.1
RNG Firmware driver registers structures
37.1.1
RNG_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




RNG_TypeDef * Instance
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef State
uint32_t RandomNumber
Field Documentation




RNG_TypeDef* RNG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
HAL_LockTypeDef RNG_HandleTypeDef::Lock
RNG locking object
__IO HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef RNG_HandleTypeDef::State
RNG communication state
uint32_t RNG_HandleTypeDef::RandomNumber
Last Generated RNG Data
37.2
RNG Firmware driver API description
37.2.1
How to use this driver
The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
37.2.2
Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro. in
HAL_RNG_MspInit().
Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid random data using
(polling/interrupt) mode.
Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters in the RNG_InitTypeDef and
create the associated handle
DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
Initialize the RNG MSP
DeInitialize RNG MSP
This section contains the following APIs:


420/664
HAL_RNG_Init()
HAL_RNG_DeInit()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


37.2.3
HAL_RNG_MspInit()
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Get the 32 bit Random number
Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
Handle RNG interrupt request
This section contains the following APIs:








37.2.4
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber()
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT()
HAL_RNG_IRQHandler()
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber()
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT()
HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber()
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback()
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

37.2.5
37.2.6
37.2.7
HAL_RNG_GetState()
HAL_RNG_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init (RNG_HandleTypeDef *
hrng)
Function Description
Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RNG_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit (RNG_HandleTypeDef *
hrng)
Function Description
DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RNG_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_RNG_MspInit (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Function Description
Initializes the RNG MSP.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
421/664
UM1749
37.2.8
37.2.9
37.2.10
37.2.11
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Function Description
DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

None:
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber
(RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng, uint32_t * random32bit)
Function Description
Generates a 32-bit random number.
Parameters


hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable
if successful.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Each time the random number data is read the
RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag is automatically cleared.
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT
(RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Function Description
Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RNG_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Function Description
Handles RNG interrupt request.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

None:
Notes

In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to
generate random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is
not correct. User has to check that the clock controller is
correctly configured to provide the RNG clock and clear the
CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(). The clock error
has no impact on the previously generated random numbers,
and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
In the case of a seed error, the generation of random
numbers is interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a
number is available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be
used because it may not have enough entropy. In this case, it
is recommended to clear the SEIS bit using
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable the RNG
peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.

422/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

37.2.12
37.2.13
37.2.14
37.2.15
37.2.16
37.2.17
User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once
whether SEIS or CEIS are set.
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber (RNG_HandleTypeDef
* hrng)
Function Description
return generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete).
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for RNG.
Return values

random: value
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT
(RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Function Description
Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete),
Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
Parameters

hrng: RNG handle
Return values

32-bit: random number
HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber
(RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Function Description
Read latest generated random number.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

random: value
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback (RNG_HandleTypeDef *
hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
Function Description
Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters


hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure..
random32bit: generated random value
Return values

None:
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Function Description
RNG error callbacks.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

None:
HAL_RNG_GetState
DOCID026232 Rev 3
423/664
UM1749
Function Name
HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState
(RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Function Description
Returns the RNG state.
Parameters

hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values

HAL: state
37.3
RNG Firmware driver defines
37.3.1
RNG
RNG Interrupt definition
RNG_IT_DRDY
Data ready interrupt
RNG_IT_CEI
Clock error interrupt
RNG_IT_SEI
Seed error interrupt
RNG Flag definition
RNG_FLAG_DRDY
Data ready
RNG_FLAG_CECS
Clock error current status
RNG_FLAG_SECS
Seed error current status
RNG Exported Macros
__HAL_RNG_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset RNG handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: RNG Handle
Return value:

__HAL_RNG_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the RNG peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: RNG Handle
Return value:

__HAL_RNG_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the RNG peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: RNG Handle
Return value:

__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG
424/664
None
Description:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

Check the selected RNG flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: RNG Handle
__FLAG__: RNG flag This parameter can
be one of the following values:

RNG_FLAG_DRDY: Data ready

RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock error
current status

RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed error
current status
Return value:

__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Clears the selected RNG flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: RNG handle
__FLAG__: RNG flag to clear
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT
WARNING: This is a dummy macro for
HAL code alignment, flags
RNG_FLAG_DRDY, RNG_FLAG_CECS
and RNG_FLAG_SECS are read-only.
Description:

Enables the RNG interrupts.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: RNG Handle
Return value:

__HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the RNG interrupts.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: RNG Handle
Return value:

__HAL_RNG_GET_IT
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified RNG
interrupt has occurred or not.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
425/664
UM1749
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: RNG Handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RNG
interrupt status flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

RNG_IT_DRDY: Data ready interrupt

RNG_IT_CEI: Clock error interrupt

RNG_IT_SEI: Seed error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (SET
or RESET).
Description:

Clears the RNG interrupt status flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: RNG Handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RNG
interrupt status flag to clear. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

RNG_IT_CEI: Clock error interrupt

RNG_IT_SEI: Seed error interrupt
Return value:

None
Notes:

426/664
RNG_IT_DRDY flag is read-only, reading
RNG_DR register automatically clears
RNG_IT_DRDY.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
38
HAL RTC Generic Driver
38.1
RTC Firmware driver registers structures
38.1.1
RTC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t HourFormat
uint32_t AsynchPrediv
uint32_t SynchPrediv
uint32_t OutPut
uint32_t OutPutRemap
uint32_t OutPutPolarity
uint32_t OutPutType
Field Documentation







38.1.2
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::HourFormat
Specifies the RTC Hour Format. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Hour_Formats
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::AsynchPrediv
Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7F
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::SynchPrediv
Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7FFF
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPut
Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. This parameter can be a
value of RTCEx_Output_selection_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPutRemap
Specifies the remap for RTC output. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Output_ALARM_OUT_Remap
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPutPolarity
Specifies the polarity of the output signal. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPutType
Specifies the RTC Output Pin mode. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT
RTC_TimeTypeDef
Data Fields




uint8_t Hours
uint8_t Minutes
uint8_t Seconds
uint8_t TimeFormat
DOCID026232 Rev 3
427/664
UM1749




uint32_t SubSeconds
uint32_t SecondFraction
uint32_t DayLightSaving
uint32_t StoreOperation
Field Documentation








38.1.3
uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Hours
Specifies the RTC Time Hour. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data
= 0 and Max_Data = 12 if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected. This parameter must
be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 23 if the RTC_HourFormat_24
is selected
uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Minutes
Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 59
uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Seconds
Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 59
uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::TimeFormat
Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_AM_PM_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::SubSeconds
Specifies the RTC_SSR RTC Sub Second register content. This parameter
corresponds to a time unit range between [0-1] Second with [1 Sec / SecondFraction
+1] granularity
uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::SecondFraction
Specifies the range or granularity of Sub Second register content corresponding to
Synchronous pre-scaler factor value (PREDIV_S) This parameter corresponds to a
time unit range between [0-1] Second with [1 Sec / SecondFraction +1] granularity.
This field will be used only by HAL_RTC_GetTime function
uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::DayLightSaving
Specifies RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. This
parameter can be a value of RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::StoreOperation
Specifies RTC_StoreOperation value to be written in the BCK bit in CR register to
store the operation. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_StoreOperation_Definitions
RTC_DateTypeDef
Data Fields




uint8_t WeekDay
uint8_t Month
uint8_t Date
uint8_t Year
Field Documentation
428/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749




38.1.4
uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::WeekDay
Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_WeekDay_Definitions
uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Month
Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format). This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Month_Date_Definitions
uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Date
Specifies the RTC Date. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1
and Max_Data = 31
uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Year
Specifies the RTC Date Year. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0 and Max_Data = 99
RTC_AlarmTypeDef
Data Fields






RTC_TimeTypeDef AlarmTime
uint32_t AlarmMask
uint32_t AlarmSubSecondMask
uint32_t AlarmDateWeekDaySel
uint8_t AlarmDateWeekDay
uint32_t Alarm
Field Documentation






38.1.5
RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmTime
Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members
uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmMask
Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmSubSecondMask
Specifies the RTC Alarm SubSeconds Masks. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmDateWeekDaySel
Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions
uint8_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmDateWeekDay
Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter
must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this
parameter can be a value of RTC_WeekDay_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::Alarm
Specifies the alarm . This parameter can be a value of RTC_Alarms_Definitions
RTC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields


RTC_TypeDef * Instance
RTC_InitTypeDef Init
DOCID026232 Rev 3
429/664
UM1749


HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_RTCStateTypeDef State
Field Documentation




RTC_TypeDef* RTC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
RTC_InitTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::Init
RTC required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
RTC locking object
__IO HAL_RTCStateTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::State
Time communication state
38.2
RTC Firmware driver API description
38.2.1
Backup Domain Operating Condition
As long as the supply voltage remains in the operating range, the RTC never stops,
regardless of the device status (Run mode, low power modes or under reset).
38.2.2
Backup Domain Reset
The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_CSR register to their reset
values.
A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs:


38.2.3
Software reset, triggered by setting the RTCRST bit in the RCC Control Status
register (RCC_CSR).
Power reset (BOR/POR/PDR).
Backup Domain Access
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers and RTC backup data registers) is
protected against possible unwanted write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:




38.2.4
Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() function.
Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
Select the RTC clock source using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() function.
Enable RTC Clock using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() function.
How to use RTC Driver


Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above).
Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour format
using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
Time and Date configuration
430/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime() and
HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions.
To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate()
functions.
Alarm configuration


38.2.5
To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function. You can also
configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT()
function.
To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function.
RTC and low power modes
The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate function.
The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup,
RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. These RTC alternate
functions can wake up the system from the Stop and Standby low power modes.
The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending on an external
interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm or the RTC wakeup events.
The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the Stop or Standby
mode at regular intervals. Wakeup from STOP and STANDBY modes is possible only
when the RTC clock source is LSE or LSI.
38.2.6
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC Prescaler
(Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers Write
protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers synchronization check
and reference clock detection enable.
1.
2.
3.
4.
The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is split into
2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption.

A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 15-bit synchronous prescaler.

When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the
asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize power consumption.
All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers is enabled by
writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR.
To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization mode. In
this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value can be updated. When the
initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK
cycles.
To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization,
calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes the software must first clear
the RSF flag. The software must then wait until it is set again before reading the
calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the
RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function
implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check).
This section contains the following APIs:



HAL_RTC_Init()
HAL_RTC_DeInit()
HAL_RTC_MspInit()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
431/664
UM1749

38.2.7
HAL_RTC_MspDeInit()
RTC Time and Date functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features
This section contains the following APIs:




38.2.8
HAL_RTC_SetTime()
HAL_RTC_GetTime()
HAL_RTC_SetDate()
HAL_RTC_GetDate()
RTC Alarm functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature
This section contains the following APIs:







38.2.9
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm()
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT()
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()
HAL_RTC_GetAlarm()
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler()
HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback()
HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to

Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization
This section contains the following APIs:

38.2.10
HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to

Get RTC state
This section contains the following APIs:

38.2.11
38.2.12
HAL_RTC_GetState()
HAL_RTC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init (RTC_HandleTypeDef *
hrtc)
Function Description
Initialize the RTC peripheral.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_DeInit
Function Name
432/664
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef *
hrtc)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
38.2.13
38.2.14
38.2.15
38.2.16
Function Description
DeInitialize the RTC peripheral.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers.
HAL_RTC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_RTC_MspInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Initialize the RTC MSP.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
DeInitialize the RTC MSP.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTC_SetTime
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef * sTime, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Set RTC current time.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sTime: Pointer to Time structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data
formatRTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_GetTime
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef * sTime, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Get RTC current time.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sTime: Pointer to Time structure with Hours, Minutes and
Seconds fields returned with input format (BIN or BCD), also
SubSeconds field returning the RTC_SSR register content
and SecondFraction field the Synchronous pre-scaler factor to
be used for second fraction ratio computation.
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data
DOCID026232 Rev 3
433/664
UM1749
formatRTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime
structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds value in
second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula:
Second fraction ratio * time_unit= [(SecondFractionSubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit This
conversion can be performed only if no shift operation is
pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S>= SS
You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after
HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values in the higher-order
calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the
time and date values. Reading RTC current time locks the
values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read
to ensure consistency between the time and date values.

38.2.17
38.2.18
38.2.19
434/664
HAL_RTC_SetDate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef * sDate, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Set RTC current date.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sDate: Pointer to date structure
Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data
formatRTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_GetDate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef * sDate, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Get RTC current date.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sDate: Pointer to Date structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data
formatRTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after
HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values in the higher-order
calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the
time and date values. Reading RTC current time locks the
values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read.
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
38.2.20
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Set the specified RTC Alarm.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data
formatRTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Set the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data
formatRTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The Alarm register can only be written when the
corresponding Alarm is disabled (Use the
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()).
The HAL_RTC_SetTime() must be called before enabling the
Alarm feature.

38.2.21
38.2.22
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Alarm)
Function Description
Deactivate the specified RTC Alarm.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. This parameter can be one of
the following values: RTC_ALARM_A:
AlarmARTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_GetAlarm
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Get the RTC Alarm value and masks.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
435/664
UM1749
Parameters




Return values
38.2.23
38.2.24
38.2.25
38.2.26

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Handle Alarm interrupt request.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback (RTC_HandleTypeDef *
hrtc)
Function Description
Alarm A callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle AlarmA Polling request.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Wait until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and
RTC_DR) are synchronized with RTC APB clock.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before
calling this function.
To read the calendar through the shadow registers after

436/664
hrtc: RTC handle
sAlarm: Pointer to Date structure
Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. This parameter can be one of
the following values: RTC_ALARM_A:
AlarmARTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data
formatRTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Calendar initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from
low power modes the software must first clear the RSF flag.
The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have
been correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow
registers.
38.2.27
HAL_RTC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Return the RTC handle state.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: state
38.3
RTC Firmware driver defines
38.3.1
RTC
RTC AlarmDateWeekDay Definitions
RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE
RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY
RTC AlarmMask Definitions
RTC_ALARMMASK_NONE
RTC_ALARMMASK_DATEWEEKDAY
RTC_ALARMMASK_HOURS
RTC_ALARMMASK_MINUTES
RTC_ALARMMASK_SECONDS
RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL
RTC Alarms Definitions
RTC_ALARM_A
RTC_ALARM_B
RTC Alarm Sub Seconds Masks Definitions
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_ALL
All Alarm SS fields are masked. There is no
comparison on sub seconds for Alarm
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_1
SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[0] is compared.
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_2
SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[1:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_3
SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[2:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_4
SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[3:0] are compared
DOCID026232 Rev 3
437/664
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_5
UM1749
SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[4:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_6
SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[5:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_7
SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm `
comparison. Only SS[6:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_8
SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[7:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_9
SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[8:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_10
SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[9:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_11
SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[10:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_12
SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm
comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_13
SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm
comparison. Only SS[12:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14
SS[14] is don't care in Alarm
comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_NONE
SS[14:0] are compared and must match to
activate alarm.
RTC AM PM Definitions
RTC_HOURFORMAT12_AM
RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM
RTC DayLightSaving Definitions
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_SUB1H
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_ADD1H
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE
RTC Exported Macros
__HAL_RTC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset RTC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE
Description:

438/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
Disable the write
protection for RTC
registers.
UM1749
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the write protection
for RTC registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the RTC ALARMA
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC ALARMA
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the RTC ALARMB
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE
Description:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
Disable the RTC ALARMB
439/664
UM1749
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the RTC Alarm
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Alarm
interrupt sources to be
enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be any
combination of the
following values:

RTC_IT_ALRA:
Alarm A interrupt

RTC_IT_ALRB:
Alarm B interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Alarm
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Alarm
interrupt sources to be
enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be any
combination of the
following values:

RTC_IT_ALRA:
Alarm A interrupt

RTC_IT_ALRB:
Alarm B interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT
440/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
Description:
UM1749

Check whether the
specified RTC Alarm
interrupt has occurred or
not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Alarm
interrupt sources to check.
This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_ALRA:
Alarm A interrupt

RTC_IT_ALRB:
Alarm B interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the
specified RTC Alarm
interrupt has been enabled
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Alarm
interrupt sources to check.
This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_ALRA:
Alarm A interrupt

RTC_IT_ALRB:
Alarm B interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Get the selected RTC
Alarm's flag status.
Parameters:


DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the
RTC Alarm Flag sources
to check. This parameter
can be:

RTC_FLAG_ALRAF

RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
441/664
UM1749


RTC_FLAG_ALRAW
F
RTC_FLAG_ALRBW
F
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the RTC Alarm's
pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the
RTC Alarm Flag sources
to clear. This parameter
can be:

RTC_FLAG_ALRAF

RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable interrupt on the
RTC Alarm associated Exti
line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable interrupt on the
RTC Alarm associated Exti
line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None
Description:

Enable event on the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
None.
Description:

Disable event on the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:

442/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
UM1749
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:

Enable falling edge trigger
on the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDG
E
None.
Description:

Disable falling edge trigger
on the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising edge trigger
on the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising edge trigger
on the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising & falling
edge trigger on the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising & falling
edge trigger on the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None.
Description:

Check whether the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line
interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
443/664
UM1749

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Line: Status.
Description:

Clear the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line flag.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None.
Description:

Generate a Software
interrupt on RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

RTC Flags Definitions
RTC_FLAG_RECALPF
RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F
RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F
RTC_FLAG_TSOVF
RTC_FLAG_TSF
RTC_FLAG_WUTF
RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
RTC_FLAG_ALRAF
RTC_FLAG_INITF
RTC_FLAG_RSF
RTC_FLAG_INITS
RTC_FLAG_SHPF
RTC_FLAG_WUTWF
RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF
RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF
RTC Hour Formats
RTC_HOURFORMAT_24
RTC_HOURFORMAT_12
RTC Input parameter format definitions
RTC_FORMAT_BIN
RTC_FORMAT_BCD
RTC Interrupts Definitions
RTC_IT_TS
RTC_IT_WUT
444/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
UM1749
RTC_IT_ALRB
RTC_IT_ALRA
RTC_IT_TAMP
RTC_IT_TAMP1
RTC_IT_TAMP2
RTC Private macros to check input parameters
IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT
IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL
IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE
IS_RTC_OUTPUT_REMAP
IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12
IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING
IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION
IS_RTC_FORMAT
IS_RTC_YEAR
IS_RTC_MONTH
IS_RTC_DATE
IS_RTC_WEEKDAY
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL
IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK
IS_RTC_ALARM
IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE
IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK
IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV
IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV
IS_RTC_HOUR12
IS_RTC_HOUR24
IS_RTC_MINUTES
IS_RTC_SECONDS
RTC Month Date Definitions
RTC_MONTH_JANUARY
RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY
RTC_MONTH_MARCH
RTC_MONTH_APRIL
DOCID026232 Rev 3
445/664
UM1749
RTC_MONTH_MAY
RTC_MONTH_JUNE
RTC_MONTH_JULY
RTC_MONTH_AUGUST
RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER
RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER
RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER
RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER
RTC Output ALARM OUT Remap
RTC_OUTPUT_REMAP_NONE
RTC_OUTPUT_REMAP_POS1
RTC Output Polarity Definitions
RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH
RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_LOW
RTC Output Type ALARM OUT
RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN
RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_PUSHPULL
RTC StoreOperation Definitions
RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET
RTC_STOREOPERATION_SET
RTC WeekDay Definitions
RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY
446/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
39
HAL RTC Extension Driver
39.1
RTCEx Firmware driver registers structures
39.1.1
RTC_TamperTypeDef
Data Fields










uint32_t Tamper
uint32_t Interrupt
uint32_t Trigger
uint32_t NoErase
uint32_t MaskFlag
uint32_t Filter
uint32_t SamplingFrequency
uint32_t PrechargeDuration
uint32_t TamperPullUp
uint32_t TimeStampOnTamperDetection
Field Documentation









uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Tamper
Specifies the Tamper Pin. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Pins_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Interrupt
Specifies the Tamper Interrupt. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Interrupt_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the Tamper Trigger. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::NoErase
Specifies the Tamper no erase mode. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_EraseBackUp_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::MaskFlag
Specifies the Tamper Flag masking. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_MaskFlag_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Filter
Specifies the RTC Filter Tamper. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Filter_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::SamplingFrequency
Specifies the sampling frequency. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Sampling_Frequencies_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::PrechargeDuration
Specifies the Precharge Duration . This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Pin_Precharge_Duration_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::TamperPullUp
Specifies the Tamper PullUp . This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Pull_UP_Definitions
DOCID026232 Rev 3
447/664
UM1749

uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::TimeStampOnTamperDetection
Specifies the TimeStampOnTamperDetection. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_TimeStampOnTamperDetection_Definitions
39.2
RTCEx Firmware driver API description
39.2.1
RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature
This section contains the following APIs:
















39.2.2
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp()
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp()
HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp()
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper()
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper()
HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler()
HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event()
RTC Wake-up functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature
This section contains the following APIs:







39.2.3
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer()
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer()
HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer()
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler()
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent()
Extended Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to








448/664
Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
Set the Coarse calibration parameters.
Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters
Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749




Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
This section contains the following APIs:










39.2.4
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite()
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead()
HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib()
HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift()
HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut()
HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock()
HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow()
HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow()
Extended features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


RTC Alram B callback
RTC Poll for Alarm B request
This section contains the following APIs:


39.2.5
HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent()
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge,
uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
Function Description
Set TimeStamp.
Parameters



39.2.6
hrtc: RTC handle
TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the
TimeStamp is activated. This parameter can be one of the
following values: RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time
stamp event occurs on the rising edge of the related
pin.RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp
event occurs on the falling edge of the related pin.
RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as RTC
TimeStamp Pin on STM32L05x/6x/7x/8x and PA2 on
STM32L03x/4x/2x/1x.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp
feature.
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT
DOCID026232 Rev 3
449/664
UM1749
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge,
uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
Function Description
Set TimeStamp with Interrupt.
Parameters



39.2.7
39.2.8
39.2.9
450/664
hrtc: RTC handle
TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the
TimeStamp is activated. This parameter can be one of the
following values: RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time
stamp event occurs on the rising edge of the related
pin.RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp
event occurs on the falling edge of the related pin.
RTC_TimeStampPin: Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as RTC
TimeStamp Pin on STM32L05x/6x/7x/8x and PA2 on
STM32L03x/4x/2x/1x.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp
feature.
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Deactivate TimeStamp.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *
sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef * sTimeStampDate, uint32_t
Format)
Function Description
Get the RTC TimeStamp value.
Parameters




hrtc: RTC handle
sTimeStamp: Pointer to Time structure
sTimeStampDate: Pointer to Date structure
Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data
formatRTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef * sTamper)
Function Description
Set Tamper.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
39.2.10
39.2.11
39.2.12
39.2.13
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all
tampers.
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef * sTamper)
Function Description
Set Tamper with interrupt.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all
tampers.
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Tamper)
Function Description
Deactivate Tamper.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Tamper: Selected tamper pin. This parameter can be
RTC_Tamper_1 and/or RTC_TAMPER_2 for STM32L05x/6x.
This parameter can be any combination of RTC_TAMPER_1,
RTC_TAMPER_2 and RTC_TAMPER_3 for
STM32L01x/2x/3x/7x/8x.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Handle TimeStamp interrupt request.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
TimeStamp callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
451/664
UM1749
39.2.14
39.2.15
39.2.16
39.2.17
39.2.18
39.2.19
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Tamper 1 callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Tamper 2 callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Tamper 3 callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle TimeStamp polling request.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle Tamper 1 Polling.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event
Function Name
452/664
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
39.2.20
39.2.21
39.2.22
39.2.23
39.2.24
Function Description
Handle Tamper 2 Polling.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle Tamper 3 Polling.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter,
uint32_t WakeUpClock)
Function Description
Set wake up timer.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter,
uint32_t WakeUpClock)
Function Description
Set wake up timer with interrupt.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Deactivate wake up timer counter.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer
DOCID026232 Rev 3
453/664
39.2.25
39.2.26
39.2.27
39.2.28
Function Name
UM1749
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc)
Function Description
Get wake up timer counter.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

Counter: value
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Handle Wake Up Timer interrupt request.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Wake Up Timer callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle Wake Up Timer Polling.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc,
uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
Parameters



Return values
39.2.29
454/664

hrtc: RTC handle
BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. This
parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to
19 to specify the register.
Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data
register.
None:
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
39.2.30
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc,
uint32_t BackupRegister)
Function Description
Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. This
parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to
19 to specify the register.
Return values

Read: value
HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod,
uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t
SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue)
Function Description
Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
Parameters




39.2.31
hrtc: RTC handle
SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period.
This parameter can be can be one of the following values :
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth
calibration period is
32s.RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC: The smooth
calibration period is
16s.RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC: The smooth
calibration period is 8s.
SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP
bit. This parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one
RTCCLK pulse every 2*11
pulses.RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No
RTCCLK pulses are added.
SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of
CALM[8:0] bits. This parameter can be one any value from 0
to 0x000001FF.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field
SmoothCalibPlusPulses must be equal to
SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field
SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue mut be equal to 0.
HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t
ShiftSubFS)
Function Description
Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
ShiftAdd1S: Select to add or not 1 second to the time
calendar. This parameter can be one of the following values :
RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock
DOCID026232 Rev 3
455/664
39.2.32
39.2.33
39.2.34
39.2.35
456/664

UM1749
calendar.RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect.
ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to
substitute. This parameter can be one any value from 0 to
0x7FFF.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift
control register.
HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t CalibOutput)
Function Description
Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or
512Hz).
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
CalibOutput: : Select the Calibration output Selection . This
parameter can be one of the following values:
RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular
waveform at 512Hz.RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has
a regular waveform at 1Hz.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or
512Hz).
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
39.2.36
39.2.37
39.2.38
39.2.39
HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are
taken directly from the Calendar counter.
HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are
taken directly from the Calendar counter.
HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Alarm B callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle Alarm B Polling request.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
39.3
RTCEx Firmware driver defines
39.3.1
RTCEx
RTCEx Add 1 Second Parameter Definitions
RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET
RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET
RTCEx Backup Registers Definition
DOCID026232 Rev 3
457/664
UM1749
RTC_BKP_DR0
RTC_BKP_DR1
RTC_BKP_DR2
RTC_BKP_DR3
RTC_BKP_DR4
RTC Calibration
__HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the RTC calibration
output.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the calibration output.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the clock reference
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the clock reference
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_SHIFT_GET_FLAG
Description:

458/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
Get the selected RTC shift
UM1749
operation's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC
shift operation Flag is pending
or not. This parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_SHPF
Return value:

None
RTCEx Calib Output selection Definitions
RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ
RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ
RTCEx Flags Definitions
RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F
RTCEx Interrupts Definitions
RTC_IT_TAMP3
Private macros to check input parameters
IS_RTC_OUTPUT
IS_RTC_BKP
IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE
IS_RTC_TAMPER
IS_RTC_TAMPER_INTERRUPT
IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN
IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER
IS_RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_MODE
IS_RTC_TAMPER_MASKFLAG_STATE
IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER
IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ
IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION
IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION
IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE
IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK
IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS
IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S
IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT
DOCID026232 Rev 3
459/664
UM1749
RTCEx Output Selection Definition
RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE
RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMA
RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMB
RTC_OUTPUT_WAKEUP
RTCEx Smooth calib Minus pulses Definitions
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS
RTCEx Smooth calib period Definitions
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC
If RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
period is 32s, else 2exp20 RTCCLK pulses
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC
If RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
period is 16s, else 2exp19 RTCCLK pulses
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC
If RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
period is 8s, else 2exp18 RTCCLK pulses
RTCEx Smooth calib Plus pulses Definitions
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET
The number of RTCCLK pulses added
during a X -second window = Y CALM[8:0] with Y = 512, 256, 128 when
X = 32, 16, 8
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET
The number of RTCCLK pulses
subbstited during a 32-second window =
CALM[8:0]
RTCEx Substract Fraction Of Second Value
IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS
RTC Tamper
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the RTC Tamper1 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Tamper1 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:
460/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER2_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the RTC Tamper2 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER2_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Tamper2 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER3_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the RTC Tamper3 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER3_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Tamper3 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the RTC Tamper interrupt.
Parameters:


DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC
Tamper interrupt sources to be enabled.
461/664
UM1749
This parameter can be any combination
of the following values:

RTC_IT_TAMP: All tampers
interrupts

RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Tamper interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC
Tamper interrupt sources to be
disabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

RTC_IT_TAMP: All tampers
interrupts

RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the specified RTC
Tamper interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC
Tamper interrupt to check. This
parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3
interrupt
Return value:
462/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the specified RTC
Tamper interrupt has been enabled or
not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC
Tamper interrupt source to check. This
parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TAMP: All tampers
interrupts

RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Get the selected RTC Tamper's flag
status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC Tamper
Flag is pending or not. This parameter
can be:

RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper1
flag

RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper2
flag

RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper3
flag
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the RTC Tamper's pending flags.
Parameters:


DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC Tamper
Flag to clear. This parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper1
463/664


UM1749
flag
RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper2
flag
RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper3
flag
Return value:

None
RTCEx Tamper EraseBackUp Definitions
RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_BACKUP_ENABLE
RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_BACKUP_DISABLE
RTCEx Tamper Filter Definitions
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_DISABLE
Tamper filter is disabled
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_2SAMPLE
Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive samples at
the active level
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_4SAMPLE
Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive samples at
the active level
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_8SAMPLE
Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive samples at
the active leve.
RTCEx Tamper Interrupt Definitions
RTC_TAMPER1_INTERRUPT
RTC_TAMPER2_INTERRUPT
RTC_TAMPER3_INTERRUPT
RTC_ALL_TAMPER_INTERRUPT
RTCEx Tamper MaskFlag Definitions
RTC_TAMPERMASK_FLAG_DISABLE
RTC_TAMPERMASK_FLAG_ENABLE
RTCEx Tamper Pins Definition
RTC_TAMPER_1
RTC_TAMPER_2
RTC_TAMPER_3
RTCEx Tamper Pin Precharge Duration Definitions
464/664
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_1RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged
before sampling during 1 RTCCLK
cycle
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_2RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged
before sampling during 2 RTCCLK
cycles
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_4RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged
before sampling during 4 RTCCLK
cycles
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_8RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
before sampling during 8 RTCCLK
cycles
RTCEx Tamper Pull UP Definitions
RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_ENABLE
Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling
RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_DISABLE
Tamper pins pre-charge is disabled
RTCEx Tamper Sampling Frequencies Definitions
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV32768
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 32768
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV16384
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 16384
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV8192
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 8192
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV4096
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 4096
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV2048
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 2048
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV1024
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 1024
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV512
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 512
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV256
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 256
EXTI RTC Tamper Timestamp EXTI
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description
:

Enable
interrup
t on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
465/664
UM1749

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description
:

Disable
interrup
t on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None
Description
:

Enable
event
on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
None.
Description
:

Disable
event
on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:
466/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description
:

Enable
falling
edge
trigger
on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description
:

Disable
falling
edge
trigger
on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description
:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
Enable
rising
edge
trigger
on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
467/664
UM1749
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description
:

Disable
rising
edge
trigger
on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_
EDGE
None.
Description
:

Enable
rising &
falling
edge
trigger
on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING
_EDGE
Description
:

468/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
Disable
rising &
falling
edge
trigger
UM1749
on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None.
Description
:

Check
whether
the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line
interrup
t flag is
set or
not.
Return
value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Line:
Status.
Description
:

Clear
the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line
flag.
Return
value:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
469/664
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
UM1749
Description
:

Generat
ea
Softwar
e
interrup
t on the
RTC
Tamper
and
Timesta
mp
associa
ted Exti
line.
Return
value:

None.
RTCEx Tamper TimeStampOnTamperDetection Definitions
RTC_TIMESTAMPONTAMPERDETECTION_ENABLE
TimeStamp on Tamper
Detection event saved
RTC_TIMESTAMPONTAMPERDETECTION_DISABLE
TimeStamp on Tamper
Detection event is not saved
RTCEx Tamper Trigger Definitions
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_FALLINGEDGE
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_LOWLEVEL
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_HIGHLEVEL
RTC Timestamp
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the RTC TimeStamp
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC TimeStamp
peripheral.
Parameters:

470/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
UM1749
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the RTC TimeStamp
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
RTC TimeStamp interrupt source to
be enabled. This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the RTC TimeStamp
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
RTC TimeStamp interrupt source to
be disabled. This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the specified RTC
TimeStamp interrupt has occurred
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
RTC TimeStamp interrupt to check.
This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp
interrupt
Return value:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
471/664
UM1749
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Check whether the specified RTC
Time Stamp interrupt has been
enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
RTC Time Stamp interrupt source to
check. This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Get the selected RTC TimeStamp's
flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC
TimeStamp Flag is pending or not.
This parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_TSF

RTC_FLAG_TSOVF
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the RTC Time Stamp's
pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC Alarm
Flag to clear. This parameter can
be:

RTC_FLAG_TSF
Return value:

RTCEx TimeStamp Pin Selection
RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT
RTCEx Time Stamp Edges definition
RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING
472/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
UM1749
RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING
RTC WakeUp Timer
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the RTC
WakeUp Timer
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__:
specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC
WakeUp Timer
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__:
specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the RTC
WakeUpTimer interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__:
specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC
WakeUpTimer interrupt
sources to be enabled.
This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_WUT:
WakeUpTimer
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the RTC
WakeUpTimer interrupt.
Parameters:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
473/664
UM1749


__HANDLE__:
specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC
WakeUpTimer interrupt
sources to be disabled.
This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_WUT:
WakeUpTimer
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the
specified RTC
WakeUpTimer interrupt
has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__:
specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC
WakeUpTimer interrupt
to check. This
parameter can be:

RTC_IT_WUT:
WakeUpTimer
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the
specified RTC Wake
Up timer interrupt has
been enabled or not.
Parameters:


474/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__:
specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC
Wake Up timer interrupt
sources to check. This
parameter can be:

RTC_IT_WUT:
WakeUpTimer
UM1749
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Get the selected RTC
WakeUpTimer's flag
status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__:
specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies
the RTC WakeUpTimer
Flag is pending or not.
This parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_WUT
F

RTC_FLAG_WUT
WF
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the RTC Wake
Up timer's pending
flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__:
specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies
the RTC WakeUpTimer
Flag to clear. This
parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_WUT
F
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable interrupt on the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
Description:
475/664
UM1749

Disable interrupt on the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None
Description:

Enable event on the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
None.
Description:

Disable event on the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_
EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable falling edge
trigger on the RTC
WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_
EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable falling edge
trigger on the RTC
WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_E
DGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising edge
trigger on the RTC
WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_E
DGE
476/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None.
Description:

Disable rising edge
trigger on the RTC
WakeUp Timer
UM1749
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_F
ALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising & falling
edge trigger on the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_F
ALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising & falling
edge trigger on the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None.
Description:

Check whether the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line
interrupt flag is set or
not.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Line: Status.
Description:

Clear the RTC WakeUp
Timer associated Exti
line flag.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None.
Description:

Generate a Software
interrupt on the RTC
WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

None.
RTCEx Wakeup Timer Definitions
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV16
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV8
DOCID026232 Rev 3
477/664
UM1749
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV4
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV2
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_16BITS
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_17BITS
478/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
40
HAL SMARTCARD Generic Driver
40.1
SMARTCARD Firmware driver registers structures
40.1.1
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef
Data Fields
















uint32_t BaudRate
uint32_t WordLength
uint32_t StopBits
uint32_t Parity
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t CLKPolarity
uint32_t CLKPhase
uint32_t CLKLastBit
uint32_t OneBitSampling
uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t GuardTime
uint32_t NACKState
uint32_t TimeOutEnable
uint32_t TimeOutValue
uint32_t BlockLength
uint32_t AutoRetryCount
Field Documentation







uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
Configures the SmartCard communication baud rate. The baud rate register is
computed using the following formula: Baud Rate Register = ((PCLKx) / ((hsc>Init.BaudRate)))
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter
SMARTCARD_Word_Length can only be set to 9 (8 data + 1 parity bits).
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::StopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits SMARTCARD_Stop_Bits. Only 0.5 or 1.5 stop bits
are authorized in SmartCard mode.
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Parity
Note:The parity is enabled by default (PCE is forced to 1). Since the WordLength is
forced to 8 bits + parity, M is forced to 1 and the parity bit is the 9th bit.
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies whether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Mode
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKPolarity
Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Clock_Polarity
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKPhase
Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. This parameter can be
a value of SMARTCARD_Clock_Phase
DOCID026232 Rev 3
479/664
UM1749









40.1.2
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKLastBit
Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted data bit (MSB)
has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. This parameter can be a
value of SMARTCARD_Last_Bit
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::OneBitSampling
Specifies wether a single sample or three samples' majority vote is selected.
Selecting the single sample method increases the receiver tolerance to clock
deviations. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_OneBit_Sampling
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the SmartCard Prescaler
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::GuardTime
Specifies the SmartCard Guard Time
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::NACKState
Specifies whether the SmartCard NACK transmission is enabled in case of parity
error. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_NACK_Enable
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::TimeOutEnable
Specifies whether the receiver timeout is enabled. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Timeout_Enable
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::TimeOutValue
Specifies the receiver time out value in number of baud blocks: it is used to
implement the Character Wait Time (CWT) and Block Wait Time (BWT). It is coded
over 24 bits.
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::BlockLength
Specifies the SmartCard Block Length in T=1 Reception mode. This parameter can
be any value from 0x0 to 0xFF
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::AutoRetryCount
Specifies the SmartCard auto-retry count (number of retries in receive and transmit
mode). When set to 0, retransmission is disabled. Otherwise, its maximum value is 7
(before signalling an error)
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t AdvFeatureInit
uint32_t TxPinLevelInvert
uint32_t RxPinLevelInvert
uint32_t DataInvert
uint32_t Swap
uint32_t OverrunDisable
uint32_t DMADisableonRxError
uint32_t MSBFirst
Field Documentation


480/664
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AdvFeatureInit
Specifies which advanced SMARTCARD features is initialized. Several advanced
features may be initialized at the same time. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Advanced_Features_Initialization_Type
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::TxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the TX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Tx_Inv
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749






40.1.3
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::RxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the RX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value
of SMARTCARD_Rx_Inv
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DataInvert
Specifies whether data are inverted (positive/direct logic vs negative/inverted logic).
This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Data_Inv
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::Swap
Specifies whether TX and RX pins are swapped. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Rx_Tx_Swap
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::OverrunDisable
Specifies whether the reception overrun detection is disabled. This parameter can be
a value of SMARTCARD_Overrun_Disable
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DMADisableonRxError
Specifies whether the DMA is disabled in case of reception error. This parameter can
be a value of SMARTCARD_DMA_Disable_on_Rx_Error
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::MSBFirst
Specifies whether MSB is sent first on UART line. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_MSB_First
SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields














USART_TypeDef * Instance
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef Init
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef AdvancedInit
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferSize
uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint16_t RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation










USART_TypeDef* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Init
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef
SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::AdvancedInit
uint8_t* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
uint16_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
uint8_t* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
uint16_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
DOCID026232 Rev 3
481/664
UM1749




DMA_HandleTypeDef* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
__IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::State
__IO uint32_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
40.2
SMARTCARD Firmware driver API description
40.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx associated to
the SmartCard.


These parameters can be configured:

Baud Rate

Parity: parity should be enabled, Frame Length is fixed to 8 bits plus parity: the
USART frame format is given in the table below.

Receiver/transmitter modes

Synchronous mode (and if enabled, phase, polarity and last bit parameters)

Prescaler value

Guard bit time

NACK enabling or disabling on transmission error
The following advanced features can be configured as well:

TX and/or RX pin level inversion

data logical level inversion

RX and TX pins swap

RX overrun detection disabling

DMA disabling on RX error

MSB first on communication line

Time out enabling (and if activated, timeout value)

Block length

Auto-retry counter
Table 18: USART frame formats
M1 M0 bits
PCE bit
USART frame
01
1
| SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |
The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API follow respectively the USART (a)synchronous
configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
This section contains the following APIs:




40.2.2
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init()
HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit()
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit()
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section contains the following APIs:




482/664
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749






40.2.3
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler()
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.



HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API is helpful to check in run-time the state of the
SMARTCARD peripheral
SMARTCARD_SetConfig() API configures the SMARTCARD peripheral
SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set
after initialization
This section contains the following APIs:


40.2.4
40.2.5
40.2.6
40.2.7
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState()
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
Initializes the SMARTCARD mode according to the specified
parameters in the SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef and creates the
associated handle .
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the SMARTCARD peripheral.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
SMARTCARD MSP Init.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
483/664
UM1749
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
40.2.8
40.2.9
40.2.10
40.2.11
484/664
Function Description
SMARTCARD MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hsc: SMARTCARD handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Timeout: : Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hsc: SMARTCARD handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Timeout: : Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters



hsc: SMARTCARD handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
40.2.12
40.2.13
40.2.14
40.2.15
40.2.16
Parameters



hsc: SMARTCARD handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



hsc: SMARTCARD handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



hsc: SMARTCARD handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The SMARTCARD-associated USART parity is enabled (PCE
= 1), the received data contain the parity bit (MSB position)
HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
SMARTCARD interrupt requests handling.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback
DOCID026232 Rev 3
485/664
UM1749
40.2.17
40.2.18
40.2.19
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
SMARTCARD error callbacks.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState
Function Name
HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hsc)
Function Description
return the SMARTCARD state
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
Return the SMARTCARD error code.
Parameters

hsc: : pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMARTCARD.
Return values

SMARTCARD: Error Code
40.3
SMARTCARD Firmware driver defines
40.3.1
SMARTCARD
SMARTCARD Advanced Features Initialization
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT
486/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT
IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_INIT
SMARTCARD Clock Phase
SMARTCARD_PHASE_1EDGE
SMARTCARD_PHASE_2EDGE
IS_SMARTCARD_PHASE
SMARTCARD Clock Polarity
SMARTCARD_POLARITY_LOW
SMARTCARD_POLARITY_HIGH
IS_SMARTCARD_POLARITY
SMARTCARD CR3 LSB Position
SMARTCARD_CR3_SCARCNT_LSB_POS
SMARTCARD Data Inv
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_ENABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV
SMARTCARD DMA on Rx Error
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMA_ENABLEONRXERROR
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMA_DISABLEONRXERROR
IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR
SMARTCARD DMA Requests
SMARTCARD_DMAREQ_TX
SMARTCARD_DMAREQ_RX
SMARTCARD Error Code
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE
frame error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_RTO
Receiver TimeOut error
SMARTCARD Exported Macros
__HAL_SMARTCARD_RESET_HANDLE
_STATE
Description:

Reset SMARTCARD handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
DOCID026232 Rev 3
487/664
UM1749
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_FLUSH_DRREGI
STER
None
Description:

Flushs the Smartcard DR register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clears the specified SMARTCARD
pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be any combination
of the following values:

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEF

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCF

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD PE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD FE pending flag.
Parameters:

488/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD NE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREFLA
G
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD ORE pending
flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEFLA
G
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD IDLE pending
flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified Smartcard
flag is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

SMARTCARD_FLAG_REACK:
Receive enable ackowledge flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_TEACK:
Transmit enable ackowledge flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_BUSY: Busy
DOCID026232 Rev 3
489/664










UM1749
flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_EOBF: End of
block flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_RTOF:
Receiver timeout flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE:
Transmit data register empty flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC:
Transmission Complete flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE:
Receive data register not empty flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_IDLE: Idle line
detection flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_ORE:
OverRun Error flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_NE: Noise
Error flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_FE: Framing
Error flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_PE: Parity
Error flag
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Enables the specified SmartCard
interrupt.
Parameters:


490/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
SMARTCARD interrupt to enable. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

SMARTCARD_IT_EOB: End Of
Block interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RTO: Receive
TimeOut interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TXE: Transmit
Data Register empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE: Receive
Data register not empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_PE: Parity Error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_ERR: Error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
interrupt(Frame error, noise error,
overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified SmartCard
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
SMARTCARD interrupt to enable. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

SMARTCARD_IT_EOB: End Of
Block interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RTO: Receive
TimeOut interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TXE: Transmit
Data Register empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE: Receive
Data register not empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_PE: Parity Error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_ERR: Error
interrupt(Frame error, noise error,
overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified SmartCard
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__IT__: specifies the SMARTCARD
interrupt to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

SMARTCARD_IT_EOB: End Of
Block interrupt
DOCID026232 Rev 3
491/664
UM1749









SMARTCARD_IT_RTO: Receive
TimeOut interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_TXE: Transmit
Data Register empty interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE: Receive
Data register not empty interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_ORE: OverRun
Error interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_NE: Noise Error
interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_FE: Framing Error
interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_PE: Parity Error
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURC
E
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified SmartCard
interrupt interrupt source is enabled.
Parameters:


492/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__IT__: specifies the SMARTCARD
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

SMARTCARD_IT_EOB: End Of
Block interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RTO: Receive
TimeOut interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TXE: Transmit
Data Register empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE: Receive
Data register not empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_ORE: OverRun
Error interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_NE: Noise Error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_FE: Framing Error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_PE: Parity Error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clears the specified SMARTCARD ISR
flag, in setting the proper ICR register
flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__IT_CLEAR__: specifies the interrupt
clear register flag that needs to be set to
clear the corresponding interrupt This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF: Parity
error clear flag

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF:
Framing error clear flag

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF: Noise
detected clear flag

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF:
OverRun error clear flag

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEF: Idle
line detection clear flag

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCF:
Transmission complete clear flag

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF:
Receiver timeout clear flag

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF: End
of block clear flag
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_SEND_REQ
None
Description:

Set a specific SMARTCARD request flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__REQ__: specifies the request flag to
set This parameter can be one of the
following values:

SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_R
EQUEST: Receive Data flush
DOCID026232 Rev 3
493/664

UM1749
Request
SMARTCARD_TXDATA_FLUSH_R
EQUEST: Transmit data flush
Request
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMP
LE_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the SMARTCARD one bit
sample method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMP
LE_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the SMARTCARD one bit
sample method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the USART associated to the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the USART associated to the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
Return value:
494/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

__HAL_SMARTCARD_DMA_REQUEST
_ENABLE
None
Description:

Macros to enable or disable the
SmartCard DMA request.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__REQUEST__: specifies the SmartCard
DMA request. This parameter can be one
of the following values:

SMARTCARD_DMAREQ_TX:
SmartCard DMA transmit request

SMARTCARD_DMAREQ_RX:
SmartCard DMA receive request
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DMA_REQUEST
_DISABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_BAUDRATE
Description:

Check the Baud rate range.
Parameters:

__BAUDRATE__: Baud rate set by the
configuration function.
Return value:

IS_SMARTCARD_BLOCKLENGTH
Test: result (TRUE or FALSE)
Description:

Check the block length range.
Parameters:

__LENGTH__: block length.
Return value:

IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE
Test: result (TRUE or FALSE)
Description:

Check the receiver timeout value.
Parameters:

__TIMEOUTVALUE__: receiver timeout
value.
Return value:

IS_SMARTCARD_AUTORETRY_COUN
T
Test: result (TRUE or FALSE)
Description:

Check the SMARTCARD autoretry
counter value.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
495/664
UM1749
Parameters:

__COUNT__: number of retransmissions
Return value:

Test: result (TRUE or FALSE)
SMARTCARD Flags
SMARTCARD_FLAG_REACK
SMARTCARD receive enable acknowledge flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_TEACK
SMARTCARD transmit enable acknowledge flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_BUSY
SMARTCARD busy flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_EOBF
SMARTCARD end of block flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_RTOF
SMARTCARD receiver timeout flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE
SMARTCARD transmit data register empty
SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC
SMARTCARD transmission complete
SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE
SMARTCARD read data register not empty
SMARTCARD_FLAG_IDLE
SMARTCARD idle line detection
SMARTCARD_FLAG_ORE
SMARTCARD overrun error
SMARTCARD_FLAG_NE
SMARTCARD noise error
SMARTCARD_FLAG_FE
SMARTCARD frame error
SMARTCARD_FLAG_PE
SMARTCARD parity error
SMARTCARD GTPR GT LSB Position
SMARTCARD_GTPR_GT_LSB_POS
SMARTCARD Interruption Mask
SMARTCARD_IT_MASK
SMARTCARD Interrupt definition
SMARTCARD_IT_PE
SMARTCARD parity error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_TXE
SMARTCARD transmit data register empty interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_TC
SMARTCARD transmission complete interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE
SMARTCARD read data register not empty interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE
SMARTCARD idle line detection interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_ERR
SMARTCARD error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_ORE
SMARTCARD overrun error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_NE
SMARTCARD noise error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_FE
SMARTCARD frame error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_EOB
SMARTCARD end of block interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_RTO
SMARTCARD receiver timeout interruption
SMARTCARD IT CLEAR Flags
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF
496/664
Parity Error Clear Flag
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF
Framing Error Clear Flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF
Noise detected Clear Flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF
OverRun Error Clear Flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEF
IDLE line detected Clear Flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCF
Transmission Complete Clear Flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF
Receiver Time Out Clear Flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF
End Of Block Clear Flag
SMARTCARD Last Bit
SMARTCARD_LASTBIT_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_LASTBIT_ENABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_LASTBIT
SMARTCARD Mode
SMARTCARD_MODE_RX
SMARTCARD_MODE_TX
SMARTCARD_MODE_TX_RX
IS_SMARTCARD_MODE
SMARTCARD MSB First
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_ENABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST
SMARTCARD NACK Enable
SMARTCARD_NACK_ENABLE
SMARTCARD_NACK_DISABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_NACK
SMARTCARD OneBit Sampling
SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE
SMARTCARD Overrun Enabling
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_OVERRUN_ENABLE
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_OVERRUN_DISABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_OVERRUN
SMARTCARD Parity
SMARTCARD_PARITY_EVEN
SMARTCARD_PARITY_ODD
IS_SMARTCARD_PARITY
SMARTCARD Request Parameters
DOCID026232 Rev 3
497/664
UM1749
SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Receive Data flush Request
SMARTCARD_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Transmit data flush Request
IS_SMARTCARD_REQUEST_PARAMETER
SMARTCARD RTOR BLEN LSB Position
SMARTCARD_RTOR_BLEN_LSB_POS
SMARTCARD Rx Inv
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINV_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINV_ENABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINV
SMARTCARD Rx Tx Swap
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_ENABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP
SMARTCARD Stop Bits
SMARTCARD_STOPBITS_0_5
SMARTCARD_STOPBITS_1_5
IS_SMARTCARD_STOPBITS
SMARTCARD Timeout Enable
SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_ENABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT
SMARTCARD Tx Inv
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINV_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINV_ENABLE
IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINV
SMARTCARD Word Length
SMARTCARD_WORDLENGTH_9B
IS_SMARTCARD_WORD_LENGTH
498/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
41
HAL SMARTCARD Extension Driver
41.1
SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver API description
41.1.1
How to use this driver
The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follow:
1.
41.1.2
After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(), then if required, program SMARTCARD advanced features
(TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut, auto-retry counter,...) in the hsc AdvancedInit structure.
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.




HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block
Length on the fly
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver
timeout value on the fly
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout
feature
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout
feature
This section contains the following APIs:




41.1.3
41.1.4
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config()
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config()
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut()
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut()
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc, uint8_t BlockLength)
Function Description
Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
Parameters


hsc: SMARTCARD handle
BlockLength: SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at
most)
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
Function Description
Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
Parameters


hsc: SMARTCARD handle
TimeOutValue: receiver timeout value in number of baud
blocks. The timeout value must be less or equal to
0x0FFFFFFFF.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
499/664
UM1749
Return values
41.1.5
41.1.6

None:
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsc)
Function Description
Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
Parameters

hsc: SMARTCARD handle
Return values

HAL: status
41.2
SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver defines
41.2.1
SMARTCARDEx
SMARTCARDEx Exported Macros
SMARTCARD_GETCLOCKSOURCE
Description:

Reports the SMARTCARD clock source.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART Handle
__CLOCKSOURCE__: : output variable
Return value:

500/664
the: USART clocking source, written in
__CLOCKSOURCE__.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
42
HAL SMBUS Generic Driver
42.1
SMBUS Firmware driver registers structures
42.1.1
SMBUS_InitTypeDef
Data Fields












uint32_t Timing
uint32_t AnalogFilter
uint32_t OwnAddress1
uint32_t AddressingMode
uint32_t DualAddressMode
uint32_t OwnAddress2
uint32_t OwnAddress2Masks
uint32_t GeneralCallMode
uint32_t NoStretchMode
uint32_t PacketErrorCheckMode
uint32_t PeripheralMode
uint32_t SMBusTimeout
Field Documentation








uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::Timing
Specifies the SMBUS_TIMINGR_register value. This parameter calculated by
referring to SMBUS initialization section in Reference manual
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::AnalogFilter
Specifies if Analog Filter is enable or not. This parameter can be a a value of
SMBUS_Analog_Filter
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress1
Specifies the first device own address. This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit
address.
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::AddressingMode
Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode for master is selected. This parameter can
be a value of SMBUS_addressing_mode
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::DualAddressMode
Specifies if dual addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_dual_addressing_mode
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2
Specifies the second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected This
parameter can be a 7-bit address.
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2Masks
Specifies the acknoledge mask address second device own address if dual
addressing mode is selected This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_own_address2_masks
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::GeneralCallMode
Specifies if general call mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_general_call_addressing_mode
DOCID026232 Rev 3
501/664
UM1749




42.1.2
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::NoStretchMode
Specifies if nostretch mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_nostretch_mode
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::PacketErrorCheckMode
Specifies if Packet Error Check mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_packet_error_check_mode
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::PeripheralMode
Specifies which mode of Periphal is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_peripheral_mode
uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::SMBusTimeout
Specifies the content of the 32 Bits SMBUS_TIMEOUT_register value. (Enable bits
and different timeout values) This parameter calculated by referring to SMBUS
initialization section in Reference manual
SMBUS_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields










I2C_TypeDef * Instance
SMBUS_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pBuffPtr
uint16_t XferSize
__IO uint16_t XferCount
__IO uint32_t XferOptions
__IO uint32_t PreviousState
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO uint32_t State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation










502/664
I2C_TypeDef* SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::Instance
SMBUS registers base address
SMBUS_InitTypeDef SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::Init
SMBUS communication parameters
uint8_t* SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to SMBUS transfer buffer
uint16_t SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
SMBUS transfer size
__IO uint16_t SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
SMBUS transfer counter
__IO uint32_t SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::XferOptions
SMBUS transfer options
__IO uint32_t SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::PreviousState
SMBUS communication Previous tate
HAL_LockTypeDef SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::Lock
SMBUS locking object
__IO uint32_t SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::State
SMBUS communication state
__IO uint32_t SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SMBUS Error code , see SMBUS_Error_Code
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
42.2
SMBUS Firmware driver API description
42.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialiaze the
SMBUSx peripheral:



User must Implement HAL_SMBUS_MspInit() function in which he configures all
related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, IT and NVIC ).
Call the function HAL_SMBUS_Init() to configure the selected device with the
selected configuration:

Clock Timing

Bus Timeout

Analog Filer mode

Own Address 1

Addressing mode (Master, Slave)

Dual Addressing mode

Own Address 2

Own Address 2 Mask

General call mode

Nostretch mode

Packet Error Check mode

Peripheral mode
Call the function HAL_SMBUS_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the
selected SMBUSx periperal.
This section contains the following APIs:




42.2.2
HAL_SMBUS_Init()
HAL_SMBUS_DeInit()
HAL_SMBUS_MspInit()
HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMBUS data transfers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Blocking mode function to check if device is ready for usage is :

HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady()
There is only one mode of transfer:

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts. These
functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data processing
will be indicated through the dedicated SMBUS IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT()

HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT()

HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT()

HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT()

HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT()

HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT()

HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:

HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback()

HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
503/664
UM1749





HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:



















42.2.3
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT()
HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady()
HAL_SMBUS_EV_IRQHandler()
HAL_SMBUS_ER_IRQHandler()
HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback()
HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


42.2.4
42.2.5
504/664
HAL_SMBUS_GetState()
HAL_SMBUS_GetError()
HAL_SMBUS_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Init
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
Initializes the SMBUS according to the specified parameters in the
SMBUS_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DeInit
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
DeInitializes the SMBUS peripheral.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
42.2.6
42.2.7
42.2.8
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_MspInit (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *
hsmbus)
Function Description
SMBUS MSP Init.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *
hsmbus)
Function Description
SMBUS MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Function Description
Transmit in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in noblocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters





Return values
42.2.9

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of SMBUS Transfer
Request Definition
HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Function Description
Receive in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in no-
DOCID026232 Rev 3
505/664
UM1749
blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters





Return values
42.2.10
42.2.11

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress)
Function Description
Abort a master/host SMBUS process commnunication with
Interrupt.
Parameters


hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
DevAddress: Target device address
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

: This abort can be called only if state is ready
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Function Description
Transmit in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in noblocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values
506/664
HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT



42.2.12
hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of SMBUS Transfer
Request Definition

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of SMBUS Transfer
Request Definition
HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Function Description
Receive in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in noblocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values
42.2.13
42.2.14
42.2.15
42.2.16



SMBUS.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of SMBUS Transfer
Request Definition

HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
This function enable the Address listen mode in Slave mode.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
This function disable the Address listen mode.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
Enable SMBUS alert.
Parameters

hsmbus: : pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUSx peripheral.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
Disable SMBUS alert.
Parameters

hsmbus: : pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUSx peripheral.
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
507/664
UM1749
42.2.17
42.2.18
42.2.19
42.2.20
42.2.21
508/664
HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Checks if target device is ready for communication.
Parameters




hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
DevAddress: Target device address
Trials: Number of trials
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is used with Memory devices
HAL_SMBUS_EV_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_EV_IRQHandler (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *
hsmbus)
Function Description
This function handles SMBUS event interrupt request.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_ER_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_ER_IRQHandler (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *
hsmbus)
Function Description
This function handles SMBUS error interrupt request.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
42.2.22
42.2.23
42.2.24
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *
hsmbus, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode)
Function Description
Slave Address Match callbacks.
Parameters


hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
TransferDirection: Master request Transfer Direction
(Write/Read)
AddrMatchCode: Address Match Code

None:

Return values
42.2.25
HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback
(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Function Description
Slave Listen Complete callbacks.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
DOCID026232 Rev 3
509/664
UM1749
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values
42.2.26
42.2.27
42.2.28

None:
HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *
hsmbus)
Function Description
SMBUS error callbacks.
Parameters

hsmbus: : Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMBUS_GetState
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SMBUS_GetState (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *
hsmbus)
Function Description
Returns the SMBUS state.
Parameters

hsmbus: : SMBUS handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_SMBUS_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SMBUS_GetError (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *
hsmbus)
Function Description
Return the SMBUS error code.
Parameters

hsmbus: : pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
SMBUS.
Return values

SMBUS: Error Code
42.3
SMBUS Firmware driver defines
42.3.1
SMBUS
SMBUS Addressing Mode
SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT
SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT
IS_SMBUS_ADDRESSING_MODE
SMBUS Analog Filter
SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
IS_SMBUS_ANALOG_FILTER
SMBUS Dual Addressing Mode
510/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
SMBUS_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE
SMBUS_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE
IS_SMBUS_DUAL_ADDRESS
SMBUS Error Code
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_BERR
BERR error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ARLO
ARLO error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ACKF
ACKF error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_HALTIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_BUSTIMEOUT
Bus Timeout error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ALERT
Alert error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_PECERR
PEC error
IO operation functions
HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT
HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback
HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback
SMBUS Exported Macros
__HAL_SMBUS_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset SMBUS handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the SMBUS
Handle. This parameter can be
SMBUSx where x: 1 or 2 to select the
SMBUS peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable or disable the specified SMBUS
interrupts.
Parameters:


DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the SMBUS
Handle. This parameter can be
SMBUSx where x: 1 or 2 to select the
SMBUS peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
interrupt source to enable or disable.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

SMBUS_IT_ERRI: Errors interrupt
enable
511/664
UM1749






SMBUS_IT_TCI: Transfer
complete interrupt enable
SMBUS_IT_STOPI: STOP
detection interrupt enable
SMBUS_IT_NACKI: NACK
received interrupt enable
SMBUS_IT_ADDRI: Address
match interrupt enable
SMBUS_IT_RXI: RX interrupt
enable
SMBUS_IT_TXI: TX interrupt
enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_SMBUS_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Checks if the specified SMBUS
interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the SMBUS
Handle. This parameter can be
SMBUSx where x: 1 or 2 to select the
SMBUS peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
SMBUS interrupt source to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

SMBUS_IT_ERRI: Errors interrupt
enable

SMBUS_IT_TCI: Transfer
complete interrupt enable

SMBUS_IT_STOPI: STOP
detection interrupt enable

SMBUS_IT_NACKI: NACK
received interrupt enable

SMBUS_IT_ADDRI: Address
match interrupt enable

SMBUS_IT_RXI: RX interrupt
enable

SMBUS_IT_TXI: TX interrupt
enable
Return value:

SMBUS_FLAG_MASK
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified SMBUS
flag is set or not.
Parameters:
512/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


__HANDLE__: specifies the SMBUS
Handle. This parameter can be
SMBUSx where x: 1 or 2 to select the
SMBUS peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

SMBUS_FLAG_TXE: Transmit
data register empty

SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS: Transmit
interrupt status

SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE: Receive
data register not empty

SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR: Address
matched (slave mode)

SMBUS_FLAG_AF NACK
received flag

SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF: STOP
detection flag

SMBUS_FLAG_TC: Transfer
complete (master mode)

SMBUS_FLAG_TCR: Transfer
complete reload

SMBUS_FLAG_BERR: Bus error

SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration
lost

SMBUS_FLAG_OVR:
Overrun/Underrun

SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR: PEC
error in reception

SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT:
Timeout or Tlow detection flag

SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus
alert

SMBUS_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy

SMBUS_FLAG_DIR: Transfer
direction (slave mode)
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG
__HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

Clears the SMBUS pending flags which
are cleared by writing 1 in a specific bit.
Parameters:


DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the SMBUS
Handle. This parameter can be
SMBUSx where x: 1 or 2 to select the
SMBUS peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
This parameter can be any combination
513/664
UM1749
of the following values:

SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR: Address
matched (slave mode)

SMBUS_FLAG_AF: NACK
received flag

SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF: STOP
detection flag

SMBUS_FLAG_BERR: Bus error

SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration
lost

SMBUS_FLAG_OVR:
Overrun/Underrun

SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR: PEC
error in reception

SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT:
Timeout or Tlow detection flag

SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus
alert
Return value:

__HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE
__HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE
__SMBUS_RESET_CR1
__SMBUS_RESET_CR2
__SMBUS_GENERATE_START
__SMBUS_GET_ADDR_MATCH
__SMBUS_GET_DIR
__SMBUS_GET_STOP_MODE
__SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE
__SMBUS_GET_ALERT_ENABLE
__HAL_SMBUS_GENERATE_NACK
IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS1
IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS2
SMBUS Flag Definition
SMBUS_FLAG_TXE
SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS
SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE
SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR
SMBUS_FLAG_AF
SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF
SMBUS_FLAG_TC
SMBUS_FLAG_TCR
514/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
None
UM1749
SMBUS_FLAG_BERR
SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO
SMBUS_FLAG_OVR
SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR
SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT
SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT
SMBUS_FLAG_BUSY
SMBUS_FLAG_DIR
SMBUS General Call Enabling
SMBUS_GENERALCALL_DISABLE
SMBUS_GENERALCALL_ENABLE
IS_SMBUS_GENERAL_CALL
SMBUS Interrupt Configuration Definition
SMBUS_IT_ERRI
SMBUS_IT_TCI
SMBUS_IT_STOPI
SMBUS_IT_NACKI
SMBUS_IT_ADDRI
SMBUS_IT_RXI
SMBUS_IT_TXI
SMBUS_IT_TX
SMBUS_IT_RX
SMBUS_IT_ALERT
SMBUS_IT_ADDR
SMBUS Nostretch Enabling
SMBUS_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE
SMBUS_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE
IS_SMBUS_NO_STRETCH
SMBUS Own Address2 Masks
SMBUS_OA2_NOMASK
SMBUS_OA2_MASK01
SMBUS_OA2_MASK02
SMBUS_OA2_MASK03
SMBUS_OA2_MASK04
SMBUS_OA2_MASK05
SMBUS_OA2_MASK06
DOCID026232 Rev 3
515/664
UM1749
SMBUS_OA2_MASK07
IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK
SMBUS Packet Error Check Enabling
SMBUS_PEC_DISABLE
SMBUS_PEC_ENABLE
IS_SMBUS_PEC
SMBUS Peripheral Mode
SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_HOST
SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_SLAVE
SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_SLAVE_ARP
IS_SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE
SMBUS Mode Definition
SMBUS_SOFTEND_MODE
SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE
SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE
SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE
IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_MODE
SMBUS StartStop Mode Definition
SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP
SMBUS_GENERATE_STOP
SMBUS_GENERATE_START_READ
SMBUS_GENERATE_START_WRITE
IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_REQUEST
SMBUS State
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET
SMBUS not yet initialized or disabled
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY
SMBUS initialized and ready for use
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY
SMBUS internal process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX
Master Data Transmission process is
ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX
Master Data Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX
Slave Data Transmission process is
ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX
Slave Data Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_TIMEOUT
Timeout state
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_ERROR
Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN
Address Listen Mode is ongoing
SMBUS Transfer Request Definition
516/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME
SMBUS_NEXT_FRAME
SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC
SMBUS_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC
SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC
SMBUS_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC
IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST
DOCID026232 Rev 3
517/664
UM1749
43
HAL SPI Generic Driver
43.1
SPI Firmware driver registers structures
43.1.1
SPI_InitTypeDef
Data Fields











uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Direction
uint32_t DataSize
uint32_t CLKPolarity
uint32_t CLKPhase
uint32_t NSS
uint32_t BaudRatePrescaler
uint32_t FirstBit
uint32_t TIMode
uint32_t CRCCalculation
uint32_t CRCPolynomial
Field Documentation









518/664
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the SPI operating mode. This parameter can be a value of SPI_mode
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::Direction
Specifies the SPI Directional mode state. This parameter can be a value of
SPI_Direction_mode
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::DataSize
Specifies the SPI data size. This parameter can be a value of SPI_data_size
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CLKPolarity
Specifies the serial clock steady state. This parameter can be a value of
SPI_Clock_Polarity
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CLKPhase
Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. This parameter can be a value of
SPI_Clock_Phase
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::NSS
Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by hardware (NSS pin) or by software
using the SSI bit. This parameter can be a value of SPI_Slave_Select_management
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::BaudRatePrescaler
Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be used to configure the transmit
and receive SCK clock. This parameter can be a value of SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler
Note:The communication clock is derived from the master clock. The slave clock does
not need to be set
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::FirstBit
Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. This parameter can be a
value of SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::TIMode
Specifies if the TI mode is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
SPI_TI_mode
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


43.1.2
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CRCCalculation
Specifies if the CRC calculation is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
SPI_CRC_Calculation
uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CRCPolynomial
Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 65535
SPI_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields















SPI_TypeDef * Instance
SPI_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferSize
uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint16_t RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
void(* RxISR
void(* TxISR
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation











SPI_TypeDef* SPI_HandleTypeDef::Instance
SPI registers base address
SPI_InitTypeDef SPI_HandleTypeDef::Init
SPI communication parameters
uint8_t* SPI_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to SPI Tx transfer Buffer
uint16_t SPI_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
SPI Tx transfer size
uint16_t SPI_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
SPI Tx Transfer Counter
uint8_t* SPI_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to SPI Rx transfer Buffer
uint16_t SPI_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
SPI Rx transfer size
uint16_t SPI_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
SPI Rx Transfer Counter
DMA_HandleTypeDef* SPI_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
SPI Tx DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* SPI_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
SPI Rx DMA handle parameters
void(* SPI_HandleTypeDef::RxISR)(struct SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
function pointer on Rx ISR
DOCID026232 Rev 3
519/664
UM1749




void(* SPI_HandleTypeDef::TxISR)(struct SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
function pointer on Tx ISR
HAL_LockTypeDef SPI_HandleTypeDef::Lock
SPI locking object
__IO HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef SPI_HandleTypeDef::State
SPI communication state
__IO uint32_t SPI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SPI Error code
43.2
SPI Firmware driver API description
43.2.1
How to use this driver
The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: SPI_HandleTypeDef
hspi;
Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit ()API:
a.
Enable the SPIx interface clock
b.
SPI pins configuration

Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs

Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull
c.
NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process

Configure the SPIx interrupt priority

Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle
d.
DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process

Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive
Channel

Enable the DMAx clock

Configure the DMA handle parameters

Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Channel

Associate the initilalized hdma_tx(or _rx) handle to the hspi DMA Tx (or Rx)
handle

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Channel
Program the Mode, Direction , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS management,
Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure.
Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API:

This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
by calling the customed HAL_SPI_MspInit() API.
Circular mode restriction:
1.
2.
3.
The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes:
a.
Master 2Lines RxOnly
b.
Master 1Line Rx
The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled
When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs
the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks
Using the HAL it is not possible to reach all supported SPI frequency with the differents
SPI Modes, the following table resume the max SPI frequency reached with data size
8bits/16bits, according to frequency used on APBx Peripheral Clock (fPCLK) used by the
SPI instance:
520/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Table 19: Maximum SPI frequency vs data size (8 bits)
2 lines, full duplex
Process
Tx/Rx
Rx
Tx
Transfer mode
2 line, Rx only
1 line
Master
Slave
Master
Slave
Master
Slave
Polling
fCPU/4
fCPU/8
NA
NA
NA
NA
Interrupt
fCPU/64
fCPU/64
NA
NA
NA
NA
DMA
fCPU/2
fCPU/4
NA
NA
NA
NA
Polling
fCPU/2
fCPU/8
fCPU/8
fCPU/8
fCPU/8
fCPU/8
Interrupt
fCPU/64
fCPU/32
fCPU/32
fCPU/16
fCPU/32
fCPU/32
DMA
fCPU/2
fCPU/2
fCPU/16
fCPU/2
fCPU/16
fCPU/2
Polling
fCPU/8
fCPU/8
NA
NA
fCPU/4
fCPU/16
Interrupt
fCPU/8
fCPU/32
NA
NA
fCPU/8
fCPU/16
DMA
fCPU/2
fCPU/4
NA
NA
fCPU/2
fCPU/2
Table 20: Maximum SPI frequency vs data size (16 bits)
2 lines, full duplex
Process
Tx/Rx
Rx
Tx
43.2.2
Transfer mode
2 line, Rx only
1 line
Master
Slave
Master
Slave
Master
Slave
Polling
fCPU/4
fCPU/8
NA
NA
NA
NA
Interrupt
fCPU/32
fCPU/16
NA
NA
NA
NA
DMA
fCPU/2
fCPU/4
NA
NA
NA
NA
Polling
fCPU/2
fCPU/4
fCPU/8
fCPU/4
fCPU/2
fCPU/8
Interrupt
fCPU/32
fCPU/8
fCPU/16
fCPU/16
fCPU/16
fCPU/8
DMA
fCPU/2
fCPU/2
fCPU/8
fCPU/2
fCPU/8
fCPU/2
Polling
fCPU/4
fCPU/4
NA
NA
fCPU/4
fCPU/8
Interrupt
fCPU/4
fCPU/16
NA
NA
fCPU/8
fCPU/8
DMA
fCPU/2
fCPU/4
NA
NA
fCPU/2
fCPU/2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialiaze the SPIx
peripheral:


User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures all related
peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected
configuration:

Mode

Direction

Data Size

Clock Polarity and Phase

NSS Management

BaudRate Prescaler

FirstBit

TIMode
DOCID026232 Rev 3
521/664
UM1749


CRC Calculation

CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled
Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected
SPIx peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:




43.2.3
HAL_SPI_Init()
HAL_SPI_DeInit()
HAL_SPI_MspInit()
HAL_SPI_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
The SPI supports master and slave mode :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA,
These APIs return the HAL status. The end of the data processing will be
indicated through the dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA
IRQ when using DMA mode. The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks will
be executed respectivelly at the end of the transmit or Receive process The
HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication
error is detected
Blocking mode APIs are :

HAL_SPI_Transmit()in 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) mode

HAL_SPI_Receive() in 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) mode

HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode
Non Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :

HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT()in 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) mode

HAL_SPI_Receive_IT() in 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) mode

HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT()in full duplex mode

HAL_SPI_IRQHandler()
Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA()in 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) mode

HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA() in 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) mode

HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA() in full duplex mode
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback()

HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback()

HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback()

HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback()

HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:




522/664
HAL_SPI_Transmit()
HAL_SPI_Receive()
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive()
HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
















43.2.4
HAL_SPI_Receive_IT()
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT()
HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA()
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA()
HAL_SPI_DMAPause()
HAL_SPI_DMAResume()
HAL_SPI_DMAStop()
HAL_SPI_IRQHandler()
HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback()
HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI.


HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI
peripheral
HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication
This section contains the following APIs:


43.2.5
43.2.6
43.2.7
HAL_SPI_GetState()
HAL_SPI_GetError()
HAL_SPI_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters in the
SPI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit (SPI_HandleTypeDef *
hspi)
Function Description
DeInitializes the SPI peripheral.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_MspInit (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
SPI MSP Init.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
523/664
UM1749
43.2.8
43.2.9
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SPI_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
SPI MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SPI_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit (SPI_HandleTypeDef *
hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
43.2.10

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive (SPI_HandleTypeDef *
hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
43.2.11



hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration



hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pTxData, uint8_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




524/664
hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer to be
Size: amount of data to be sent
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values
43.2.12
HAL: status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters



hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters



hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pTxData, uint8_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with
Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values
43.2.15

Function Name
Return values
43.2.14
Timeout: Timeout duration
HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT
Return values
43.2.13




hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer to be
Size: amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters


hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pData: pointer to data buffer
DOCID026232 Rev 3
525/664
UM1749
Return values
43.2.16
43.2.17
43.2.18
43.2.19
526/664

Size: amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters



hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be
Size + 1.
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pTxData, uint8_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with
DMA.
Parameters




hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must
be Size + 1
HAL_SPI_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
Pauses the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
Resumes the DMA Transfer.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
43.2.20
43.2.21
43.2.22
43.2.23
43.2.24
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_DMAStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop (SPI_HandleTypeDef
* hspi)
Function Description
Stops the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
This function handles SPI interrupt request.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
Tx and Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
527/664
UM1749
43.2.25
43.2.26
43.2.27
43.2.28
43.2.29
43.2.30
HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef *
hspi)
Function Description
Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef *
hspi)
Function Description
Tx and Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
SPI error callbacks.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SPI_GetState
Function Name
HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState
(SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Function Description
Return the SPI state.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

SPI: state
HAL_SPI_GetError
Function Name
528/664
uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Function Description
Return the SPI error code.
Parameters

hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values

SPI: Error Code
43.3
SPI Firmware driver defines
43.3.1
SPI
SPI BaudRate Prescaler
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256
SPI Clock Phase
SPI_PHASE_1EDGE
SPI_PHASE_2EDGE
SPI Clock Polarity
SPI_POLARITY_LOW
SPI_POLARITY_HIGH
SPI CRC Calculation
SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE
SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE
SPI data size
SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT
SPI Direction mode
SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES
SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY
SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE
SPI Error Code
HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF
MODF error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC
CRC error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
529/664
UM1749
HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE
FRE error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG
Flag: RXNE,TXE, BSY
SPI Exported Macros
__HAL_SPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset SPI handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the specified SPI interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the specified SPI interrupts.
Parameters:


530/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to disable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check if the specified SPI interrupt source is
enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the SPI
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:
__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG

Check whether the specified SPI flag is set
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

SPI_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not
empty flag

SPI_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer
empty flag

SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC error flag

SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode fault flag

SPI_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag

SPI_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag

SPI_FLAG_FRE: Frame format error
flag
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clear the SPI CRCERR pending flag.
Parameters:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
531/664
UM1749

__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SPI MODF pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SPI OVR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SPI FRE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the SPI.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_SPI_DISABLE
Description:

532/664
None
Disables the SPI.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle.
This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1 or 2
to select the SPI peripheral.
Return value:

None
SPI Flag definition
SPI_FLAG_RXNE
SPI_FLAG_TXE
SPI_FLAG_CRCERR
SPI_FLAG_MODF
SPI_FLAG_OVR
SPI_FLAG_BSY
SPI_FLAG_FRE
SPI Interrupt configuration definition
SPI_IT_TXE
SPI_IT_RXNE
SPI_IT_ERR
SPI mode
SPI_MODE_SLAVE
SPI_MODE_MASTER
SPI MSB LSB transmission
SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB
SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB
SPI Slave Select management
SPI_NSS_SOFT
SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT
SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT
SPI TI mode
SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE
SPI_TIMODE_ENABLE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
533/664
UM1749
44
HAL TIM Generic Driver
44.1
TIM Firmware driver registers structures
44.1.1
TIM_Base_InitTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t CounterMode
uint32_t Period
uint32_t ClockDivision
Field Documentation




44.1.2
uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. This parameter can be a
number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::CounterMode
Specifies the counter mode. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Counter_Mode
uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::Period
Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active Auto-Reload Register at the
next update event. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and
Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::ClockDivision
Specifies the clock division. This parameter can be a value of TIM_ClockDivision
TIM_OC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t OCMode
uint32_t Pulse
uint32_t OCPolarity
uint32_t OCFastMode
Field Documentation



534/664
uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCMode
Specifies the TIM mode. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes
uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::Pulse
Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. This
parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCPolarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

44.1.3
uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCFastMode
Specifies the Fast mode state. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Output_Fast_State
Note:This parameter is valid only in PWM1 and PWM2 mode.
TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t OCMode
uint32_t Pulse
uint32_t OCPolarity
uint32_t ICPolarity
uint32_t ICSelection
uint32_t ICFilter
Field Documentation






44.1.4
uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::OCMode
Specifies the TIM mode. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes
uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::Pulse
Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. This
parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::OCPolarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity
uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::ICPolarity
Specifies the active edge of the input signal. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity
uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::ICSelection
Specifies the input. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Input_Capture_Selection
uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::ICFilter
Specifies the input capture filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data
= 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF
TIM_IC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t ICPolarity
uint32_t ICSelection
uint32_t ICPrescaler
uint32_t ICFilter
Field Documentation
DOCID026232 Rev 3
535/664
UM1749




44.1.5
uint32_t TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICPolarity
Specifies the active edge of the input signal. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity
uint32_t TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICSelection
Specifies the input. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Input_Capture_Selection
uint32_t TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICPrescaler
Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler
uint32_t TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICFilter
Specifies the input capture filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data
= 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF
TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef
Data Fields









uint32_t EncoderMode
uint32_t IC1Polarity
uint32_t IC1Selection
uint32_t IC1Prescaler
uint32_t IC1Filter
uint32_t IC2Polarity
uint32_t IC2Selection
uint32_t IC2Prescaler
uint32_t IC2Filter
Field Documentation








536/664
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::EncoderMode
Specifies the active edge of the input signal. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Encoder_Mode
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC1Polarity
Specifies the active edge of the input signal. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC1Selection
Specifies the input. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Input_Capture_Selection
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC1Prescaler
Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC1Filter
Specifies the input capture filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data
= 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC2Polarity
Specifies the active edge of the input signal. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC2Selection
Specifies the input. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Input_Capture_Selection
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC2Prescaler
Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

44.1.6
uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC2Filter
Specifies the input capture filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data
= 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF
TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t ClockSource
uint32_t ClockPolarity
uint32_t ClockPrescaler
uint32_t ClockFilter
Field Documentation




44.1.7
uint32_t TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::ClockSource
TIM clock sources. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Clock_Source
uint32_t TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::ClockPolarity
TIM clock polarity. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Clock_Polarity
uint32_t TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::ClockPrescaler
TIM clock prescaler. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Clock_Prescaler
uint32_t TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::ClockFilter
TIM clock filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and
Max_Data = 0xF
TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t ClearInputState
uint32_t ClearInputSource
uint32_t ClearInputPolarity
uint32_t ClearInputPrescaler
uint32_t ClearInputFilter
Field Documentation





uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputState
TIM clear Input state. This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputSource
TIM clear Input sources. This parameter can be a value of TIM_ClearInput_Source
uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputPolarity
TIM Clear Input polarity. This parameter can be a value of TIM_ClearInput_Polarity
uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputPrescaler
TIM Clear Input prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_ClearInput_Prescaler
uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputFilter
TIM Clear Input filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and
Max_Data = 0xF
DOCID026232 Rev 3
537/664
UM1749
44.1.8
TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t SlaveMode
uint32_t InputTrigger
uint32_t TriggerPolarity
uint32_t TriggerPrescaler
uint32_t TriggerFilter
Field Documentation





44.1.9
uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::SlaveMode
Slave mode selection. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Slave_Mode
uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::InputTrigger
Input Trigger source. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Trigger_Selection
uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::TriggerPolarity
Input Trigger polarity. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Trigger_Polarity
uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::TriggerPrescaler
Input trigger prescaler. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Trigger_Prescaler
uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::TriggerFilter
Input trigger filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and
Max_Data = 0xF
TIM_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields






TIM_TypeDef * Instance
TIM_Base_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel Channel
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation





538/664
TIM_TypeDef* TIM_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
TIM_Base_InitTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::Init
TIM Time Base required parameters
HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel TIM_HandleTypeDef::Channel
Active channel
DMA_HandleTypeDef* TIM_HandleTypeDef::hdma[7]
DMA Handlers array This array is accessed by a DMA_Handle_index
HAL_LockTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

__IO HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::State
TIM operation state
44.2
TIM Firmware driver API description
44.2.1
TIMER Generic features
The Timer features include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
44.2.2
16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the counter clock
frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
Up to 4 independent channels for:

Input Capture

Output Compare

PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)

One-pulse mode output
Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect
several timers together.
Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for positioning
purposes
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
depending from feature used :

Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()

Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()

Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()

PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()

One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()

Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
Initialize the TIM low level resources :
a.
Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
b.
TIM pins configuration

Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();

Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using
HAL_GPIO_Init();
The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the internal clock
from the APBx), using the following function: HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock
configuration should be done before any start function.
Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the initialization
function of this driver:

HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base

HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to
generate an Output Compare signal.

HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to
generate a PWM signal.

HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to
measure an external signal.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
539/664
UM1749

5.
6.
44.2.3
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the
Timer in One Pulse Mode.

HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions: HAL_TIM_Base_Start(),
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start(),
HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start(),
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(),
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(),
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(),
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA() or
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT()
The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart
Timer Base functions
This section provides functions allowing to:








Initialize and configure the TIM base.
De-initialize the TIM base.
Start the Timer Base.
Stop the Timer Base.
Start the Timer Base and enable interrupt.
Stop the Timer Base and disable interrupt.
Start the Timer Base and enable DMA transfer.
Stop the Timer Base and disable DMA transfer.
This section contains the following APIs:










44.2.4
HAL_TIM_Base_Init()
HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit()
HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit()
HAL_TIM_Base_Start()
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop()
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT()
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA()
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:









44.2.5
540/664
HAL_TIM_Base_GetState()
HAL_TIM_OC_GetState()
HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState()
HAL_TIM_IC_GetState()
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState()
HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState()
TIM_DMAError()
TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt()
TIM_DMACaptureCplt()
HAL_TIM_Base_Init
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
44.2.6
44.2.7
44.2.8
44.2.9
44.2.10
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef
* htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_Base_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Base generation.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Base generation.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
DOCID026232 Rev 3
541/664
UM1749
Return values
44.2.11
44.2.12
44.2.13
44.2.14
44.2.15
542/664

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t * pData, uint16_t Length)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
Parameters



htim: : TIM handle
pData: The source Buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to
peripheral.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters

htim: TIM Output Compare handle
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
44.2.16
44.2.17
44.2.18
44.2.19
44.2.20
HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes the TIM peripheral.
Parameters

htim: TIM Output Compare handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_OC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef
* htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. This parameter can be
one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel
1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef
* htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
DOCID026232 Rev 3
543/664
UM1749
Return values
44.2.21
44.2.22
44.2.23

HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt
mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. This parameter can be
one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel
1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt
mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint16_t Length)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
Parameters




Return values
44.2.24
544/664
HAL: status

htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. This parameter can be
one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel
1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
pData: The source Buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to
TIM peripheral
HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
44.2.25
44.2.26
44.2.27
44.2.28
44.2.29
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef
* htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes the TIM peripheral.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start
DOCID026232 Rev 3
545/664
UM1749
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
44.2.30
44.2.31
44.2.32
546/664
Function Description
Starts the PWM signal generation.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the PWM signal generation.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
44.2.33
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint16_t Length)
Function Description
Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
Parameters




Return values
44.2.34
44.2.35
44.2.36

htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
pData: The source Buffer address. This buffer contains the
values which will be loaded inside the capture/compare
registers.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to
TIM peripheral
HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the
specified parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the
associated handle.
Parameters

htim: TIM Input Capture handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef
* htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes the TIM peripheral.
Parameters

htim: TIM Input Capture handle
DOCID026232 Rev 3
547/664
UM1749
Return values
44.2.37
44.2.38
44.2.39
44.2.40
44.2.41
548/664

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM INput Capture MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_IC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
44.2.42
44.2.43
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: : TIM Channels to be disabled This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint16_t Length)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode.
Parameters




Return values
44.2.44

htim: : TIM handle
Channel: : TIM Channels to be enabled This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
pData: The destination Buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM
peripheral to memory.
HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: : TIM Channels to be disabled This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
DOCID026232 Rev 3
549/664
UM1749
Return values
44.2.45
44.2.46
44.2.47
44.2.48
44.2.49
550/664

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters


htim: TIM OnePulse handle
OnePulseMode: Select the One pulse mode. This parameter
can be one of the following values: TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE:
Only one pulse will be
generated.TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses
will be generated.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse.
Parameters

htim: TIM One Pulse handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Function Description
Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
OutputChannel: : TIM Channels to be enabled. This
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
parameter is not used since both channels TIM_CHANNEL_1
and TIM_CHANNEL_2 are automatically selected.
Return values
44.2.50
44.2.51
44.2.52
44.2.53

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
OutputChannel: : TIM Channels to be disable. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Function Description
Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *
sConfig)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated
handle.
Parameters

htim: TIM Encoder Interface handle
DOCID026232 Rev 3
551/664
UM1749
Return values
44.2.54
44.2.55
44.2.56
44.2.57
44.2.58
552/664

sConfig: TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface.
Parameters

htim: TIM Encoder handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim)
Function Description
DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM
Channel 2 are selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. This parameter can
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM
Channel 2 are selected
Return values
44.2.59
44.2.60
44.2.61

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM
Channel 2 are selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM
Channel 2 are selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData1, uint32_t * pData2, uint16_t Length)
Function Description
Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
Parameters





Return values

htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_ALL : TIM Channel 1 and 2 selected
pData1: The destination Buffer address for IC1.
pData2: The destination Buffer address for IC2.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM
peripheral to memory.
HAL: status
DOCID026232 Rev 3
553/664
UM1749
44.2.62
44.2.63
44.2.64
44.2.65
554/664
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM
Channel 2 are selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
Parameters

htim: TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef * sConfig,
uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the
specified parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
Parameters



htim: : TIM handle
sConfig: TIM Output Compare configuration structure
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef * sConfig,
uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the
specified parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
Parameters



htim: : TIM handle
sConfig: TIM Input Capture configuration structure
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values
44.2.66
44.2.67

HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef * sConfig,
uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified
parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
Parameters



htim: : TIM handle
sConfig: TIM PWM configuration structure
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *
sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel)
Function Description
Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
Parameters




Return values
44.2.68
HAL: status

htim: : TIM handle
sConfig: TIM One Pulse configuration structure
OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
InputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter
can be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selected
HAL: status
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart
Fu
nc
tio
n
N
a
m
e
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *
BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
Fu
nc
Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
555/664
UM1749
tio
n
D
es
cri
pti
on
Pa
ra
m
et
er
s





R
et
ur
n
va
lu
es
44.2.69
44.2.70
HAL: status
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
Function Description
Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart
Fu
nc
tio
n
N
a
m
e
556/664

htim: : TIM handle
BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data
write. This parameters can be on of the following values:
TIM_DMABASE_CR1TIM_DMABASE_CR2TIM_DMABASE_SMCRTIM_DMAB
ASE_DIERTIM_DMABASE_SRTIM_DMABASE_EGRTIM_DMABASE_CCMR1T
IM_DMABASE_CCMR2TIM_DMABASE_CCERTIM_DMABASE_CNTTIM_DMA
BASE_PSCTIM_DMABASE_ARRTIM_DMABASE_CCR1TIM_DMABASE_CCR
2TIM_DMABASE_CCR3TIM_DMABASE_CCR4TIM_DMABASE_DCR
BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources. This parameters can be on of
the following values: TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt
sourceTIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA sourceTIM_DMA_CC2:
TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA sourceTIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3
DMA sourceTIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA
sourceTIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
BurstBuffer: The Buffer address.
BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value between
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS .
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *
BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Fu
nc
tio
n
D
es
cri
pti
on
Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory.
Pa
ra
m
et
er
s





R
et
ur
n
va
lu
es
44.2.71
44.2.72

htim: : TIM handle
BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data
read. This parameters can be on of the following values:
TIM_DMABASE_CR1TIM_DMABASE_CR2TIM_DMABASE_SMCRTIM_DMAB
ASE_DIERTIM_DMABASE_SRTIM_DMABASE_EGRTIM_DMABASE_CCMR1T
IM_DMABASE_CCMR2TIM_DMABASE_CCERTIM_DMABASE_CNTTIM_DMA
BASE_PSCTIM_DMABASE_ARRTIM_DMABASE_CCR1TIM_DMABASE_CCR
2TIM_DMABASE_CCR3TIM_DMABASE_CCR4TIM_DMABASE_DCR
BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources. This parameters can be on of
the following values: TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt
sourceTIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA sourceTIM_DMA_CC2:
TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA sourceTIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3
DMA sourceTIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA
sourceTIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
BurstBuffer: The Buffer address.
BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value between
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS .
HAL: status
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
Function Description
Stop the DMA burst reading.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t EventSource)
Function Description
Generate a software event.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
EventSource: specifies the event source. This parameter
DOCID026232 Rev 3
557/664
UM1749
can be one of the following values:
TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event
sourceTIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare
1 Event sourceTIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture
Compare 2 Event sourceTIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer
Capture Compare 3 Event sourceTIM_EventSource_CC4:
Timer Capture Compare 4 Event
sourceTIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER : Timer Trigger
Event source
44.2.73
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

TIM6 can only generate an update event.
HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *
sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Configures the OCRef clear feature.
Parameters


Return values
44.2.74
44.2.75
558/664

htim: : TIM handle
sClearInputConfig: pointer to a
TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that contains the
OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
Channel: specifies the TIM Channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel
1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *
sClockSourceConfig)
Function Description
Configures the clock source to be used.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
sClockSourceConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef
structure that contains the clock source information for the
TIM peripheral.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
Function Description
Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from
CH1_input or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input
& CH3_input.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values
44.2.76
44.2.77
44.2.78

TI1_Selection: Indicate whether or not channel 1 is
connected to the output of a XOR gate. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1:
The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1
inputTIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The
TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connected to the TI1 input
(XOR combination)

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *
sSlaveConfig)
Function Description
Configures the TIM in Slave mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef
structure that contains the selected trigger (internal trigger
input, filtered timer input or external trigger input) and the )
and the Slave mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External
clock mode 1).
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *
sSlaveConfig)
Function Description
Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle.
sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef
structure that contains the selected trigger (internal trigger
input, filtered timer input or external trigger input) and the )
and the Slave mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External
clock mode 1).
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit.
Parameters


htim: : TIM handle
Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. This parameter can
be one of the following values: TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM
Channel 1 selectedTIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selectedTIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
DOCID026232 Rev 3
559/664
UM1749
Return values
44.2.79
44.2.80
44.2.81
44.2.82
44.2.83
44.2.84
560/664

Captured: value
HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim)
Function Description
Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Output Compare callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef *
htim)
Function Description
Input Capture callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

htim: TIM IC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Timer error callback in non blocking mode.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
44.2.85
44.2.86
44.2.87
44.2.88
44.2.89
44.2.90
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_TIM_Base_GetState
Function Name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Return the TIM Base state.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_TIM_OC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Return the TIM OC state.
Parameters

htim: TIM Ouput Compare handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState
Function Name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Return the TIM PWM state.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_TIM_IC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Return the TIM Input Capture state.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState
Function Name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state.
Parameters

htim: TIM OPM handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState
DOCID026232 Rev 3
561/664
UM1749
44.2.91
44.2.92
44.2.93
Function Name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Function Description
Return the TIM Encoder Mode state.
Parameters

htim: : TIM handle
Return values

HAL: state
TIM_DMAError
Function Name
void TIM_DMAError (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
TIM DMA error callback.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
module.
Return values

None:
TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt
Function Name
void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
Parameters

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
module.
Return values

None:
TIM_DMACaptureCplt
Function Name
void TIM_DMACaptureCplt (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
Parameters

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
module.
Return values

None:
44.3
TIM Firmware driver defines
44.3.1
TIM
TIM channels
TIM_CHANNEL_1
TIM_CHANNEL_2
TIM_CHANNEL_3
TIM_CHANNEL_4
TIM_CHANNEL_ALL
Clear input polarity
562/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
TIM_CLEARINPUTPOLARITY_INVERTED
Polarity for ETRx pin
TIM_CLEARINPUTPOLARITY_NONINVERTED
Polarity for ETRx pin
Clear input prescaler
TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1
No prescaler is used
TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV2
Prescaler for External ETR pin: Capture
performed once every 2 events.
TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV4
Prescaler for External ETR pin: Capture
performed once every 4 events.
TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV8
Prescaler for External ETR pin: Capture
performed once every 8 events.
Clear input source
TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR
TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE
Clock division
TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1
TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2
TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4
Clock polarity
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_INVERTED
Polarity for ETRx clock sources
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_NONINVERTED
Polarity for ETRx clock sources
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING
Polarity for TIx clock sources
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_FALLING
Polarity for TIx clock sources
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
Polarity for TIx clock sources
Clock prescaler
TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV1
No prescaler is used
TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV2
Prescaler for External ETR Clock: Capture performed
once every 2 events.
TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV4
Prescaler for External ETR Clock: Capture performed
once every 4 events.
TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV8
Prescaler for External ETR Clock: Capture performed
once every 8 events.
Clock source
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3
DOCID026232 Rev 3
563/664
UM1749
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1
Counter mode
TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN
TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED1
TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED2
TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED3
DMA base address
TIM_DMABASE_CR1
TIM_DMABASE_CR2
TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
TIM_DMABASE_DIER
TIM_DMABASE_SR
TIM_DMABASE_EGR
TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
TIM_DMABASE_CCER
TIM_DMABASE_CNT
TIM_DMABASE_PSC
TIM_DMABASE_ARR
TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
TIM_DMABASE_DCR
TIM_DMABASE_OR
DMA burst length
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_2TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_3TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_4TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_5TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_6TRANSFERS
564/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_7TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_8TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_9TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_10TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_11TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_12TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_13TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_14TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_15TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_16TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_17TRANSFERS
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS
DMA sources
TIM_DMA_UPDATE
TIM_DMA_CC1
TIM_DMA_CC2
TIM_DMA_CC3
TIM_DMA_CC4
TIM_DMA_TRIGGER
Encoder_Mode
TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI1
TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI2
TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI12
ETR polarity
TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED
Polarity for ETR source
TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED
Polarity for ETR source
ETR prescaler
TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1
No prescaler is used
TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2
ETR input source is divided by 2
TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4
ETR input source is divided by 4
TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8
ETR input source is divided by 8
Event sources
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3
DOCID026232 Rev 3
565/664
UM1749
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER
TIM Exported Constants
IS_TIM_PERIOD
IS_TIM_PRESCALER
IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE
IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV
IS_TIM_PWM_MODE
IS_TIM_OC_MODE
IS_TIM_FAST_STATE
IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY
IS_TIM_CHANNELS
IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS
IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY
IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER
IS_TIM_OPM_MODE
IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE
IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE
IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE
IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE
IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY
IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER
IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER
IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE
IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY
IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER
IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER
IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE
IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE
IS_TIM_MSM_STATE
IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION
IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION
IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY
IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER
IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER
IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION
566/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
IS_TIM_DMA_BASE
IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH
IS_TIM_IC_FILTER
TIM Exported Macro
__HAL_TIM_RESET_HANDLE_ST
ATE
Description:

Reset UART handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : TIM handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE

Enable the TIM peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : TIM handle
Return value:

None
TIM_CCER_CCxE_MASK
Description:
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE

Disable the TIM peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : TIM handle
Return value:

None
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA
__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG
__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE
__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT
__HAL_TIM_IS_TIM_COUNTING_
DOWN
__HAL_TIM_SET_PRESCALER
TIM_SET_ICPRESCALERVALUE
TIM_RESET_ICPRESCALERVAL
UE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
567/664
UM1749
TIM_SET_CAPTUREPOLARITY
TIM_RESET_CAPTUREPOLARIT
Y
__HAL_TIM_SET_COMPARE
Description:

Sets the TIM Capture Compare Register value
on runtime without calling another time
ConfigChannel function.
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
__CHANNEL__: : TIM Channels to be
configured. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
selected
__COMPARE__: specifies the Capture
Compare register new value.
Return value:

__HAL_TIM_GET_COMPARE
None
Description:

Gets the TIM Capture Compare Register value
on runtime.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
__CHANNEL__: : TIM Channel associated with
the capture compare register This parameter
can be one of the following values:

TIM_CHANNEL_1: get capture/compare 1
register value

TIM_CHANNEL_2: get capture/compare 2
register value

TIM_CHANNEL_3: get capture/compare 3
register value

TIM_CHANNEL_4: get capture/compare 4
register value
Return value:

__HAL_TIM_SET_COUNTER
None
Description:

Sets the TIM Counter Register value on
runtime.
Parameters:
568/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
__COUNTER__: specifies the Counter register
new value.
Return value:

__HAL_TIM_GET_COUNTER
None
Description:

Gets the TIM Counter Register value on
runtime.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
Return value:

__HAL_TIM_SET_AUTORELOAD
None
Description:

Sets the TIM Autoreload Register value on
runtime without calling another time any Init
function.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
__AUTORELOAD__: specifies the Counter
register new value.
Return value:

__HAL_TIM_GET_AUTORELOAD
None
Description:

Gets the TIM Autoreload Register value on
runtime.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
Return value:

__HAL_TIM_SET_CLOCKDIVISIO
N
None
Description:

Sets the TIM Clock Division value on runtime
without calling another time any Init function.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
__CKD__: specifies the clock division value.
This parameter can be one of the following
value:

TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1

TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2

TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
569/664
UM1749

__HAL_TIM_GET_CLOCKDIVISIO
N
None
Description:

Gets the TIM Clock Division value on runtime.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
Return value:

__HAL_TIM_SET_ICPRESCALER
None
Description:

Sets the TIM Input Capture prescaler on
runtime without calling another time
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
__CHANNEL__: : TIM Channels to be
configured. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
selected
__ICPSC__: specifies the Input Capture4
prescaler new value. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler

TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once
every 2 events

TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once
every 4 events

TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once
every 8 events
Return value:

__HAL_TIM_GET_ICPRESCALER
None
Description:

Gets the TIM Input Capture prescaler on
runtime.
Parameters:


570/664
__HANDLE__: : TIM handle.
__CHANNEL__: : TIM Channels to be
configured. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

TIM_CHANNEL_1: get input capture 1
prescaler value

TIM_CHANNEL_2: get input capture 2
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


prescaler value
TIM_CHANNEL_3: get input capture 3
prescaler value
TIM_CHANNEL_4: get input capture 4
prescaler value
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_TIM_URS_ENABLE

Set the Update Request Source (URS) bit of the
TIMx_CR1 register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TIM handle.
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_TIM_URS_DISABLE
When the URS bit of the TIMx_CR1 register is
set, only counter overflow/underflow generates
an update interrupt or DMA request (if enabled)
Description:

Reset the Update Request Source (URS) bit of
the TIMx_CR1 register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TIM handle.
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_TIM_SET_CAPTUREPOL
ARITY
When the URS bit of the TIMx_CR1 register is
reset, any of the following events generate an
update interrupt or DMA request (if enabled):
Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit
Update generation through the slave mode
controller
Description:

Sets the TIM Capture x input polarity on
runtime.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TIM handle.
__CHANNEL__: TIM Channels to be
configured. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
DOCID026232 Rev 3
571/664

UM1749
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
selected

TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
selected
__POLARITY__: Polarity for TIx source

TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING
: Rising Edge

TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLIN
G: Falling Edge

TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHE
DGE: Rising and Falling Edge
Return value:

None
Notes:

The polarity
TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
is not authorized for TIM Channel 4.
Flag definition
TIM_FLAG_UPDATE
TIM_FLAG_CC1
TIM_FLAG_CC2
TIM_FLAG_CC3
TIM_FLAG_CC4
TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER
TIM_FLAG_CC1OF
TIM_FLAG_CC2OF
TIM_FLAG_CC3OF
TIM_FLAG_CC4OF
Input capture polarity
TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
Input capture prescaler
TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture
input
TIM_ICPSC_DIV2
Capture performed once every 2 events
TIM_ICPSC_DIV4
Capture performed once every 4 events
TIM_ICPSC_DIV8
Capture performed once every 8 events
Input capture selection
TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI
572/664
TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively
TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI
TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to
IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively
TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC
TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to
TRC
IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION
Input channel polarity
TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING
Polarity for TIx source
TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING
Polarity for TIx source
TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
Polarity for TIx source
Interrupt definition
TIM_IT_UPDATE
TIM_IT_CC1
TIM_IT_CC2
TIM_IT_CC3
TIM_IT_CC4
TIM_IT_TRIGGER
TIM Master Mode Selection
TIM_TRGO_RESET
TIM_TRGO_ENABLE
TIM_TRGO_UPDATE
TIM_TRGO_OC1
TIM_TRGO_OC1REF
TIM_TRGO_OC2REF
TIM_TRGO_OC3REF
TIM_TRGO_OC4REF
Master slave mode
TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_ENABLE
TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_DISABLE
One pulse mode
TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE
TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE
Output compare and PWM modes
TIM_OCMODE_TIMING
TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE
TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE
TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
573/664
UM1749
TIM_OCMODE_PWM1
TIM_OCMODE_PWM2
TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE
TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE
Output compare N state
TIM_OUTPUTNSTATE_DISABLE
TIM_OUTPUTNSTATE_ENABLE
Output compare polarity
TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW
Output compare state
TIM_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE
TIM_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE
Output fast state
TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE
TIM_OCFAST_ENABLE
Slave mode
TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE
TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET
TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED
TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER
TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1
TI1 selection
TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1
TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION
Trigger polarity
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_INVERTED
Polarity for ETRx trigger sources
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_NONINVERTED
Polarity for ETRx trigger sources
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_RISING
Polarity for TIxFPx or TI1_ED trigger
sources
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_FALLING
Polarity for TIxFPx or TI1_ED trigger
sources
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
Polarity for TIxFPx or TI1_ED trigger
sources
Trigger prescaler
574/664
TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV1
No prescaler is used
TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV2
Prescaler for External ETR Trigger: Capture
performed once every 2 events.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV4
Prescaler for External ETR Trigger: Capture
performed once every 4 events.
TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV8
Prescaler for External ETR Trigger: Capture
performed once every 8 events.
Trigger selection
TIM_TS_ITR0
TIM_TS_ITR1
TIM_TS_ITR2
TIM_TS_ITR3
TIM_TS_TI1F_ED
TIM_TS_TI1FP1
TIM_TS_TI2FP2
TIM_TS_ETRF
TIM_TS_NONE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
575/664
UM1749
45
HAL TIM Extension Driver
45.1
TIMEx Firmware driver registers structures
45.1.1
TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t MasterOutputTrigger
uint32_t MasterSlaveMode
Field Documentation


uint32_t TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef::MasterOutputTrigger
Trigger output (TRGO) selection This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Master_Mode_Selection
uint32_t TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef::MasterSlaveMode
Master/slave mode selection This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Master_Slave_Mode
45.2
TIMEx Firmware driver API description
45.2.1
TIM specific features integration
The Timer features include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
45.2.2
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
576/664
16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the counter clock
frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
Up to 4 independent channels for: Input Capture Output Compare PWM generation
(Edge and Center-aligned Mode) One-pulse mode output
Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect
several timers together.
Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for positioning
purposes
Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
TIM pins configuration

Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();

Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the internal clock
from the APBx), using the following function: HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock
configuration should be done before any start function.
Configure the TIM in the desired operating mode using one of the configuration
function of this driver:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

5.
45.2.3
HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization() to configure the peripheral in
master mode.
Remap the Timer I/O using HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig() API.
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
This section contains the following APIs:


45.2.4
45.2.5
HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization()
HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig()
HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *
sMasterConfig)
Function Description
Configures the TIM in master mode.
Parameters


htim: TIM handle.
sMasterConfig: pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef
structure that contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and
the Master/Slave mode.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig
(TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Remap)
Function Description
Configures the remapping of the TIM2, TIM3, TIM21 and TIM22
inputs.
Parameters


htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for TIM module.
Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source. This
parameter is a combination of the following values depending
on TIM instance:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

It is not possible to connect TIM2 and TIM21 on GPIOB5_AF4
at the same time. When selecting TIM3_TI2_GPIOB5_AF4,
Channel2 of TIM3 will be connected to GPIOB5_AF4 and
Channel2 of TIM22 will be connected to some other GPIOs.
(refer to alternate functions for more details) When selecting
TIM3_TI2_GPIO_DEF, Channel2 of Timer 3 will be connected
an GPIO (other than GPIOB5_AF4) and Channel2 of TIM22
will be connected to GPIOB5_AF4.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
577/664
UM1749
45.3
TIMEx Firmware driver defines
45.3.1
TIMEx
Remaping
TIM2_ETR_GPIO
TIM2_ETR_HSI48
TIM2_ETR_HSI16
TIM2_ETR_LSE
TIM2_ETR_COMP2_OUT
TIM2_ETR_COMP1_OUT
TIM2_TI4_GPIO
TIM2_TI4_COMP2
TIM2_TI4_COMP1
TIM21_ETR_GPIO
TIM21_ETR_COMP2_OUT
TIM21_ETR_COMP1_OUT
TIM21_ETR_LSE
TIM21_TI1_GPIO
TIM21_TI1_MCO
TIM21_TI1_RTC_WKUT_IT
TIM21_TI1_HSE_RTC
TIM21_TI1_MSI
TIM21_TI1_LSE
TIM21_TI1_LSI
TIM21_TI1_COMP1_OUT
TIM21_TI2_GPIO
TIM21_TI2_COMP2_OUT
TIM22_ETR_LSE
TIM22_ETR_COMP2_OUT
TIM22_ETR_COMP1_OUT
TIM22_ETR_GPIO
TIM22_TI1_GPIO1
TIM22_TI1_COMP2_OUT
TIM22_TI1_COMP1_OUT
TIM22_TI1_GPIO2
TIM3_TI4_GPIO_DEF
TIM3_TI4_GPIOC9_AF2
578/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
TIM3_TI2_GPIO_DEF
TIM3_TI2_GPIOB5_AF4
TIM3_TI1_USB_SOF
TIM3_TI1_GPIO
TIM3_ETR_GPIO
TIM3_ETR_HSI
IS_TIM_REMAP
IS_CHANNEL_AVAILABLE
Trigger selection
TIM_TRGO_RESET
TIM_TRGO_ENABLE
TIM_TRGO_UPDATE
TIM_TRGO_OC1
TIM_TRGO_OC1REF
TIM_TRGO_OC2REF
TIM_TRGO_OC3REF
TIM_TRGO_OC4REF
IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
579/664
UM1749
46
HAL TSC Generic Driver
46.1
TSC Firmware driver registers structures
46.1.1
TSC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields














uint32_t CTPulseHighLength
uint32_t CTPulseLowLength
uint32_t SpreadSpectrum
uint32_t SpreadSpectrumDeviation
uint32_t SpreadSpectrumPrescaler
uint32_t PulseGeneratorPrescaler
uint32_t MaxCountValue
uint32_t IODefaultMode
uint32_t SynchroPinPolarity
uint32_t AcquisitionMode
uint32_t MaxCountInterrupt
uint32_t ChannelIOs
uint32_t ShieldIOs
uint32_t SamplingIOs
Field Documentation












580/664
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::CTPulseHighLength
Charge-transfer high pulse length
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::CTPulseLowLength
Charge-transfer low pulse length
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::SpreadSpectrum
Spread spectrum activation
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::SpreadSpectrumDeviation
Spread spectrum deviation
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::SpreadSpectrumPrescaler
Spread spectrum prescaler
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::PulseGeneratorPrescaler
Pulse generator prescaler
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::MaxCountValue
Max count value
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::IODefaultMode
IO default mode
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::SynchroPinPolarity
Synchro pin polarity
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::AcquisitionMode
Acquisition mode
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::MaxCountInterrupt
Max count interrupt activation
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::ChannelIOs
Channel IOs mask
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


46.1.2
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::ShieldIOs
Shield IOs mask
uint32_t TSC_InitTypeDef::SamplingIOs
Sampling IOs mask
TSC_IOConfigTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t ChannelIOs
uint32_t ShieldIOs
uint32_t SamplingIOs
Field Documentation



46.1.3
uint32_t TSC_IOConfigTypeDef::ChannelIOs
Channel IOs mask
uint32_t TSC_IOConfigTypeDef::ShieldIOs
Shield IOs mask
uint32_t TSC_IOConfigTypeDef::SamplingIOs
Sampling IOs mask
TSC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




TSC_TypeDef * Instance
TSC_InitTypeDef Init
__IO HAL_TSC_StateTypeDef State
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
Field Documentation




TSC_TypeDef* TSC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
TSC_InitTypeDef TSC_HandleTypeDef::Init
Initialization parameters
__IO HAL_TSC_StateTypeDef TSC_HandleTypeDef::State
Peripheral state
HAL_LockTypeDef TSC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Lock feature
46.2
TSC Firmware driver API description
46.2.1
TSC specific features
DOCID026232 Rev 3
581/664
UM1749
Proven and robust surface charge transfer acquisition principle
Supports up to 3 capacitive sensing channels per group
Capacitive sensing channels can be acquired in parallel offering a very good
response time
4.
Spread spectrum feature to improve system robustness in noisy environments
5.
Full hardware management of the charge transfer acquisition sequence
6.
Programmable charge transfer frequency
7.
Programmable sampling capacitor I/O pin
8.
Programmable channel I/O pin
9.
Programmable max count value to avoid long acquisition when a channel is faulty
10. Dedicated end of acquisition and max count error flags with interrupt capability
11. One sampling capacitor for up to 3 capacitive sensing channels to reduce the system
components
12. Compatible with proximity, touchkey, linear and rotary touch sensor implementation
1.
2.
3.
46.2.2
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
Enable the TSC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
GPIO pins configuration

Enable the clock for the TSC GPIOs using
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() macro.

Configure the TSC pins used as sampling IOs in alternate function output OpenDrain mode, and TSC pins used as channel/shield IOs in alternate function
output Push-Pull mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() function.

Configure the alternate function on all the TSC pins using HAL_xxxx() function.
Interrupts configuration

Configure the NVIC (if the interrupt model is used) using HAL_xxx() function.
TSC configuration

Configure all TSC parameters and used TSC IOs using HAL_TSC_Init() function.
Acquisition sequence







46.2.3
Discharge all IOs using HAL_TSC_IODischarge() function.
Wait a certain time allowing a good discharge of all capacitors. This delay depends of
the sampling capacitor and electrodes design.
Select the channel IOs to be acquired using HAL_TSC_IOConfig() function.
Launch the acquisition using either HAL_TSC_Start() or HAL_TSC_Start_IT()
function. If the synchronized mode is selected, the acquisition will start as soon as the
signal is received on the synchro pin.
Wait the end of acquisition using either HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition() or
HAL_TSC_GetState() function or using WFI instruction for example.
Check the group acquisition status using HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus() function.
Read the acquisition value using HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue() function.
IO Operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:





582/664
Start acquisition in polling mode.
Start acquisition in interrupt mode.
Stop conversion in polling mode.
Stop conversion in interrupt mode.
Get group acquisition status.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

Get group acquisition value.
This section contains the following APIs:






46.2.4
HAL_TSC_Start()
HAL_TSC_Start_IT()
HAL_TSC_Stop()
HAL_TSC_Stop_IT()
HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus()
HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Configure TSC IOs
Discharge TSC IOs
This section contains the following APIs:


46.2.5
HAL_TSC_IOConfig()
HAL_TSC_IODischarge()
State functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to



Get TSC state.
Poll for acquisition completed.
Handles TSC interrupt request.
This section contains the following APIs:





46.2.6
HAL_TSC_GetState()
HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition()
HAL_TSC_IRQHandler()
HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback()
HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback()
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the TSC.
De-initialize the TSC.
This section contains the following APIs:




46.2.7
HAL_TSC_Init()
HAL_TSC_DeInit()
HAL_TSC_MspInit()
HAL_TSC_MspDeInit()
HAL_TSC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Init (TSC_HandleTypeDef *
htsc)
Function Description
Initializes the TSC peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the TSC_InitTypeDef structure.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
583/664
UM1749
46.2.8
46.2.9
46.2.10
46.2.11
46.2.12
584/664
Parameters

htsc: TSC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TSC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_DeInit (TSC_HandleTypeDef *
htsc)
Function Description
Deinitializes the TSC peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

htsc: TSC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TSC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_TSC_MspInit (TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc)
Function Description
Initializes the TSC MSP.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

None:
HAL_TSC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_TSC_MspDeInit (TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the TSC MSP.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

None:
HAL_TSC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Start (TSC_HandleTypeDef *
htsc)
Function Description
Starts the acquisition.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TSC_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Start_IT (TSC_HandleTypeDef
* htsc)
Function Description
Enables the interrupt and starts the acquisition.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

HAL: status.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
46.2.13
46.2.14
46.2.15
HAL_TSC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Stop (TSC_HandleTypeDef *
htsc)
Function Description
Stops the acquisition previously launched in polling mode.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TSC_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Stop_IT (TSC_HandleTypeDef
* htsc)
Function Description
Stops the acquisition previously launched in interrupt mode.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus
Function Name
TSC_GroupStatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus
(TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc, uint32_t gx_index)
Function Description
Gets the acquisition status for a group.
Parameters

Return values
46.2.16

Group: status
HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue (TSC_HandleTypeDef *
htsc, uint32_t gx_index)
Function Description
Gets the acquisition measure for a group.
Parameters

Return values
46.2.17

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
gx_index: Index of the group

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
gx_index: Index of the group

Acquisition: measure
HAL_TSC_IOConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_IOConfig
(TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc, TSC_IOConfigTypeDef * config)
Function Description
Configures TSC IOs.
Parameters


htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
config: pointer to the configuration structure.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
585/664
UM1749
Return values
46.2.18
46.2.20
46.2.21
46.2.22
586/664
HAL: status
HAL_TSC_IODischarge
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_IODischarge
(TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc, uint32_t choice)
Function Description
Discharge TSC IOs.
Parameters

Return values
46.2.19


htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
choice: enable or disable

HAL: status
HAL_TSC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_TSC_StateTypeDef HAL_TSC_GetState
(TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc)
Function Description
Return the TSC state.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition
(TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc)
Function Description
Start acquisition and wait until completion.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

HAL: state
Notes

There is no need of a timeout parameter as the max count
error is already managed by the TSC peripheral.
HAL_TSC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_TSC_IRQHandler (TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc)
Function Description
Handles TSC interrupt request.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

None:
HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback (TSC_HandleTypeDef *
htsc)
Function Description
Acquisition completed callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values
46.2.23
46.2.24
46.2.25
46.2.26
46.2.27

None:
HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback (TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc)
Function Description
Error callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

None:
HAL_TSC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Init (TSC_HandleTypeDef *
htsc)
Function Description
Initializes the TSC peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the TSC_InitTypeDef structure.
Parameters

htsc: TSC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TSC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_DeInit (TSC_HandleTypeDef *
htsc)
Function Description
Deinitializes the TSC peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

htsc: TSC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_TSC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_TSC_MspInit (TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc)
Function Description
Initializes the TSC MSP.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

None:
HAL_TSC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_TSC_MspDeInit (TSC_HandleTypeDef * htsc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the TSC MSP.
Parameters

htsc: pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified TSC.
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
587/664
UM1749
46.3
TSC Firmware driver defines
46.3.1
TSC
TSC Exported Constants
IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE
TSC_CTPH_1CYCLE
TSC_CTPH_2CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_3CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_4CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_5CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_6CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_7CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_8CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_9CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_10CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_11CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_12CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_13CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_14CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_15CYCLES
TSC_CTPH_16CYCLES
IS_TSC_CTPH
TSC_CTPL_1CYCLE
TSC_CTPL_2CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_3CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_4CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_5CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_6CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_7CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_8CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_9CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_10CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_11CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_12CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_13CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_14CYCLES
TSC_CTPL_15CYCLES
588/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
TSC_CTPL_16CYCLES
IS_TSC_CTPL
IS_TSC_SS
IS_TSC_SSD
TSC_SS_PRESC_DIV1
TSC_SS_PRESC_DIV2
IS_TSC_SS_PRESC
TSC_PG_PRESC_DIV1
TSC_PG_PRESC_DIV2
TSC_PG_PRESC_DIV4
TSC_PG_PRESC_DIV8
TSC_PG_PRESC_DIV16
TSC_PG_PRESC_DIV32
TSC_PG_PRESC_DIV64
TSC_PG_PRESC_DIV128
IS_TSC_PG_PRESC
TSC_MCV_255
TSC_MCV_511
TSC_MCV_1023
TSC_MCV_2047
TSC_MCV_4095
TSC_MCV_8191
TSC_MCV_16383
IS_TSC_MCV
TSC_IODEF_OUT_PP_LOW
TSC_IODEF_IN_FLOAT
IS_TSC_IODEF
TSC_SYNC_POLARITY_FALLING
TSC_SYNC_POLARITY_RISING
IS_TSC_SYNC_POL
TSC_ACQ_MODE_NORMAL
TSC_ACQ_MODE_SYNCHRO
IS_TSC_ACQ_MODE
TSC_IOMODE_UNUSED
TSC_IOMODE_CHANNEL
TSC_IOMODE_SHIELD
DOCID026232 Rev 3
589/664
UM1749
TSC_IOMODE_SAMPLING
IS_TSC_IOMODE
TSC_NB_OF_GROUPS
TSC_GROUP1
TSC_GROUP2
TSC_GROUP3
TSC_GROUP4
TSC_GROUP5
TSC_GROUP6
TSC_GROUP7
TSC_GROUP8
TSC_ALL_GROUPS
TSC_GROUP1_IDX
TSC_GROUP2_IDX
TSC_GROUP3_IDX
TSC_GROUP4_IDX
TSC_GROUP5_IDX
TSC_GROUP6_IDX
TSC_GROUP7_IDX
TSC_GROUP8_IDX
IS_GROUP_INDEX
TSC_GROUP1_IO1
TSC_GROUP1_IO2
TSC_GROUP1_IO3
TSC_GROUP1_IO4
TSC_GROUP1_ALL_IOS
TSC_GROUP2_IO1
TSC_GROUP2_IO2
TSC_GROUP2_IO3
TSC_GROUP2_IO4
TSC_GROUP2_ALL_IOS
TSC_GROUP3_IO1
TSC_GROUP3_IO2
TSC_GROUP3_IO3
TSC_GROUP3_IO4
TSC_GROUP3_ALL_IOS
590/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
TSC_GROUP4_IO1
TSC_GROUP4_IO2
TSC_GROUP4_IO3
TSC_GROUP4_IO4
TSC_GROUP4_ALL_IOS
TSC_GROUP5_IO1
TSC_GROUP5_IO2
TSC_GROUP5_IO3
TSC_GROUP5_IO4
TSC_GROUP5_ALL_IOS
TSC_GROUP6_IO1
TSC_GROUP6_IO2
TSC_GROUP6_IO3
TSC_GROUP6_IO4
TSC_GROUP6_ALL_IOS
TSC_GROUP7_IO1
TSC_GROUP7_IO2
TSC_GROUP7_IO3
TSC_GROUP7_IO4
TSC_GROUP7_ALL_IOS
TSC_GROUP8_IO1
TSC_GROUP8_IO2
TSC_GROUP8_IO3
TSC_GROUP8_IO4
TSC_GROUP8_ALL_IOS
TSC_ALL_GROUPS_ALL_IOS
TSC Exported Macros
__HAL_TSC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset TSC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the TSC peripheral.
Parameters:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
591/664
UM1749

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_TSC_DISABLE

Disable the TSC peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_TSC_START_ACQ

Start acquisition.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ

Stop acquisition.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW
None
Description:

Set IO default mode to output pushpull low.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT
None
Description:

Set IO default mode to input floating.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_SET_SYNC_POL_FALL
Description:

592/664
None
DOCID026232 Rev 3
Set synchronization polarity to falling
UM1749
edge.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_SET_SYNC_POL_RISE_HIGH
None
Description:

Set synchronization polarity to rising
edge and high level.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: TSC handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_TSC_ENABLE_IT

Enable TSC interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__INTERRUPT__: TSC interrupt
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT

Disable TSC interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__INTERRUPT__: TSC interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check if the specified TSC interrupt
source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC Handle
__INTERRUPT__: TSC interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG
SET: or RESET
Description:

Get the selected TSC's flag status.
Parameters:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: TSC handle
593/664
UM1749

__FLAG__: TSC flag
Return value:

SET: or RESET
Description:
__HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG

Clear the TSC's pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__FLAG__: TSC flag
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_ENABLE_HYSTERESIS
None
Description:

Enable schmitt trigger hysteresis on a
group of IOs.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_IOY_MASK__: IOs mask
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_DISABLE_HYSTERESIS
None
Description:

Disable schmitt trigger hysteresis on a
group of IOs.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_IOY_MASK__: IOs mask
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_OPEN_ANALOG_SWITCH
None
Description:

Open analog switch on a group of IOs.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_IOY_MASK__: IOs mask
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_CLOSE_ANALOG_SWITCH
None
Description:

Close analog switch on a group of IOs.
Parameters:


594/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_IOY_MASK__: IOs mask
UM1749
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_ENABLE_CHANNEL
None
Description:

Enable a group of IOs in channel
mode.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_IOY_MASK__: IOs mask
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_DISABLE_CHANNEL
None
Description:

Disable a group of channel IOs.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_IOY_MASK__: IOs mask
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_ENABLE_SAMPLING
None
Description:

Enable a group of IOs in sampling
mode.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_IOY_MASK__: IOs mask
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_DISABLE_SAMPLING
None
Description:

Disable a group of sampling IOs.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_IOY_MASK__: IOs mask
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_ENABLE_GROUP
None
Description:

Enable acquisition groups.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_MASK__: Groups mask
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
595/664
UM1749

__HAL_TSC_DISABLE_GROUP
None
Description:

Disable acquisition groups.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC handle
__GX_MASK__: Groups mask
Return value:

__HAL_TSC_GET_GROUP_STATUS
None
Description:

Gets acquisition group status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: TSC Handle
__GX_INDEX__: Group index
Return value:

TSC Flags Definition
TSC_FLAG_EOA
TSC_FLAG_MCE
TSC Interrupts Definition
TSC_IT_EOA
TSC_IT_MCE
IS_TSC_MCE_IT
596/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
SET: or RESET
UM1749
47
HAL UART Generic Driver
47.1
UART Firmware driver registers structures
47.1.1
UART_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t BaudRate
uint32_t WordLength
uint32_t StopBits
uint32_t Parity
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t HwFlowCtl
uint32_t OverSampling
uint32_t OneBitSampling
Field Documentation








uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This member configures the UART communication baud rate. The baud rate register
is computed using the following formula:If oversampling is 16 or in LIN mode, Baud
Rate Register = ((PCLKx) / ((huart->Init.BaudRate)))If oversampling is 8, Baud Rate
Register[15:4] = ((2 * PCLKx) / ((huart->Init.BaudRate)))[15:4] Baud Rate Register[3] =
0 Baud Rate Register[2:0] = (((2 * PCLKx) / ((huart->Init.BaudRate)))[3:0]) >> 1
uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter
can be a value of UARTEx_Word_Length
uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::StopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
UART_Stop_Bits
uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of UART_Parity
Note:When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position of
the transmitted data (9th bit when the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
word length is set to 8 data bits).
uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of UART_Mode
uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::HwFlowCtl
Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of UART_Hardware_Flow_Control
uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::OverSampling
Specifies wether the Over sampling 8 is enabled or disabled, to achieve higher speed
(up to fPCLK/8). This parameter can be a value of UART_Over_Sampling
uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::OneBitSampling
Specifies wether a single sample or three samples' majority vote is selected.
Selecting the single sample method increases the receiver tolerance to clock
deviations. This parameter can be a value of UART_One_Bit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
597/664
UM1749
47.1.2
UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef
Data Fields










uint32_t AdvFeatureInit
uint32_t TxPinLevelInvert
uint32_t RxPinLevelInvert
uint32_t DataInvert
uint32_t Swap
uint32_t OverrunDisable
uint32_t DMADisableonRxError
uint32_t AutoBaudRateEnable
uint32_t AutoBaudRateMode
uint32_t MSBFirst
Field Documentation










47.1.3
598/664
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AdvFeatureInit
Specifies which advanced UART features is initialized. Several Advanced Features
may be initialized at the same time . This parameter can be a value of
UART_Advanced_Features_Initialization_Type
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::TxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the TX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value of
UART_Tx_Inv
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::RxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the RX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value
of UART_Rx_Inv
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DataInvert
Specifies whether data are inverted (positive/direct logic vs negative/inverted logic).
This parameter can be a value of UART_Data_Inv
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::Swap
Specifies whether TX and RX pins are swapped. This parameter can be a value of
UART_Rx_Tx_Swap
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::OverrunDisable
Specifies whether the reception overrun detection is disabled. This parameter can be
a value of UART_Overrun_Disable
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DMADisableonRxError
Specifies whether the DMA is disabled in case of reception error. This parameter can
be a value of UART_DMA_Disable_on_Rx_Error
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AutoBaudRateEnable
Specifies whether auto Baud rate detection is enabled. This parameter can be a value
of UART_AutoBaudRate_Enable
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AutoBaudRateMode
If auto Baud rate detection is enabled, specifies how the rate detection is carried out.
This parameter can be a value of UARTEx_AutoBaud_Rate_Mode
uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::MSBFirst
Specifies whether MSB is sent first on UART line. This parameter can be a value of
UART_MSB_First
UART_HandleTypeDef
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Data Fields















USART_TypeDef * Instance
UART_InitTypeDef Init
UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef AdvancedInit
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferSize
uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint16_t RxXferCount
uint16_t Mask
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation















USART_TypeDef* UART_HandleTypeDef::Instance
UART_InitTypeDef UART_HandleTypeDef::Init
UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef UART_HandleTypeDef::AdvancedInit
uint8_t* UART_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t UART_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
uint16_t UART_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
uint8_t* UART_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t UART_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
uint16_t UART_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
uint16_t UART_HandleTypeDef::Mask
DMA_HandleTypeDef* UART_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef* UART_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef UART_HandleTypeDef::Lock
__IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef UART_HandleTypeDef::State
__IO uint32_t UART_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
47.2
UART Firmware driver API description
47.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
in asynchronous mode.

For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:

Baud Rate

Word Length

Stop Bit

Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written in the data
register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. Depending on the frame
length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), the possible UART frame formats are
as listed in the following table.

Hardware flow control
DOCID026232 Rev 3
599/664
UM1749


Receiver/transmitter modes

Over Sampling Method

One-Bit Sampling Method
For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as
well:

TX and/or RX pin level inversion

data logical level inversion

RX and TX pins swap

RX overrun detection disabling

DMA disabling on RX error

MSB first on communication line

auto Baud rate detection
Table 21: UART frame formats (2 M bits)
M1 M0 bits
PCE bit
UART frame
00
0
| SB | 8 bit data | STB |
00
1
| SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB |
01
0
| SB | 9 bit data | STB |
01
1
| SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |
10
0
| SB | 7 bit data | STB |
10
1
| SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB |
The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init()and
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_Init()API follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half
duplex, UART LIN mode and UART multiprocessor mode mode configuration procedures
(details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
This section contains the following APIs:







47.2.2
HAL_UART_Init()
HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()
HAL_LIN_Init()
HAL_MultiProcessor_Init()
HAL_UART_DeInit()
HAL_UART_MspInit()
HAL_UART_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section contains the following APIs:












600/664
HAL_UART_Transmit()
HAL_UART_Receive()
HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_UART_Receive_DMA()
HAL_UART_DMAPause()
HAL_UART_DMAResume()
HAL_UART_DMAStop()
HAL_UART_IRQHandler()
HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



47.2.3
HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART.







HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode
HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API enables the transmitter
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API enables the receiver
HAL_UART_GetState() API is helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART
peripheral
HAL_UART_GetError()API is helpful to check in run-time the error state of the UART
peripheral
This section contains the following APIs:








47.2.4
47.2.5
47.2.6
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode()
HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode()
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode()
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter()
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver()
HAL_LIN_SendBreak()
HAL_UART_GetState()
HAL_UART_GetError()
HAL_UART_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init (UART_HandleTypeDef *
huart)
Function Description
Initializes the UART mode according to the specified parameters in
the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HalfDuplex_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified
parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated
handle .
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LIN_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init (UART_HandleTypeDef *
huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
601/664
Function Description
47.2.7
UM1749
Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified parameters in
the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
Parameters


huart: uart handle
BreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection
length. This parameter can be one of the following values:
UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break
detectionUART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit
break detection
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessor_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t
WakeUpMethod)
Function Description
Initializes the multiprocessor mode according to the specified
parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated
handle.
Parameters



huart: UART handle
Address: UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long)
WakeUpMethod: specifies the UART wakeup method. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: WakeUp by an idle
line detectionUART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK:
WakeUp by an address mark
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address
parameter is useless and ignored by the initialization function.
If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address
length detection is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the
UART to be able to manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses
detection, the API
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() must be called
after HAL_MultiProcessor_Init().

47.2.8
47.2.9
602/664
HAL_UART_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
DeInitializes the UART peripheral.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UART_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_UART_MspInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
UART MSP Init.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
Return values
47.2.10
47.2.11
47.2.12
47.2.13
47.2.14

None:
HAL_UART_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_UART_MspDeInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
UART MSP DeInit.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

None:
HAL_UART_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




huart: uart handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Timeout: : Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UART_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




huart: uart handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Timeout: : Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UART_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters



huart: uart handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UART_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
603/664
UM1749
47.2.15
47.2.16
47.2.17
47.2.18
47.2.19
604/664
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters



huart: uart handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



huart: uart handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UART_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



huart: uart handle
pData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data
received contain the parity bit.
HAL_UART_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Pauses the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

huart: UART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_UART_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Resumes the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

huart: UART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_UART_DMAStop
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
47.2.20
47.2.21
47.2.22
47.2.23
47.2.24
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Stops the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

huart: UART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_UART_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_UART_IRQHandler (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
This function handles UART interrupt request.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

None:
HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *
huart)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

None:
HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *
huart)
Function Description
Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

huart: UART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *
huart)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

None:
HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *
huart)
Function Description
Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

huart: UART handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
605/664
UM1749
47.2.25
47.2.26
47.2.27
47.2.28
47.2.29
606/664
HAL_UART_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *
huart)
Function Description
UART error callbacks.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

None:
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Enable UART in mute mode (doesn't mean UART enters mute
mode; to enter mute mode,
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called)
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Disable UART mute mode (doesn't mean it actually wakes up the
software, as it may not have been in mute mode at this very
moment).
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode
Function Name
void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute
mode).
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver.
Parameters

huart: UART handle
Return values


HAL: status
None:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
47.2.30
47.2.31
47.2.32
47.2.33
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter.
Parameters

huart: UART handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_LIN_SendBreak
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Transmits break characters.
Parameters

huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified UART
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UART_GetState
Function Name
HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
return the UART state
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_UART_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Return the UART error code.
Parameters

huart: : pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified UART.
Return values

UART: Error Code
47.3
UART Firmware driver defines
47.3.1
UART
UART advanced features initialization type definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT
DOCID026232 Rev 3
607/664
UM1749
UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT
UART advanced auto baud rate activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_DISABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE
UART CR1 DEAT address lsb position definition
UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS
UART CR1 DEDT address lsb position definition
UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS
UART CR2 address lsb position definition
UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS
UART advanced data inv activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_DISABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_ENABLE
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV
UART advanced DMA on Rx error activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_DMA_ENABLEONRXERROR
UART_ADVFEATURE_DMA_DISABLEONRXERROR
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR
UART DMA Rx definition
UART_DMA_RX_DISABLE
UART_DMA_RX_ENABLE
IS_UART_DMA_RX
UART DMA Tx definition
UART_DMA_TX_DISABLE
UART_DMA_TX_ENABLE
IS_UART_DMA_TX
UART driver polarity level definition
UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH
UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW
IS_UART_DE_POLARITY
UART error definition
HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE
608/664
No error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
HAL_UART_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_UART_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_UART_ERROR_FE
frame error
HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
UART Exported Macros
__HAL_UART_RESET_HANDLE_STAT
E
Description:

Reset UART handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_FLUSH_DRREGISTER
None
Description:

Flush the UART Data registers.
Parameters:

__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG
__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Description:

Clears the specified UART pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be any combination
of the following values:

UART_CLEAR_PEF

UART_CLEAR_FEF

UART_CLEAR_NEF

UART_CLEAR_OREF

UART_CLEAR_IDLEF

UART_CLEAR_TCF

UART_CLEAR_LBDF

UART_CLEAR_CTSF

UART_CLEAR_RTOF

UART_CLEAR_EOBF

UART_CLEAR_CMF

UART_CLEAR_WUF
Return value:

__HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG
None
Description:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
609/664
UM1749

Clear the UART PE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the UART FE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_CLEAR_NEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the UART NE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the UART ORE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the UART IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified UART flag
is set or not.
Parameters:
610/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. This parameter can be USART1,
USART2 or LPUART.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

UART_FLAG_REACK: Receive
enable ackowledge flag

UART_FLAG_TEACK: Transmit
enable ackowledge flag

UART_FLAG_WUF: Wake up from
stop mode flag

UART_FLAG_RWU: Receiver wake
up flag (is the UART in mute mode)

UART_FLAG_SBKF: Send Break
flag

UART_FLAG_CMF: Character
match flag

UART_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag

UART_FLAG_ABRF: Auto Baud rate
detection flag

UART_FLAG_ABRE: Auto Baud rate
detection error flag

UART_FLAG_EOBF: End of block
flag

UART_FLAG_RTOF: Receiver
timeout flag

UART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change
flag (not available for UART4 and
UART5)

UART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break
detection flag

UART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data
register empty flag

UART_FLAG_TC: Transmission
Complete flag

UART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data
register not empty flag

UART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line
detection flag

UART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error
flag

UART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag

UART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag

UART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag
Return value:

__HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Enables the specified UART interrupt.
Parameters:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
611/664
UM1749


__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. This parameter can be USART1,
USART2 or LPUART.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the UART
interrupt source to enable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

UART_IT_WUF: Wakeup from stop
mode interrupt

UART_IT_CM: Character match
interrupt

UART_IT_CTS: CTS change
interrupt

UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection
interrupt

UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

UART_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

UART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt

UART_IT_ERR: Error
interrupt(Frame error, noise error,
overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified UART interrupt.
Parameters:


612/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. This parameter can be USART1,
USART2 or LPUART.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the UART
interrupt source to disable. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

UART_IT_WUF: Wakeup from stop
mode interrupt

UART_IT_CM: Character match
interrupt

UART_IT_CTS: CTS change
interrupt

UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection
interrupt

UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

UART_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



register not empty interrupt
UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt
UART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
UART_IT_ERR: Error
interrupt(Frame error, noise error,
overrun error)
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_UART_GET_IT

Checks whether the specified UART
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. This parameter can be USART1,
USART2 or LPUART.
__IT__: specifies the UART interrupt to
check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

UART_IT_WUF: Wakeup from stop
mode interrupt

UART_IT_CM: Character match
interrupt

UART_IT_CTS: CTS change
interrupt (not available for UART4
and UART5)

UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection
interrupt

UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

UART_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

UART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error
interrupt

UART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt

UART_IT_FE: Framing Error
interrupt

UART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified UART
interrupt source is enabled.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
613/664
UM1749
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. This parameter can be USART1,
USART2 or LPUART.
__IT__: specifies the UART interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

UART_IT_CTS: CTS change
interrupt (not available for UART4
and UART5)

UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection
interrupt

UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

UART_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

UART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error
interrupt

UART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt

UART_IT_FE: Framing Error
interrupt

UART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clears the specified UART ISR flag, in
setting the proper ICR register flag.
Parameters:


614/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. This parameter can be USART1,
USART2 or LPUART.
__IT_CLEAR__: specifies the interrupt
clear register flag that needs to be set to
clear the corresponding interrupt This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

UART_CLEAR_PEF: Parity Error
Clear Flag

UART_CLEAR_FEF: Framing Error
Clear Flag

UART_CLEAR_NEF: Noise detected
Clear Flag

UART_CLEAR_OREF: OverRun
Error Clear Flag

UART_CLEAR_IDLEF: IDLE line
detected Clear Flag
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749







UART_CLEAR_TCF: Transmission
Complete Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_LBDF: LIN Break
Detection Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_CTSF: CTS Interrupt
Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_RTOF: Receiver
Time Out Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_EOBF: End Of Block
Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_CMF: Character
Match Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_WUF: Wake Up from
stop mode Clear Flag
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_UART_SEND_REQ

Set a specific UART request flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. This parameter can be USART1,
USART2 or LPUART.
__REQ__: specifies the request flag to
set This parameter can be one of the
following values:

UART_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST:
Auto-Baud Rate Request

UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST:
Send Break Request

UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST:
Mute Mode Request

UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUES
T: Receive Data flush Request

UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
: Transmit data flush Request
Return value:

__HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENA
BLE
None
Description:

Enables the UART one bit sample
method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DIS
None
Description:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
615/664
UM1749

ABLE
Disables the UART one bit sample
method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_UART_ENABLE

Enable UART.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_UART_DISABLE

Disable UART.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_CTS_EN
ABLE
None
Description:

Enable CTS flow control This macro
allows to enable CTS hardware flow
control for a given UART instance,
without need to call
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
Return value:

None
Notes:

616/664
As macro is expected to be used for
modifying CTS Hw flow control feature
activation, without need for USART
instance Deinit/Init, following conditions
for macro call should be fulfilled : UART
instance should have already been
initialised (through call of
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
HAL_UART_Init() )macro could only be
called when corresponding UART
instance is disabled (i.e
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__))
and should be followed by an Enable
macro (i.e
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
__HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_CTS_DIS
ABLE
Description:

Disable CTS flow control This macro
allows to disable CTS hardware flow
control for a given UART instance,
without need to call
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_EN
ABLE
As macro is expected to be used for
modifying CTS Hw flow control feature
activation, without need for USART
instance Deinit/Init, following conditions
for macro call should be fulfilled : UART
instance should have already been
initialised (through call of
HAL_UART_Init() )macro could only be
called when corresponding UART
instance is disabled (i.e
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__))
and should be followed by an Enable
macro (i.e
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
Description:

Enable RTS flow control This macro
allows to enable RTS hardware flow
control for a given UART instance,
without need to call
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
Return value:

None
Notes:

As macro is expected to be used for
modifying RTS Hw flow control feature
DOCID026232 Rev 3
617/664
UM1749
activation, without need for USART
instance Deinit/Init, following conditions
for macro call should be fulfilled : UART
instance should have already been
initialised (through call of
HAL_UART_Init() )macro could only be
called when corresponding UART
instance is disabled (i.e
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__))
and should be followed by an Enable
macro (i.e
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
__HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_DIS
ABLE
Description:

Disable RTS flow control This macro
allows to disable RTS hardware flow
control for a given UART instance,
without need to call
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
USART1, USART2 or LPUART.
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_ENABLE
As macro is expected to be used for
modifying RTS Hw flow control feature
activation, without need for USART
instance Deinit/Init, following conditions
for macro call should be fulfilled : UART
instance should have already been
initialised (through call of
HAL_UART_Init() )macro could only be
called when corresponding UART
instance is disabled (i.e
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__))
and should be followed by an Enable
macro (i.e
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
Description:

macros to enable the UART's one bit
sampling method
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_DISABLE
618/664
None
Description:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

macros to disable the UART's one bit
sampling method
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__DIV_LPUART

BRR division operation to set BRR
register with LPUART.
Parameters:


_PCLK_: LPUART clock
_BAUD_: Baud rate set by the user
Return value:

Division: result
Description:
UART_DIV_SAMPLING8

BRR division operation to set BRR
register in 8-bit oversampling mode.
Parameters:


_PCLK_: UART clock
_BAUD_: Baud rate set by the user
Return value:

Division: result
Description:
UART_DIV_SAMPLING16

BRR division operation to set BRR
register in 16-bit oversampling mode.
Parameters:


_PCLK_: UART clock
_BAUD_: Baud rate set by the user
Return value:

UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER
Division: result
Description:

Check whether or not UART instance is
Low Power UART.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

SET: (instance is LPUART) or RESET
DOCID026232 Rev 3
619/664
UM1749
(instance isn't LPUART)
Description:
IS_UART_BAUDRATE

Check UART Baud rate.
Parameters:

BAUDRATE: Baudrate specified by the
user The maximum Baud Rate is derived
from the maximum clock on L0 (i.e. 32
MHz) divided by the smallest
oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8)
Return value:

Test: result (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:
IS_UART_7B_ADDRESS

Check UART byte address.
Parameters:

ADDRESS: UART 8-bit address for wakeup process scheme
Return value:

Test: result (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:
IS_UART_4B_ADDRESS

Check UART 4-bit address.
Parameters:

ADDRESS: UART 4-bit address for wakeup process scheme
Return value:

IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME
Test: result (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:

Check UART assertion time.
Parameters:

TIME: 5-bit value assertion time
Return value:

IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME
Test: result (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:

Check UART deassertion time.
Parameters:

TIME: 5-bit value deassertion time
Return value:

Test: result (TRUE or FALSE).
UART flags definition
620/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
UART_FLAG_REACK
Receive Enable Acknowledge Flag
UART_FLAG_TEACK
Transmit Enable Acknowledge Flag
UART_FLAG_WUF
Wake Up from stop mode Flag
UART_FLAG_RWU
Receive Wake Up from mute mode Flag
UART_FLAG_SBKF
Send Break Flag
UART_FLAG_CMF
Character Match Flag
UART_FLAG_BUSY
Busy Flag
UART_FLAG_ABRF
Auto-Baud Rate Flag
UART_FLAG_ABRE
Auto-Baud Rate Error
UART_FLAG_EOBF
End Of Block Flag
UART_FLAG_RTOF
Receiver Time Out
UART_FLAG_CTS
CTS flag
UART_FLAG_CTSIF
CTS interrupt flag
UART_FLAG_LBDF
LIN Break Detection Flag
UART_FLAG_TXE
Transmit Data Register Empty
UART_FLAG_TC
Transmission Complete
UART_FLAG_RXNE
Read Data Register Not Empty
UART_FLAG_IDLE
IDLE line detected
UART_FLAG_ORE
OverRun Error
UART_FLAG_NE
Noise detected Flag
UART_FLAG_FE
Framing Error
UART_FLAG_PE
Parity Error
UART half duplex selection definition
UART_HALF_DUPLEX_DISABLE
UART_HALF_DUPLEX_ENABLE
IS_UART_HALF_DUPLEX
UART hardware flow control definition
UART_HWCONTROL_NONE
UART_HWCONTROL_RTS
UART_HWCONTROL_CTS
UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS
IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL
UART interruption mask definition
UART_IT_MASK
UART interrupt definition
UART_IT_PE
DOCID026232 Rev 3
621/664
UM1749
UART_IT_TXE
UART_IT_TC
UART_IT_RXNE
UART_IT_IDLE
UART_IT_LBD
UART_IT_CTS
UART_IT_CM
UART_IT_WUF
UART_IT_ERR
UART_IT_ORE
UART_IT_NE
UART_IT_FE
UART interrupt clear flags definition
UART_CLEAR_PEF
Parity Error Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_FEF
Framing Error Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_NEF
Noise detected Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_OREF
OverRun Error Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_IDLEF
IDLE line detected Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_TCF
Transmission Complete Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_LBDF
LIN Break Detection Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_CTSF
CTS Interrupt Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_RTOF
Receiver Time Out Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_EOBF
End Of Block Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_CMF
Character Match Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_WUF
Wake Up from stop mode Clear Flag
UART LIN enable and disable definition
UART_LIN_DISABLE
UART_LIN_ENABLE
IS_UART_LIN
UART LIN break detection definition
UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B
UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B
IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH
UART mode definition
UART_MODE_RX
UART_MODE_TX
622/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
UART_MODE_TX_RX
IS_UART_MODE
UART advanced MSB first activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_DISABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_ENABLE
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST
UART advanced mute mode activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_MUTEMODE_DISABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_MUTEMODE_ENABLE
IS_UART_MUTE_MODE
UART one bit definition
UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE
UART advanced overrun activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_OVERRUN_ENABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_OVERRUN_DISABLE
IS_UART_OVERRUN
UART over sampling definition
UART_OVERSAMPLING_16
UART_OVERSAMPLING_8
IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING
UART parity definition
UART_PARITY_NONE
UART_PARITY_EVEN
UART_PARITY_ODD
IS_UART_PARITY
UART receiver timeOut definition
UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT_DISABLE
UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT_ENABLE
IS_UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT
UART request parameter definition
UART_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST
Auto-Baud Rate Request
UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST
Send Break Request
UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST
Mute Mode Request
UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Receive Data flush Request
DOCID026232 Rev 3
623/664
UM1749
UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Transmit data flush Request
IS_UART_REQUEST_PARAMETER
UART advanced Rx inv activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV_DISABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV_ENABLE
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV
UART advanced swap activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_DISABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_ENABLE
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP
UART state enable and disable definition
UART_STATE_DISABLE
UART_STATE_ENABLE
IS_UART_STATE
UART stop bit definition
UART_STOPBITS_1
USART frame with 1 stop bit
UART_STOPBITS_1_5
USART frame with 1.5 stop bits
UART_STOPBITS_2
USART frame with 2 stop bits
IS_UART_STOPBITS
IS_LPUART_STOPBITS
UART advanced stop mode activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_STOPMODE_DISABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_STOPMODE_ENABLE
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_STOPMODE
UART advanced Tx inv activation definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV_DISABLE
UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV_ENABLE
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV
UART wake up mode selection definition
UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION
624/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
48
HAL UART Extension Driver
48.1
UARTEx Firmware driver registers structures
48.1.1
UART_WakeUpTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t WakeUpEvent
uint16_t AddressLength
uint8_t Address
Field Documentation



uint32_t UART_WakeUpTypeDef::WakeUpEvent
Specifies which event will activat the Wakeup from Stop mode flag (WUF). This
parameter can be a value of UART_WakeUp_from_Stop_Selection. If set to
UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS, the two other fields below must be filled up.
uint16_t UART_WakeUpTypeDef::AddressLength
Specifies whether the address is 4 or 7-bit long. This parameter can be a value of
UARTEx_WakeUp_Address_Length
uint8_t UART_WakeUpTypeDef::Address
UART/USART node address (7-bit long max)
48.2
UARTEx Firmware driver API description
48.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions
The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows respectively the UART RS485 mode configuration
procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
This section contains the following APIs:

48.2.2
HAL_RS485Ex_Init()
Peripheral Control funtions
This section provides functions allowing to:







UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node
address detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake
up.
HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from
stop mode
HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality
HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode() API enables the UART HSI clock during stop
mode
HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode() API disables the above functionality
UART_Wakeup_AddressConfig() API configures the wake-up from stop mode
parameters
DOCID026232 Rev 3
625/664
UM1749
This section contains the following APIs:







48.2.3
HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode()
HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode()
HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode()
HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode()
HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig()
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set()
HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback()
HAL_RS485Ex_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t
AssertionTime, uint32_t DeassertionTime)
Function Description
Initializes the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the
specified parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the
associated handle .
Parameters




Return values
48.2.4
48.2.5
626/664

huart: uart handle
Polarity: select the driver enable polarity This parameter can
be one of the following values: UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH:
DE signal is active highUART_DE_POLARITY_LOW: DE
signal is active low
AssertionTime: Driver Enable assertion time 5-bit value
defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver
Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is
expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time,
depending on the oversampling rate)
DeassertionTime: Driver Enable deassertion time 5-bit
value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in
a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE
(Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units
(1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate).
HAL: status
HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Enable UART Stop Mode The UART is able to wake up the MCU
from Stop mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Enable UART Clock in Stop Mode The UART keeps the Clock ON
during Stop mode.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

Return values
48.2.6
48.2.7
48.2.8
48.2.9
48.2.10
HAL: status
HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Disable UART Stop Mode.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Function Description
Disable UART Clock in Stop Mode.
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig
Functio
n Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
Functio
n
Descrip
tion
Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
Parame
ters


huart: uart handle,
WakeUpSelection: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESSUART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBITUART_
WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
Return
values

HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set
(UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
Function Description
By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is
set to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses
detection.
HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback
Function Name
void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *
huart)
Function Description
UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
627/664
UM1749
Parameters

huart: uart handle
Return values

None:
48.3
UARTEx Firmware driver defines
48.3.1
UARTEx
Auto baud rate mode definition
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ONSTARTBIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ONFALLINGEDGE
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ON0X7FFRAME
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ON0X55FRAME
IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE
UARTEx Exported Macros
UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE
Description:

Reports the UART clock source.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle
__CLOCKSOURCE__: : output variable
Return value:

UART_MASK_COMPUTATION
UART: clocking source, written in
__CLOCKSOURCE__.
Description:

Reports the UART mask to apply to retrieve the
received data according to the word length and to
the parity bits activation.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle
Return value:

mask: to apply to UART RDR register value.
WakeUp address length definition
UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B
UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B
IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT
Wakeup methods definition
UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE
UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK
IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD
Word length definition
628/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
UART_WORDLENGTH_7B
UART_WORDLENGTH_8B
UART_WORDLENGTH_9B
IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH
DOCID026232 Rev 3
629/664
UM1749
49
HAL USART Generic Driver
49.1
USART Firmware driver registers structures
49.1.1
USART_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t BaudRate
uint32_t WordLength
uint32_t StopBits
uint32_t Parity
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t CLKPolarity
uint32_t CLKPhase
uint32_t CLKLastBit
Field Documentation








630/664
uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This member configures the Usart communication baud rate. The baud rate is
computed using the following formula: Baud Rate Register = ((PCLKx) / ((huart>Init.BaudRate)))
uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter
can be a value of USARTEx_Word_Length
uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::StopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
USART_Stop_Bits
uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of USART_Parity
Note:When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position of
the transmitted data (9th bit when the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
word length is set to 8 data bits).
uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of USART_Mode
uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::CLKPolarity
Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. This parameter can be a value of
USART_Clock_Polarity
uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::CLKPhase
Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. This parameter can be
a value of USART_Clock_Phase
uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::CLKLastBit
Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted data bit (MSB)
has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. This parameter can be a
value of USART_Last_Bit
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
49.1.2
USART_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields














USART_TypeDef * Instance
USART_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferSize
__IO uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
__IO uint16_t RxXferCount
uint16_t Mask
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_USART_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation














USART_TypeDef* USART_HandleTypeDef::Instance
USART registers base address
USART_InitTypeDef USART_HandleTypeDef::Init
Usart communication parameters
uint8_t* USART_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to Usart Tx transfer Buffer
uint16_t USART_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
Usart Tx Transfer size
__IO uint16_t USART_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
Usart Tx Transfer Counter
uint8_t* USART_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to Usart Rx transfer Buffer
uint16_t USART_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
Usart Rx Transfer size
__IO uint16_t USART_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
Usart Rx Transfer Counter
uint16_t USART_HandleTypeDef::Mask
DMA_HandleTypeDef* USART_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
Usart Tx DMA Handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* USART_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
Usart Rx DMA Handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef USART_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
__IO HAL_USART_StateTypeDef USART_HandleTypeDef::State
Usart communication state
__IO uint32_t USART_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
USART Error code
DOCID026232 Rev 3
631/664
UM1749
49.2
USART Firmware driver API description
49.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART in
asynchronous and in synchronous modes.

For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:

Baud Rate

Word Length

Stop Bit

Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written in the data
register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. Depending on the frame
length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), the possible USART frame formats
are as listed in the following table.

USART polarity

USART phase

USART LastBit

Receiver/transmitter modes
Table 22: USART frame formats
M0 bit
PCE bit
USART frame
0
0
| SB | 8 bit data | STB |
0
1
| SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB |
1
0
| SB | 9 bit data | STB |
1
1
| SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |
The HAL_USART_Init() function follows the USART synchronous configuration procedure
(details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0329)).
This section contains the following APIs:




49.2.2
HAL_USART_Init()
HAL_USART_DeInit()
HAL_USART_MspInit()
HAL_USART_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART synchronous
data transfers.
The USART supports master mode only: it cannot receive or send data related to an input
clock (SCLK is always an output).
1.
632/664
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA,
These API's return the HAL status. The end of the data processing will be
indicated through the dedicated USART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the
DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. The HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() user
callbacks will be executed respectivelly at the end of the transmit or Receive
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
2.
3.
4.
5.
process The HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a
communication error is detected.
Blocking mode API's are :

HAL_USART_Transmit()in simplex mode

HAL_USART_Receive() in full duplex receive only

HAL_USART_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode
Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :

HAL_USART_Transmit_IT()in simplex mode

HAL_USART_Receive_IT() in full duplex receive only

HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT()in full duplex mode

HAL_USART_IRQHandler()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()in simplex mode

HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() in full duplex receive only

HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() in full duplex mode

HAL_USART_DMAPause()

HAL_USART_DMAResume()

HAL_USART_DMAStop()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:

HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback()

HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback()

HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()

HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:



















49.2.3
HAL_USART_Transmit()
HAL_USART_Receive()
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive()
HAL_USART_Transmit_IT()
HAL_USART_Receive_IT()
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT()
HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_USART_Receive_DMA()
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA()
HAL_USART_DMAPause()
HAL_USART_DMAResume()
HAL_USART_DMAStop()
HAL_USART_IRQHandler()
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback()
HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the USART.

HAL_USART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the
USART peripheral.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
633/664
UM1749



HAL_USART_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the Error Code of the
USART peripheral.
USART_SetConfig() API is used to set the USART communication parameters.
USART_CheckIdleState() APi ensures that TEACK and/or REACK bits are set after
initialization
This section contains the following APIs:


49.2.4
49.2.5
49.2.6
49.2.7
49.2.8
HAL_USART_GetState()
HAL_USART_GetError()
HAL_USART_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Init
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
Initializes the USART mode according to the specified parameters
in the USART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_USART_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DeInit
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
DeInitializes the USART peripheral.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_USART_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_USART_MspInit (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
USART MSP Init.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_USART_MspDeInit (USART_HandleTypeDef *
husart)
Function Description
USART MSP DeInit.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_Transmit
Function Name
634/664
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
49.2.9
49.2.10
Function Description
Simplex Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




husart: USART handle
pTxData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: : Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_USART_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pRxData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode To receive
synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted.
Parameters




husart: USART handle
pRxData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Timeout: : Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData, uint8_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in blocking
mode.
Parameters




Return values
49.2.11
49.2.12

husart: USART handle
pTxData: pointer to TX data buffer
pRxData: pointer to RX data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent (same amount to be
received)
Timeout: : Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_USART_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_IT
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters



husart: USART handle
pTxData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_USART_Receive_IT
DOCID026232 Rev 3
635/664
Function Name
49.2.13
49.2.14
49.2.15
636/664
UM1749
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_IT
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pRxData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode To receive
synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted.
Parameters



husart: usart handle
pRxData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData, uint8_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in interrupt
mode.
Parameters




husart: USART handle
pTxData: pointer to TX data buffer
pRxData: pointer to RX data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent (same amount to be
received)
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



husart: USART handle
pTxData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_USART_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_DMA
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pRxData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



husart: USART handle
pRxData: pointer to data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received
data contain the parity bit (MSB position)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749

49.2.16
49.2.17
49.2.18
49.2.19
49.2.20
The USART DMA transmit stream must be configured in
order to generate the clock for the slave.
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData, uint8_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit Receive an amount of data in non blocking
mode.
Parameters




husart: usart handle
pTxData: pointer to TX data buffer
pRxData: pointer to RX data buffer
Size: amount of data to be received/sent
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data
received contain the parity bit.
HAL_USART_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAPause
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
Pauses the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAResume
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
Resumes the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_DMAStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAStop
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
Stops the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_USART_IRQHandler (USART_HandleTypeDef *
husart)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
637/664
UM1749
49.2.21
49.2.22
49.2.23
49.2.24
49.2.25
49.2.26
638/664
Function Description
This function handles USART interrupt request.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef *
husart)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef *
husart)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef
* husart)
Function Description
Tx/Rx Transfers completed callback for the non-blocking process.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
49.2.27
49.2.28
Function Name
void HAL_USART_ErrorCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef *
husart)
Function Description
USART error callbacks.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

None:
HAL_USART_GetState
Function Name
HAL_USART_StateTypeDef HAL_USART_GetState
(USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Function Description
Returns the USART state.
Parameters

husart: USART handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_USART_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_USART_GetError (USART_HandleTypeDef *
husart)
Function Description
Return the USART error code.
Parameters

husart: : pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
USART.
Return values

USART: Error Code
49.3
USART Firmware driver defines
49.3.1
USART
USART clock activation definition
USART_CLOCK_DISABLE
USART_CLOCK_ENABLE
IS_USART_CLOCK
USART clock phase definition
USART_PHASE_1EDGE
USART_PHASE_2EDGE
IS_USART_PHASE
USART polarity level definition
USART_POLARITY_LOW
USART_POLARITY_HIGH
IS_USART_POLARITY
USART error definition
HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE
No error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
639/664
UM1749
HAL_USART_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_USART_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_USART_ERROR_FE
frame error
HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
USART Exported Macros
__HAL_USART_RESET_HANDLE_STA
TE
Description:

Reset USART handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
Return value:

__HAL_USART_FLUSH_DRREGISTER
None
Description:

Flush the USART Data registers.
Parameters:

__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG
__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle.
Description:

Checks whether the specified USART flag
is set or not.
Parameters:


640/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

USART_FLAG_REACK: Receive
enable ackowledge flag

USART_FLAG_TEACK: Transmit
enable ackowledge flag

USART_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag

USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change
flag

USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data
register empty flag

USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission
Complete flag

USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data
register not empty flag

USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line
detection flag

USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749



flag
USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag
USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error
flag
USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag
Return value:

__HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clears the specified USART pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

USART_CLEAR_PEF

USART_CLEAR_FEF

USART_CLEAR_NEF

USART_CLEAR_OREF

USART_CLEAR_IDLEF

USART_CLEAR_TCF

USART_CLEAR_LBDF

USART_CLEAR_CTSF

USART_CLEAR_RTOF

USART_CLEAR_EOBF

USART_CLEAR_CMF

USART_CLEAR_WUF
Return value:

__HAL_USART_CLEAR_PEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the USART PE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_USART_CLEAR_FEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the USART FE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
641/664
UM1749

__HAL_USART_CLEAR_NEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the UART NE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the UART ORE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_USART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the UART IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enables the specified USART interrupt.
Parameters:


642/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the USART
interrupt source to enable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

USART_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt

USART_IT_ERR: Error
interrupt(Frame error, noise error,
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified USART interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the USART
interrupt source to disable. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

USART_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt

USART_IT_ERR: Error
interrupt(Frame error, noise error,
overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_USART_GET_IT
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified USART
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__IT__: specifies the USART interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

USART_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error
interrupt

USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt
DOCID026232 Rev 3
643/664
UM1749


USART_IT_FE: Framing Error
interrupt
USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified USART
interrupt source is enabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__IT__: specifies the USART interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

USART_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error
interrupt

USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt

USART_IT_FE: Framing Error
interrupt

USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clears the specified USART ISR flag, in
setting the proper ICR register flag.
Parameters:


644/664
__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__IT_CLEAR__: specifies the interrupt
clear register flag that needs to be set to
clear the corresponding interrupt This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

USART_CLEAR_PEF: Parity Error
Clear Flag

USART_CLEAR_FEF: Framing Error
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749





Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_NEF: Noise
detected Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_OREF: OverRun
Error Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_IDLEF: IDLE line
detected Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_TCF: Transmission
Complete Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_CTSF: CTS
Interrupt Clear Flag
Return value:

__HAL_USART_SEND_REQ
None
Description:

Set a specific USART request flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle which can be USART1 or
USART2.
__REQ__: specifies the request flag to
set This parameter can be one of the
following values:

USART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUE
ST: Receive Data flush Request

USART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUES
T: Transmit data flush Request
Return value:

__HAL_USART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_EN
ABLE
None
Description:

Enables the USART one bit sample
method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_USART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DI
SABLE
None
Description:

Disables the UART one bit sample
method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the UART
Handle.
Return value:

None
DOCID026232 Rev 3
645/664
UM1749
Description:
__HAL_USART_ENABLE

Enable USART.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_USART_DISABLE

Disable USART.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. The Handle Instance which can
be USART1 or USART2.
Return value:

None
Description:
IS_USART_BAUDRATE

Check USART Baud rate.
Parameters:

BAUDRATE: Baudrate specified by the
user The maximum Baud Rate is derived
from the maximum clock on L0 (i.e. 32
MHz) divided by the smallest
oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8)
Return value:

Test: result (TRUE or FALSE).
USART flag definitions
646/664
USART_FLAG_REACK
Receive Enable Acknowledge Flag
USART_FLAG_TEACK
Transmit Enable Acknowledge Flag
USART_FLAG_BUSY
Busy Flag
USART_FLAG_CTS
CTS flag
USART_FLAG_CTSIF
CTS interrupt flag
USART_FLAG_LBDF
LIN Break Detection Flag
USART_FLAG_TXE
Transmit Data Register Empty
USART_FLAG_TC
Transmission Complete
USART_FLAG_RXNE
Read Data Register Not Empty
USART_FLAG_IDLE
IDLE line detected
USART_FLAG_ORE
OverRun Error
USART_FLAG_NE
Noise detected Flag
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
USART_FLAG_FE
Framing Error
USART_FLAG_PE
Parity Error
USART interruption mask definition
USART_IT_MASK
USART interrupt definition
USART_IT_PE
USART_IT_TXE
USART_IT_TC
USART_IT_RXNE
USART_IT_IDLE
USART_IT_ERR
USART_IT_ORE
USART_IT_NE
USART_IT_FE
USART interrupt clear flags definition
USART_CLEAR_PEF
Parity Error Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_FEF
Framing Error Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_NEF
Noise detected Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_OREF
OverRun Error Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_IDLEF
IDLE line detected Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_TCF
Transmission Complete Clear Flag
USART_CLEAR_CTSF
CTS Interrupt Clear Flag
USART last bit activation definition
USART_LASTBIT_DISABLE
USART_LASTBIT_ENABLE
IS_USART_LASTBIT
USART mode definition
USART_MODE_RX
USART_MODE_TX
USART_MODE_TX_RX
IS_USART_MODE
USART parity definition
USART_PARITY_NONE
USART_PARITY_EVEN
USART_PARITY_ODD
IS_USART_PARITY
USART request parameter definition
DOCID026232 Rev 3
647/664
UM1749
USART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Receive Data flush Request
USART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Transmit data flush Request
IS_USART_REQUEST_PARAMETER
USART stop bit definition
USART_STOPBITS_1
USART_STOPBITS_2
USART_STOPBITS_1_5
IS_USART_STOPBITS
648/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
50
HAL USART Extension Driver
50.1
USARTEx Firmware driver defines
50.1.1
USARTEx
USARTEx Exported Macros
USART_GETCLOCKSOURCE
Description:

Reports the USART clock source.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART Handle
__CLOCKSOURCE__: : output variable
Return value:

USART_MASK_COMPUTATION
the: USART clocking source, written in
__CLOCKSOURCE__.
Description:

Reports the USART mask to apply to retrieve the
received data according to the word length and to
the parity bits activation.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART Handle
Return value:

mask: to apply to USART RDR register value.
Word length definition
USART_WORDLENGTH_7B
USART_WORDLENGTH_8B
USART_WORDLENGTH_9B
IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH
DOCID026232 Rev 3
649/664
UM1749
51
HAL WWDG Generic Driver
51.1
WWDG Firmware driver registers structures
51.1.1
WWDG_InitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t Window
uint32_t Counter
Field Documentation



51.1.2
uint32_t WWDG_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the prescaler value of the WWDG. This parameter can be a value of
WWDG_Prescaler
uint32_t WWDG_InitTypeDef::Window
Specifies the WWDG window value to be compared to the downcounter. This
parameter must be a number lower than Max_Data = 0x80
uint32_t WWDG_InitTypeDef::Counter
Specifies the WWDG free-running downcounter value. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0x40 and Max_Data = 0x7F
WWDG_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




WWDG_TypeDef * Instance
WWDG_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_WWDG_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation




650/664
WWDG_TypeDef* WWDG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
WWDG_InitTypeDef WWDG_HandleTypeDef::Init
WWDG required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef WWDG_HandleTypeDef::Lock
WWDG locking object
__IO HAL_WWDG_StateTypeDef WWDG_HandleTypeDef::State
WWDG communication state
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
51.2
WWDG Firmware driver API description
51.2.1
WWDG specific features
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed time
period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) before reaching 0x3F
value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).






51.2.2
An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed before the counter
has reached the refresh window value. This implies that the counter must be refreshed
in a limited window.
Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG reset
occurs.
The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided by a
programmable prescaler.
WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock)
* (counter value)
Min-max timeout value @32 MHz(PCLK1): ~128.0 us / ~65.54 ms
How to use this driver





Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window and counter value using
HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
Start the WWDG using HAL_WWDG_Start() function. When the WWDG is enabled
the counter value should be configured to a value greater than 0x40 to prevent
generating an immediate reset.
Optionally you can enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) which is generated when
the counter reaches 0x40, and then start the WWDG using HAL_WWDG_Start_IT().
Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular intervals
during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using HAL_WWDG_Refresh()
function. This operation must occur only when the counter is lower than the refresh
window value already programmed.
WWDG HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.




51.2.3
__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enables the WWDG early wakeup interrupt
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the WWDG according to the specified parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef
and create the associated handle
DeInitialize the WWDG peripheral
Initialize the WWDG MSP
DeInitialize the WWDG MSP
This section contains the following APIs:
DOCID026232 Rev 3
651/664
UM1749





51.2.4
HAL_WWDG_Init()
HAL_WWDG_DeInit()
HAL_WWDG_MspInit()
HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit()
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Start the WWDG.
Refresh the WWDG.
Handle WWDG interrupt request.
This section contains the following APIs:





51.2.5
HAL_WWDG_Start()
HAL_WWDG_Start_IT()
HAL_WWDG_Refresh()
HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler()
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:

51.2.6
51.2.7
51.2.8
HAL_WWDG_GetState()
HAL_WWDG_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init
(WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Function Description
Initializes the WWDG according to the specified parameters in the
WWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_WWDG_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_DeInit
(WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Function Description
DeInitializes the WWDG peripheral.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_WWDG_MspInit
Function Name
652/664
void HAL_WWDG_MspInit (WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
51.2.9
51.2.10
51.2.11
51.2.12
51.2.13
Function Description
Initializes the WWDG MSP.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

None:
HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit (WWDG_HandleTypeDef *
hwwdg)
Function Description
DeInitializes the WWDG MSP.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

None:
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback
Function Name
void HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback (WWDG_HandleTypeDef *
hwwdg)
Function Description
Early Wakeup WWDG callback.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

None:
HAL_WWDG_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start
(WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Function Description
Starts the WWDG.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_WWDG_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start_IT
(WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Function Description
Starts the WWDG with interrupt enabled.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_WWDG_Refresh
DOCID026232 Rev 3
653/664
UM1749
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh
(WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg, uint32_t Counter)
Function Description
Refreshes the WWDG.
Parameters

Return values
51.2.14
51.2.15
51.2.16
654/664

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Counter: value of counter to put in WWDG counter

HAL: status
HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler (WWDG_HandleTypeDef *
hwwdg)
Function Description
Handles WWDG interrupt request.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

None:
Notes

The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific
safety operations or data logging must be performed before
the actual reset is generated. The EWI interrupt is enabled
using __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT() macro. When the
downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine
(ISR) can be used to trigger specific actions (such as
communications or data logging), before resetting the device.
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback
Function Name
void HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback (WWDG_HandleTypeDef *
hwwdg)
Function Description
Early Wakeup WWDG callback.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

None:
HAL_WWDG_GetState
Function Name
HAL_WWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_WWDG_GetState
(WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Function Description
Returns the WWDG state.
Parameters

hwwdg: : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
WWDG module.
Return values

HAL: state
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
51.3
WWDG Firmware driver defines
51.3.1
WWDG
WWDG BitAddress AliasRegion
WWDG_CFR_BASE
WWDG Exported Constants
IS_WWDG_PRESCALER
IS_WWDG_WINDOW
IS_WWDG_COUNTER
WWDG Exported Macros
__HAL_WWDG_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset WWDG handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: WWDG handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE

Enables the WWDG peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: WWDG handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_WWDG_DISABLE

Disables the WWDG peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: WWDG handle
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT
WARNING: This is a dummy macro for
HAL code alignment. Once enable,
WWDG Peripheral cannot be disabled
except by a system reset.
Description:

Enables the WWDG early wakeup
interrupt.
Parameters:

DOCID026232 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: WWDG handle
655/664
UM1749

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
interrupt to enable. This parameter can
be one of the following values:

WWDG_IT_EWI: Early wakeup
interrupt
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_WWDG_DISABLE_IT
Once enabled this interrupt cannot be
disabled except by a system reset.
Description:

Disables the WWDG early wakeup
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: WWDG handle:
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
interrupt to disable.

WWDG_IT_EWI: Early wakeup
interrupt
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT
WARNING: This is a dummy macro for
HAL code alignment. Once enabled this
interrupt cannot be disabled except by a
system reset.
Description:

Gets the selected WWDG's it status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: WWDG handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the it to
check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

WWDG_FLAG_EWIF: Early
wakeup interrupt IT
Return value:

__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of WWDG_FLAG (SET
or RESET).
Description:

Clear the WWDG's interrupt pending
bits bits to clear the selected interrupt
pending bits.
Parameters:
656/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749


__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG
__HANDLE__: WWDG handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
interrupt pending bit to clear. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

WWDG_FLAG_EWIF: Early
wakeup interrupt flag
Description:

Gets the selected WWDG's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: WWDG handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

WWDG_FLAG_EWIF: Early
wakeup interrupt flag
Return value:

__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of WWDG_FLAG (SET
or RESET).
Description:

Clears the WWDG's pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: WWDG handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

WWDG_FLAG_EWIF: Early
wakeup interrupt flag
Return value:

__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks if the specified WWDG interrupt
source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: WWDG Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the WWDG
interrupt source to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

WWDG_IT_EWI: Early Wakeup
Interrupt
Return value:

state: of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
WWDG Flag definition
DOCID026232 Rev 3
657/664
UM1749
WWDG_FLAG_EWIF
Early wakeup interrupt flag
WWDG Interrupt definition
WWDG_IT_EWI
WWDG Prescaler
658/664
WWDG_PRESCALER_1
WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1
WWDG_PRESCALER_2
WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2
WWDG_PRESCALER_4
WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4
WWDG_PRESCALER_8
WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
52
FAQs
General subjects
Why should I use the HAL drivers?
There are many advantages in using the HAL drivers:








Ease of use: you can use the HAL drivers to configure and control any peripheral
embedded within your STM32 MCU without prior in-depth knowledge of the product.
HAL drivers provide intuitive and ready-to-use APIs to configure the peripherals and
support polling, interrupt and DMA programming model to accommodate all
application requirements, thus allowing the end-user to build a complete application by
calling a few APIs.
Higher level of abstraction than a standard peripheral library allowing to transparently
manage:

Data transfers and processing using blocking mode (polling) or non-blocking
mode (interrupt or DMA)

Error management through peripheral error detection and timeout mechanism.
Generic architecture speeding up initialization and porting, thus allowing customers to
focus on innovation.
Generic set of APIs with full compatibility across the STM32 series/lines, to ease the
porting task between STM32 MCUs.
The APIs provided within the HAL drivers are feature-oriented and do not required indepth knowledge of peripheral operation.
The APIs provided are modular. They include initialization, IO operation and control
functions. The end-user has to call init function, then start the process by calling one
IO operation functions (write, read, transmit, receive, …). Most of the peripherals have
the same architecture.
The number of functions required to build a complete and useful application is very
reduced. As an example, to build a UART communication process, the user only has
to call HAL_UART_Init() then HAL_UART_Transmit() or HAL_UART_Receive().
Which STM32L0 devices are supported by the HAL drivers?
The HAL drivers are developed to support all STM32L0 devices. To ensure compatibility
between all devices and portability with others series and lines, the API is split into the
generic and the extension APIs . For more details, please refer to Section 3.4: "Devices
supported by HAL drivers".
What is the cost of using HAL drivers in term of code size and performance?
Like generic architecture drivers, the HAL drivers may induce firmware overhead.
This is due to the high abstraction level and ready-to-use APIs which allow data transfers,
errors management and offloads the user application from implementation details.
Architecture
How many files should I modify to configure the HAL drivers?
Only one file needs to be modified: stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h. You can modify this file by
disabling unused modules, or adjusting some parameters (i.e. HSE value, System
configuration, Ethernet parameters configuration…)
DOCID026232 Rev 3
659/664
UM1749
A template is provided in the HAL drivers folders (stm32l0xx_hal_conf_template.c).
Which header files should I include in my application to use the HAL
drivers?
Only stm32l0xx_hal.h file has to be included.
What is the difference between stm32l0xx_hal_ppp.c/.h and
stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.c/.h?
The HAL driver architecture supports common features across STM32 series/lines. To
support specific features, the drivers are split into two groups.


The generic APIs (stm32l0xx_hal_ppp.c): It includes the common set of APIs across
all the STM32 product lines
The extension APIs (stm32l0xx_hal_ppp_ex.c): It includes the specific APIs for
specific device part number or family.
Is it possible to use the APIs available in stm32l0xx_ll_ppp.c?
These APIs cannot be used directly because they are internal and offer services to upper
layer drivers. As an example stm32l0xx_ll_fmc.c/h driver is used by stm32l0xx_hal_sram.c,
stm32l0xx_hal_nor.c, stm32l0xx_hal_nand.c and stm32l0xx_hal_sdram.c drivers.
Initialization and I/O operation functions
How do I configure the system clock?
Unlike the standard library, the system clock configuration is not performed in CMSIS
drivers file (system_stm32l0xx.c) but in the main user application by calling the two main
functions, HAL_RCC_OscConfig() and HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). It can be modified in any
user application section.
What is the purpose of the PPP_HandleTypeDef *pHandle structure located
in each driver in addition to the Initialization structure
PPP_HandleTypeDef *pHandle is the main structure implemented in the HAL drivers. It
handles the peripheral configuration and registers, and embeds all the structures and
variables required to follow the peripheral device flow (pointer to buffer, Error code,
State,...)
However, this structure is not required to service peripherals such as GPIO, SYSTICK,
PWR, and RCC.
What is the purpose of HAL_PPP_MspInit() and HAL_PPP_MspDeInit()
functions?
These function are called within HAL_PPP_Init() and HAL_PPP_DeInit(), respectively.
They are used to perform the low level Initialization/de-initialization related to the additional
hardware resources (RCC, GPIO, NVIC and DMA).
These functions are declared in stm32l0xx_hal_msp.c. A template is provided in the HAL
driver folders (stm32l0xx_hal_msp_template.c).
660/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
When and how should I use callbacks functions (functions declared with the
attribute __weak)?
Use callback functions for the I/O operations used in DMA or interrupt mode. The PPP
process complete callbacks are called to inform the user about process completion in realtime event mode (interrupts).
The Errors callbacks are called when a processing error occurs in DMA or interrupt mode.
These callbacks are customized by the user to add user proprietary code. They can be
declared in the application. Note that the same process completion callbacks are used for
DMA and interrupt mode.
Is it mandatory to use HAL_Init() function at the beginning of the user
application?
It is mandatory to use HAL_Init() function to enable the system configuration (Prefetch,
Data instruction cache,…), configure the systTick and the NVIC priority grouping and the
hardware low level initialization.
The sysTick configuration shall be adjusted by calling HAL_RCC_ClockConfig() function,
to obtain 1 ms whatever the system clock.
Why do I need to configure the SysTick timer to use the HAL drivers?
The SysTick timer is configured to be used to generate variable increments by calling
HAL_IncTick() function in Systick ISR and retrieve the value of this variable by calling
HAL_GetTick() function.
The call HAL_GetTick() function is mandatory when using HAL drivers with Polling
Process or when using HAL_Delay().
Why is the SysTick timer configured to have 1 ms?
This is mandatory to ensure correct IO operation in particular for polling mode operation
where the 1 ms is required as timebase.
Could HAL_Delay() function block my application under certain conditions?
Care must be taken when using HAL_Delay() since this function provides accurate delay
based on a variable incremented in SysTick ISR. This implies that if HAL_Delay() is called
from a peripheral ISR process, then the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt, otherwise the caller ISR process will be
blocked. Use HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() function to change the SysTick interrupt priority.
What programming model sequence should I follow to use HAL drivers ?
Follow the sequence below to use the APIs provided in the HAL drivers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Call HAL_Init() function to initialize the system (data cache, NVIC priority,…).
Initialize the system clock by calling HAL_RCC_OscConfig() followed by
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
Add HAL_IncTick() function under SysTick_Handler() ISR function to enable polling
process when using HAL_Delay() function
Start initializing your peripheral by calling HAL_PPP_Init().
Implement the hardware low level initialization (Peripheral clock, GPIO, DMA,..) by
calling HAL_PPP_MspInit() in stm32l0xx_hal_msp.c
Start your process operation by calling IO operation functions.
DOCID026232 Rev 3
661/664
UM1749
What is the purpose of HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() function and when should I
use it?
HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() is used to handle interrupt process. It is called under
PPP_IRQHandler() function in stm32l0xx_it.c. In this case, the end-user has to implement
only the callbacks functions (prefixed by __weak) to perform the appropriate action when
an interrupt is detected. Advanced users can implement their own code in
PPP_IRQHandler() without calling HAL_PPP_IRQHandler().
Can I use directly the macros defined in stm32l0xx_hal_ppp.h ?
Yes, you can: a set of macros is provided with the APIs. They allow accessing directly
some specific features using peripheral flags.
Where must PPP_HandleTypedef structure peripheral handler be declared?
PPP_HandleTypedef structure peripheral handler must be declared as a global variable, so
that all the structure fields are set to 0 by default. In this way, the peripheral handler default
state are set to HAL_PPP_STATE_RESET, which is the default state for each peripheral
after a system reset.
662/664
DOCID026232 Rev 3
UM1749
53
Revision history
Table 23: Document revision history
Date
Revision
03-Jun-2014
1
Initial release.
2
Section 3.4: "Devices supported by HAL drivers" added support for
STM32L07xxx and STM32L08xxx and updated stm32l0xx_hal_dac_ex.c and
stm32l0xx_hal_lcd.c support for STM32L05/6xx devices.
Removed note related to STM32Cube V1.0 in Section 3.12.2.1: "HAL global
initialization".
Updated common macros in Section 3.9: "HAL common resources"
Updated GPIO_Typedef type (AF0) in Section 21: "HAL GPIO Generic Driver".
Added new HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn function in Section 9:
"HAL CORTEX Generic Driver".
30-Jul-2015
20-Nov-2015
3
Changes
Added stm32l0xx_flash.ld in User-application files.
Added STM32L011xx, STM32L021xx, STM32L031xx and STM32L041xx in
Section 3.4: "Devices supported by HAL drivers".
Updated example of peripheral structure in Peripheral handle structures.
Changed HAL_ADCEx_CalibrationStart() into HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start()
in HAL extension model overview.
Replaced GPIO_SPEED_LOW by GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW,
GPIO_SPEED_MEDIUM by GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM,
GPIO_SPEED_FAST by GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_FREQ_HIGH and
GPIO_SPEED_HIGH by GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH) speed in Table
12: "Description of GPIO_InitTypeDef structure".
Updated example of system clock configuration code in System clock
initialization.
Add new API to control the MPU (see HAL_MPU_Enable and
HAL_MPU_Disable).
Renamed some HAL macros and driver define s